Brother Color Laser Printer
SERVICE MANUAL
MODEL: HL-4000CN
Read this manual thoroughly before maintenance work.
Keep this manual in a convenient place for quick and easy reference at all times.
January 2002
SM-PRN027
PREFACE
This service manual contains basic information required for after-sales service of the color laser
printer (here-in-after referred to as "this machine" or "the printer"). This information is vital to the
service technician to maintain the high printing quality and performance of the printer.
This service manual covers the HL-4000CN color laser printer.
This manual consists of the following chapters:
CHAPTER I :
CHAPTER II :
SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications, etc.
INSTALLATION
Installation conditions and installation procedures.
CHAPTER III : STRUCTURE OF SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Basic operation of the mechanical system, the electrical system and the electrical
circuits and their timing information.
CHAPTER IV : ASSEMBLY / DISASSEMBLY
Procedures for replacement of the mechanical system parts.
CHAPTER V : TROUBLESHOOTING
Description of error messages on the control panel, troubleshooting image
failure, etc.
CHAPTER VI : DIAGRAMS
CHAPTER VII : PLUG / JACK (P/J) CONNECTOR LOCATIONS
Information in this manual is subject to change due to improvement or re-design of the product. All
relevant information in such cases will be supplied in service information bulletins (Technical
Information).
A thorough understanding of this printer, based on information in this service manual and service
information bulletins, is required for maintaining its print quality performance and for improving the
practical ability to find the cause of problems.
CONTENTS
CHAPTER I SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................I-1
1. PRODUCT NAME ............................................................................................ I-1
2. DIMENSIONS / WEIGHT (MAIN UNIT)............................................................ I-1
3. SPACE REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................... I-1
4. PRINTER SYSTEM CONFIGURATION........................................................... I-2
4.1. Outline of the Printer.............................................................................................................I-2
4.2. IOT Function Outline.............................................................................................................I-3
4.3. ESS Standard Configuration.................................................................................................I-4
5. OPTIONAL PRODUCTS .................................................................................. I-5
6. SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS........................................................................ I-6
6.1 Operation Modes ...................................................................................................................I-6
6.2 Throughput.............................................................................................................................I-7
6.3 FPOT .....................................................................................................................................I-7
6.4 Continuous Printing Speed ....................................................................................................I-7
6.5 Warm-up Time .......................................................................................................................I-8
7. PRINT FUNCTION ........................................................................................... I-8ꢀ
7.1 Image Area ............................................................................................................................I-8
7.2 Internal Fonts.........................................................................................................................I-8
7.3 True Type Fonts...................................................................................................................I-11
8. IMAGE PROCESSING FUNCTIONS ............................................................. I-12ꢀ
8.1 Color/Monochrome Specification.........................................................................................I-12
8.2 Paper Type Selection...........................................................................................................I-12
8.3 Toner Save ..........................................................................................................................I-12
8.4 Color Matching.....................................................................................................................I-12
8.5 Image Adjustment................................................................................................................I-12
8.6 Color Adjustment .................................................................................................................I-12
8.7 Automatic Image Quality Correction ....................................................................................I-12
8.8 Recommended Image Quality Modes..................................................................................I-12
8.9 Profile Specification .............................................................................................................I-13
9. IMAGE ADDITION FUNCTION ...................................................................... I-14ꢀ
9.1 Watermark ...........................................................................................................................I-14
10. PAGE LAYOUT FUNCTIONS ...................................................................... I-14ꢀ
10.1 Reverse Print .....................................................................................................................I-14
10.2 Zoom..................................................................................................................................I-14
10.3 Multiple Page .....................................................................................................................I-14
10.4 Margin Shift........................................................................................................................I-14
10.5 Poster.................................................................................................................................I-14
10.6 Booklet Printing..................................................................................................................I-14
11. PAGE OUTPUT SEQUENCE CONTROL FUNCTIONS .............................. I-14ꢀ
11.1 Stacking .............................................................................................................................I-14
11.2 Collating.............................................................................................................................I-14
12. SEPARATOR ............................................................................................... I-15ꢀ
12.1 Banner Sheet.....................................................................................................................I-15
13. JOB CONTROL............................................................................................ I-15ꢀ
13.1 Print Abortion .....................................................................................................................I-15
13.2 Forced Ejection..................................................................................................................I-15
13.3 Job Timeout .......................................................................................................................I-15
13.4 Job Recovery.....................................................................................................................I-15
14. OTHER FUNCTIONS................................................................................... I-15ꢀ
14.1 User Job Registration Function..........................................................................................I-15
14.2 Billing Count Function........................................................................................................I-15
14.3 Toner Level Display ...........................................................................................................I-15
14.4 Job Log Function ...............................................................................................................I-16
14.5 Reception Limit (IP Filter Function)....................................................................................I-16
15. UTILITY PRINT ............................................................................................ I-16ꢀ
15.1 Printer Setting List..............................................................................................................I-16
15.2 Panel Setting List...............................................................................................................I-16
15.3 Font List .............................................................................................................................I-16
15.4 Job Log Print......................................................................................................................I-16
15.5 Color Registration Correction Chart...................................................................................I-16
16. HOST INTERFACE ...................................................................................... I-17ꢀ
16.1 Client Hardware .................................................................................................................I-17
16.2 Client OS............................................................................................................................I-17
16.3 Server OS ..........................................................................................................................I-17
17. IEEE1284 ..................................................................................................... I-17ꢀ
17.1 Connector ..........................................................................................................................I-17
17.2 IEEE1284 Support .............................................................................................................I-17
18. ETHERNET.................................................................................................. I-17ꢀ
18.1 Connector ..........................................................................................................................I-17
18.2 Printing Protocols...............................................................................................................I-18
18.3 Management Protocols......................................................................................................I-19
18.4 USB....................................................................................................................................I-20
19. UTILITY SOFTWARE................................................................................... I-20ꢀ
19.1 Printer Drivers/Installers.....................................................................................................I-20
19.2 BLP (LPR)..........................................................................................................................I-20
19.3 BNT (NetBIOS) ..................................................................................................................I-20
19.4 BRAdmin Pro .....................................................................................................................I-20
20. PAPER HANDLING...................................................................................... I-21ꢀ
20.1 Paper Feed ........................................................................................................................I-21
20.2 Output Tray........................................................................................................................I-22
20.3 Duplex................................................................................................................................I-22
20.4 Handling of Other Paper ....................................................................................................I-22
20.5 Summary of Prohibited Conditions ....................................................................................I-22
21. OPERATING SUPPLY VOLTAGE ............................................................... I-23ꢀ
22. RATED POWER CONSUMPTION............................................................... I-23ꢀ
23. NOISE .......................................................................................................... I-24ꢀ
24. FIRMWARE UPDATE FUNCTION............................................................... I-24ꢀ
25. TOOLS AND SERVICE CONSUMABLES.................................................... I-24ꢀ
25.1 Tools ..................................................................................................................................I-24
25.2 Service Consumables........................................................................................................I-24
26. CONSUMABLES.......................................................................................... I-24ꢀ
27. SOFTWARE RELATED INFORMATION...................................................... I-25ꢀ
27.1 Menu Tree (User Mode).....................................................................................................I-25
CHAPTER II INSTALLATION ..........................................................II-1
1. INSTALLATION PROCEDURE....................................................................... II-1
1.1. Checking the Packaged Items .............................................................................................II-2
1.2. Removing the Tapes from the Printer..................................................................................II-3
1.3. Removing the Paper Tray Protective Materials ...................................................................II-4
1.4. Mounting the Print Head Cartridge ......................................................................................II-6
1.5. Mounting the Toner Cartridge..............................................................................................II-9
1.6. Mounting the Transfer Roll Cartridge.................................................................................II-12
1.7. Loading Paper....................................................................................................................II-14
1.8. Connecting the Power Cable .............................................................................................II-18
1.9. Correcting the Color Registrations.....................................................................................II-20
CHAPTER III STRUCTURE OF SYSTEM COMPONENTS.............III-1
1. PRINTING PROCESS.................................................................................... III-1
1.1 Summary of Printing Process ..............................................................................................III-1
1.2 Schematic Diagram for Printing Process .............................................................................III-3
1.3 Description of Printing Process Techniques........................................................................III-4
2. FLOW OF PRINT DATA............................................................................... III-17
2.1 Data Flow...........................................................................................................................III-17
3. DRIVE TRANSMISSION ROUTE................................................................. III-18
3.1 Main Drive ASSY ...............................................................................................................III-18
3.2 DEVE Drive ASSY .............................................................................................................III-19
3.3 Holder Toner Cartridge ASSY (Y, M, C, K)........................................................................III-19
3.4 Fuser Drive ASSY..............................................................................................................III-20
3.5 Motor ASSY DUP...............................................................................................................III-20
3.6 Gear Layout .......................................................................................................................III-21
4. PAPER TRANSFER..................................................................................... III-22
4.1 Paper Transfer Route (without option)...............................................................................III-22
4.2 Layout of Paper Transfer Route.........................................................................................III-23
5. FUNCTIONS OF MAJOR FUNCTIONAL COMPONENTS........................... III-24
5.1 Paper Cassette ..................................................................................................................III-25
5.2 Paper Feeder.....................................................................................................................III-26
5.3 Housing ASSY Retard .......................................................................................................III-28
5.4 Front ASSY In....................................................................................................................III-29
5.5 Chute ASSY Out................................................................................................................III-30
5.6 Chute ASSY Exit................................................................................................................III-32
5.7 Transfer Roll Cartridge ASSY & Fuser ..............................................................................III-33
5.8 Xerographics......................................................................................................................III-35
5.9 Toner Cartridge ASSY .......................................................................................................III-37
5.10 Frame & Drive..................................................................................................................III-39
5.11 Electrical ..........................................................................................................................III-40
6. MODES ........................................................................................................ III-42
6.1 Print Mode..........................................................................................................................III-42
6.2 Operation Modes ...............................................................................................................III-42
7. CONTROL.................................................................................................... III-43
7.1 Control of Paper Size.........................................................................................................III-43
7.2 Selective Control on Paper Pick-up Unit............................................................................III-43
7.3 Scanner Light Quantity Control..........................................................................................III-43
7.4 Process Control .................................................................................................................III-43
7.5 Color Registration Control..................................................................................................III-47
7.6 Transfer Roll Cartridge Unit ASSY Control........................................................................III-48
7.7 Toner Control.....................................................................................................................III-49
7.8 Fuser Control .....................................................................................................................III-50
CHAPTER IV ASSEMBLY / DISASSEMBLY................................. IV-1ꢀ
1. BEFORE STARTING DISASSEMBLY ...........................................................IV-1ꢀ
1.1 Precautions......................................................................................................................... IV-1
1.2 Fuser ASSY Removal......................................................................................................... IV-2
1.3 Transfer ASSY Removal..................................................................................................... IV-3
1.4 Controller Board Removal................................................................................................... IV-4
1.5 Description of Procedures................................................................................................... IV-5
2. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE ......................................................................IV-6ꢀ
2.1 Cover of the Printer............................................................................................................. IV-6
2.2 Front of the Printer............................................................................................................ IV-16
2.3 Top of the Printer .............................................................................................................. IV-40
2.4 Right / Left / PCBs of the Printer....................................................................................... IV-47
2.5 Paper Feed of the Printer.................................................................................................. IV-58
CHAPTER V TROUBLESHOOTING............................................... V-1
1. PREFACE .......................................................................................................V-1
1.1 Troubleshooting Procedure.................................................................................................. V-1
1.2 Note on Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... V-1
2. LEVEL 1 TROUBLESHOOTING .....................................................................V-3
2.1 Level 1 FIP........................................................................................................................... V-3
3. LEVEL 2 TROUBLESHOOTING .....................................................................V-4
3.1 Fail Code List....................................................................................................................... V-4
3.2 Fail FIP............................................................................................................................... V-14
4. HOW TO USE DIAG. (C/E) MODE................................................................V-39
4.1 Roles of the Control Panel in Diag. (C/E) Mode ................................................................ V-39
4.2 Entering Diag. (C/E) Mode................................................................................................. V-39
4.3 Exiting Diag. (C/E) Mode ................................................................................................... V-39
4.4 Diag. (C/E) Mode Functions............................................................................................... V-39
4.5 Operation Procedure.......................................................................................................... V-40
4.6 Diag. Mode Menu Tree ...................................................................................................... V-41
4.7 ESS Diagnosis................................................................................................................... V-43
4.8 IOT Diagnosis .................................................................................................................... V-44
4.9 Installation Setting.............................................................................................................. V-51
4.10 Test Print.......................................................................................................................... V-52
4.11 Parameter Setting............................................................................................................ V-53
4.12 Information Print............................................................................................................... V-55
5. DIAGNOSIS FOR STANDALONE PRINTER................................................V-56
5.1 General .............................................................................................................................. V-56
5.2 Printing Method.................................................................................................................. V-56
5.3 Test Print Pattern............................................................................................................... V-57
6. NVM LIST......................................................................................................V-58
7. HEX/DEC CONVERSION TABLE.................................................................V-67
8. IMAGE QUALITY TROUBLE ENTRY CHART ..............................................V-69
9. IMAGE QUALITY SPECIFICATIONS............................................................V-70
9.1 Parallelism ......................................................................................................................... V-70
9.2 Diagonal............................................................................................................................. V-70
9.3 Skew .................................................................................................................................. V-70
9.4 Straightness....................................................................................................................... V-71
9.5 Magnification Error............................................................................................................. V-71
9.6 Registration........................................................................................................................ V-71
9.7 Guaranteed Printing Area .................................................................................................. V-72
10. TEST PRINT ...............................................................................................V-73
10.1 Test print.......................................................................................................................... V-73
11. IMAGE QUALITY FIP..................................................................................V-74
11.1 Notes on Image Quality Trouble Check........................................................................... V-74
11.2 Basic Rule of Image Quality Adjustment.......................................................................... V-74
11.3 Troubleshooting Table by Trouble Phenomena............................................................... V-75
CHAPTER VI DIAGRAMS.............................................................. VI-1
1.PREFACE .......................................................................................................VI-1
1.1 How to Use the BSD........................................................................................................... VI-1
1.2 Explanations of Symbols..................................................................................................... VI-1
1.3 Signal Name ....................................................................................................................... VI-4
1.4 DC Voltage.......................................................................................................................... VI-4
1.5 Input/Output Test ................................................................................................................ VI-4
2. BSD (BLOCK SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM)
ꢀ
CHAPTER VII PLUG/JACK (P/J) CONNECTOR LOCATIONS .... VII-1
1. LIST OF P/J...................................................................................................VII-1ꢀ
1.1 Base Engine....................................................................................................................... VII-1
1.2 2 Tray Module.................................................................................................................... VII-3
2. P/J LAYOUT DIAGRAM ................................................................................VII-4ꢀ
2.1 IOT Top.............................................................................................................................. VII-4
2.2 IOT Front/RH ..................................................................................................................... VII-5
2.3 MCU and HVPS PWB/ESS PWB....................................................................................... VII-6
2.4 Tray 1................................................................................................................................. VII-7
2.5 2 Tray Module.................................................................................................................... VII-8
ꢀ
REGULATIONS
LASER SAFETY (FOR 120 V MODEL ONLY)
This printer is certified as a Class I laser product under the U.S. Department of Health and
Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation
Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. This means that the printer does not produce
hazardous laser radiation.
Since radiation emitted inside the printer is completely confined within protective housings
and external covers, the laser beam cannot escape from the machine during any phase of
user operation. However, the machine contains 5-milliwat, 700-800 nanometer wavelength,
GaAIAs laser diodes. Direct (or indirect reflected) eye contact with the laser beam might
cause serious eye damage. Safety precautions and interlock mechanisms have been
designed to prevent any possible laser beam exposure to the operator.
FDA REGULATIONS (FOR 120 V MODEL ONLY)
U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has implemented regulations for laser products
manufactured on and after August 2, 1976. Compliance is mandatory for products
marketed in the United States. The label shown on the back of the printer indicates
compliance with the FDA regulations and must be attached to laser products marketed in
the United States.
MANUFACTURED:
BROTHER INDUSTRIES, LTD.
15-1 Naeshiro-cho, Mizuho-ku, Nagoya, 467-8561 Japan
This product complies with FDA radiation performance standards, 21 CFR
Subchapter J.
Caution:
Use of controls, adjustments or the performance of procedures other than those specified
in this manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
i
IEC 60825 SPECIFICATION (FOR 220-240 V MODEL ONLY)
This printer is a Class 1 laser product as defined in IEC 60825 specifications. The label
shown below is attached in countries where required.
CLASS 1LASER PRODUCT
APPAREIL Å LASER DE CLASSE 1
LASER KLASSE 1 PRODUKT
This printer has a Class 3B Laser Diode which emits invisible laser radiation in the Scanner
Unit. The Scanner Unit should not be opened under any circumstances.
Caution: Use of controls, adjustments or the performance of procedures other than
those specified in this manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
For Finland and Sweden
LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE
KLASS 1 LASER APPARAT
Varoitus! Laitteen käyttäminen muulla kuin tässä käyttöohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa
altistaa käyttäjän turvallisuusluokan 1 ylittävälle näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle.
Varning – Om apparaten används på annat sätt än i denna Bruksanvisning specificerats,
kan användaren utsättas för osynlig laserstrålning, som överskrider gränsen för laserklass
1.
Internal laser radiation
Max. Radiation Power
Wave Length
10 mW
770 nm-808 nm
Laser Class
Class IIIb (Accordance with 21 CFR Part 1040.10)
Class 3B (Accordance with IEC60825)
ii
SAFETY
To prevent possible accidents during maintenance operation, you should observe strictly
the "Warning" and "Caution" information in this manual.
Dangerous operations and operations out of range of this manual should be absolutely
avoided.
Generally various processes not covered by this manual may be required in actual
operation, which should be performed carefully always giving attention to safety.
Caution
Use of controls or adjustment or performance of procedures other than those specified in
this manual might result in hazardous radiation exposure.
Disconnect device
This printer must be installed near a power outlet that is easily accessible. In case of
emergencies, you must disconnect the power cord from the power outlet to shut off the
power completely.
Caution for batteries
Do not replace the battery. There is a danger of explosion if the battery is incorrectly
replaced. Do not disassemble, recharge or dispose of inby fire. Used batteries should be
disposed of according to local regulations.
iii
Power Source
Keep the power supply off during maintenance operation to prevent electric shock, burns
and other damages. Keep the power plug disconnected during the maintenance operation.
If the power supply should be kept connected for measurement of voltage or other similar
reasons, sufficient care should be given to prevent electric shock, by following the
procedures of this manual.
WARNING
While the printer is ON, never touch live parts if not required absolutely.
WARNING
Power is supplied to the power switch / inlet (LVPS ASSY) even while the printer is off.
Never touch its live components.
WARNING
Do not touch live parts unless otherwise specified.
Driving Units
When servicing gears or other driving units, be sure to turn them OFF and plug off. Drive
them manually when required.
WARNING
Never touch the gears or other driving units while the printer is running.
iv
High-temperature Units
When servicing high-temperature units (securing unit, etc.), be sure to turn them OFF to
prevent burns, injuries and other troubles, remove the power plug and start service
processes after they have cooled down enough.
WARNING
Immediately after completion of operation, they are still hot. Start services after more than
40 minutes.
Laser Beams
WARNING
xꢀ If your eyes are exposed to laser beams, you may lose your eyesight.
xꢀ Never open the cover if warning label for laser beams is attached there.
xꢀ Before disassembling and reassembling this laser printer, be sure to turn it OFF.
xꢀ When servicing this laser printer while it is running, be sure to follow the procedures
specified in this manual.
xꢀ You should understand the features of the laser beams which are capable of having an
injurious action on the human body, not to extend the danger over the workers as well
as other people around the printer.
Note:
I Laser beams have features as follows:
Frequencies are smaller in width than other beams (sun and electric bulbs) and phases
are uniform so that high monochromatic and convergence performance can be obtained
and thin beams of light can reach places at a long distance.
Due to the high convergence, beams are concentrated in high density and high
temperature, which is dangerous to human body.
Reference: Laser beams of this laser printer is invisible rays which you cannot see.
Scanner ASSY
Print Head Cartridge ASSY
v
Warning/Caution Labels
Warning labels and caution labels are attached to this laser printer to prevent accidents
check those labels for their peeling or stain when servicing the printer.
< Caution label for high-temperature units >
Unpacking the Printer
WARNING
The printer must be carried horizontally with two or more persons.
CAUTION
Extreme care must be taken to avoid personal injuries.
Check visually the printer for evidence of any damages.
Peel all tapes off the printer.
Remove protection parts (2 pieces) from the paper tray.
vi
ACRONYMS
In this manual, the manual specific acronyms are used in addition to the generally used
ones. The table below contains typical acronyms that are used throughout this manual.
ADC
AUX.
BCR
BUR
CCW
CLN
CR
Automatic Density Control
Auxiliary
AG
Analog Ground
Black and White
Cartridge
B/W
CART.
CL.
Bias Charge Roll
Back Up Roll
Clutch
Counter Clock Wise
Cleaning (or Cleaner)
Charge Roll
CLK
CRU
CW
DTS
FDR
FRU
I/F
Clock
Customer Replaceable Unit
Clock Wise
CRUM
DB
CRU Monitor
Detack Saw
Developing Bias
Frame Ground
Feeder
FG
Field Replaceable Unit
Interface
Hex
Hexadecimal
IDT
Intermediate Drum Transfer
ID
Image Density
(or Identification)
Low Paper
L/H
Left Hand
L/P
LD
Laser Diode
LEF
Long Edge Feed
Normal Force
Non Volatile Memory
Paper Handling
Prints Per Minute
Printed Wiring Board
Registration
MSI
Multi Sheet Inserter
No Paper
N/F
N/P
NVM
P/H
OPC
PCDC
Pixel
PV
Organic Photo Conductor
Pixel Count Dispense Control
Picture Cell
PPM
PWB
REGI.
RTN
SG
Print Volume
R/H
Right Hand
Return
SEF
SNR
SOS
SYNC.
TC
Short Edge Feed
Sensor
Signal Ground
Solenoid
SOL.
SPI
Start Of Scan
Scans Per Inch
Take Away
Synchronous
T/A
Toner Concentration
Transfer
TEMP.
TRANS.
YMCBk
Temperature
TR
Transport
WDD
XERO.
Wide Range Dynamic Damper
Xerographic
Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black
vii
Service call procedures
1. Notes Before Work
1.1 Safety notes
To prevent an accident during maintenance, follow warnings and precautions strictly.
Avoid dangerous work.
1. Power supply
To prevent an electric shock, burn, or injury, turn off the power and unplug the
power cable before maintenance work. If it is inevitable to keep the power on for
voltage measurement, take the greatest care not to receive an electric shock.
2. Drive
Never inspect or lubricate drive components such as gears when the machine is in
operation.
3. Heavy parts
The machine weighs 35.3 kg. When lifting the machine, get a firm footing and
bend your knees to avoid possible injuries to your back.
4. Safety devices
Ensure the safety functions of safety devices for preventing mechanical accidents
(fuses, circuit breakers, and interlock switches) and for safe user operations
(panels and covers). Do not make mechanical alterations that may impair the
safety functions.
5. Parts mounting and removal
Parts and covers may have sharp edges. Do not touch the edges readily. If your
fingers or hands become greasy, wipe off the grease well. Do not pullout a part
cable forcibly but gradually.
6. Specified tool
Follow instructions if a tool is specified.
7. Organic solvents
Use the drum cleaner and other organic solvents carefully with the following notes
in mind:
Keep the room well ventilated not to breathe in vapor a lot or continuously.
The solvents are inflammable liquids. Do not put them close to or into a fire or
do not heat their containers.
Avoid storing the solvents near a naked fire or sparks because they may catch
fire.
8. Irregular use of machine
When altering the machine, submit an application for irregular use in advance.
viii
1.2 Other notes
Do maintenance work correctly and efficiently with the following notes in mind:
1. Reference materials
Read the related technical information (SB, FTI, FTO and so on) well and do
maintenance work systematically.
2. Disassembling
Before removing parts for disassembling, check the normal mounting status in
advance.
3. Mounting and adjustment
Do not start up the machine immediately after finishing part mountings and
adjustments. Check that there are no tools or parts left inside the machine or on
assy.
4. Handling of replaced parts and consumables
Do not discard of replaced parts and consumables at the customer site.
After replacing the following consumables, be sure to attach the U tag to the
replaced one and recover.
Drum cartridge
Color toner cartridges
As to parts to be recycled, enter necessary data into the U tag and recover the
parts.
5. General Notes
Be careful not to disturb the customer's daily work.
Color toner dropped on the floor is hardly cleaned. Place the drop cloth on the
floor when maintaining the inside of the machine to protect carpets and floors.
Puts wastes, consumables, and replaced parts into a plastic or paper bag and
obtain the permission of the customer to throw them away.
Be sure to enter the field work contents and the replaced consumables and parts
into the Machine Log Book.
HL-4000CN weighs 35.3 kg.
When moving the equipment, make sure that there are two or more persons carrying it.
For details, see the installation procedure on page II-1.
ix
2. Workflow in the Field
< Initial Actions >
1. Question the Customer for details about the system malfunction.
2. Note down the meter count.
3. Inspect the rejected print and determine the machine condition.
4. Check the Machine Log Book.
< For UM visit >
1. Perform the Level 1 troubleshooting.
2. Perform the troubleshooting.
3. Print any Internal Test Pattern to check the print quality. (See page V-51)
4. Feed paper from each tray, and clean or replace the feed role as required.
5. Repair any secondary problems that would prevent the machine from running.
6. Perform the trim activities.
< For SM visit >
1. Print any Internal Test Pattern to check the print quality. (See page V-51)
2. Feed paper from each tray, and clean or replace the feed role as required.
3. Repair any secondary problems that would prevent the machine from running.
4. Perform the trim activities.
< Final Actions >
1. Check the machine overall operation and function.
2. Check the machine appearance and consumables.
3. Perform the operator training as required.
4. Record the performed action in the Machine Log Book and Service Report.
5. Store the sample printouts in the Machine Log Book.
x
3. Trim Activity
Trim activities for HL-4000CN should be made within every SM/UM, mainly for
maintaining the machine performance. There is no service call performed only for the
trim activity.
3.1 Trim activity procedure
1. Check the overall operation before performing the trim activity.
Print any Internal Test Pattern to output three patterns: all colors of 20 % each,
halftone and grid.
All colors of 20 % each: IBT belt, scratches on the drum surface, and fusing
problem are checked.
Halftone pattern: Low density area reproduction problem, color balance and fusing
problem are checked.
Grid pattern: Color registration problem and fusing problem are checked.
* See page V-51 for test pattern output method.
2. Clean the interior of the machine.
Clean toner contamination and paper dust in the paper path area.
(Operator area should be cleaned carefully.)
3. Check the periodic replacement parts(consumable parts). Replace as required.
4. Safety check.
Check the Power Cord for damage or loose connection.
5. After 1 to 4 above completes, do the following overall operation checks.
Machine operation
Print quality
Meter reading
3.2 Mechanical consumables and periodic replacement parts
A mechanical consumable should be replaced after checking the printed sheets
count during trim action.
<Mechanical consumables>
Consumable
Product Code
Number of sheets that can be
printed*1
Black Toner Cartridge
Cyan Toner Cartridge
Magenta Toner Cartridge
Yellow Toner Cartridge
Print Head Cartridge
Transfer Roll Cartridge
(with Toner Collector Bottle)
*1: Condition
TN-11BK
TN-11C
TN-11M
TN-11Y
PH-11CL
TR-11CL
8.5K
6K
6K
6K
30K
25K
Paper size: A4 or LETTER
Toner coverage: 5%
Ratio of B/W to color: 1: 1
Average number of sheets printed at onetime: 4 sheets
<Parts for periodic replacement>
Consumable
Fuser Unit
Retard Roll
Replacement interval
100K prints
100K prints
Remarks
xi
3.3 Trim checklist
C: Check and if necessary clean, replace, or replenish.
A: Always check and clean.
R: Replace at specified intervals.
* See page V-51 for the test pattern output method.
No. Work item
Each 100K Rep &
Description
time
Adj No.
1.1 Check before work
(Mechanical noise
check)
C
- Start up the machine to see that no
abnormal noise occurs
1.2 Check before work
(Test pattern output)
C
- Output the internal test patterns to check
the print quality.
(Check uneven darkness, deletion, and
drum of belt damage with each 20%
pattern and reproducibility of low darkness
with the document reproducibility pattern.)
- Clean any loose toner and paper dust from
the paper transport path and jam sensors.
2
Cleaning inside the
machine
(Paper transport
system cleaning)
Retard Roll
C
A
R
R
- Clean especially the operator area.
- Check and clean the MSI field roll.
3.1 Fuser ASSY
- Check that the H. Roll and P. Roll are not
scratched.
Replace them when necessary.
3.2 Print Head Cartridge
A
C
30K
18K
- Visual check only. Do not touch.
- Visual check only. Do not touch.
3.3 Transfer Roll
Cartridge Unit ASSY
4
Safety check
A
- Check the power plug for loose connection.
- Check the power cable for crack or
explosion of its conductor.
- Check that the extension cable of an
insufficient capacity or a nonstandard
power cable (ex. table tap) is not used.
- Check that the power cable is not
connected to the same outlet as some
other cables.
5.1 Check after work
(Print quality check)
C
C
- Output the internal test patterns to see that
the print quality satisfies the standards.
5.2 Check after work
(Machine operation
check)
- Check paper feed and noise.
5.3 Check after work
C
- Create Machine Log Book and a service
report.
CAUTION
Do not touch the print head cartridge or transfer roll cartridge unit directly by hand.
Do not use a drum cleaner or other solvents. (It will take time for the machine to recover.)
xii
CHAPTER I
SPECIFICATIONS
CONTENTS
CHAPTER I SPECIFICATIONS........................................................I-1
1. PRODUCT NAME............................................................................................I-1
2. DIMENSIONS / WEIGHT (MAIN UNIT)...........................................................I-1
3. SPACE REQUIREMENTS...............................................................................I-1
4. PRINTER SYSTEM CONFIGURATION ..........................................................I-2
4.1 Outline of the Printer.............................................................................................................. I-2
4.2 IOT Function Outline.............................................................................................................. I-3
4.3 ESS Standard Configuration.................................................................................................. I-4
5. OPTIONAL PRODUCTS..................................................................................I-5
6. SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS .......................................................................I-6
6.1 Operation Modes ................................................................................................................... I-6
6.2 Throughput............................................................................................................................. I-7
6.3 FPOT ..................................................................................................................................... I-7
6.4 Continuous Printing Speed .................................................................................................... I-7
6.5 Warm-up Time....................................................................................................................... I-8
7. PRINT FUNCTION...........................................................................................I-8
7.1 Image Area ............................................................................................................................ I-8
7.2 Internal Fonts......................................................................................................................... I-8
7.3 True Type Fonts................................................................................................................... I-11
8. IMAGE PROCESSING FUNCTIONS.............................................................I-12
8.1 Color/Monochrome Specification......................................................................................... I-12
8.2 Paper Type Selection........................................................................................................... I-12
8.3 Toner Save .......................................................................................................................... I-12
8.4 Color Matching..................................................................................................................... I-12
8.5 Image Adjustment................................................................................................................ I-12
8.6 Color Adjustment ................................................................................................................. I-12
8.7 Automatic Image Quality Correction .................................................................................... I-12
8.8 Recommended Image Quality Modes.................................................................................. I-12
8.9 Profile Specification ............................................................................................................. I-13
9. IMAGE ADDITION FUNCTION......................................................................I-14
9.1 Watermark ........................................................................................................................... I-14
10. PAGE LAYOUT FUNCTIONS......................................................................I-14
10.1 Reverse Print ..................................................................................................................... I-14
10.2 Zoom.................................................................................................................................. I-14
10.3 Multiple Page ..................................................................................................................... I-14
10.4 Margin Shift........................................................................................................................ I-14
10.5 Poster................................................................................................................................. I-14
10.6 Booklet Printing.................................................................................................................. I-14
11. PAGE OUTPUT SEQUENCE CONTROL FUNCTIONS..............................I-14
11.1 Stacking ............................................................................................................................. I-14
11.2 Collating ............................................................................................................................. I-14
12. SEPARATOR...............................................................................................I-15
12.1 Banner Sheet ..................................................................................................................... I-15
13. JOB CONTROL............................................................................................I-15
13.1 Print Abortion ..................................................................................................................... I-15
13.2 Forced Ejection.................................................................................................................. I-15
13.3 Job Timeout ....................................................................................................................... I-15
13.4 Job Recovery..................................................................................................................... I-15
14. OTHER FUNCTIONS ..................................................................................I-15
14.1 User Job Registration Function.......................................................................................... I-15
14.2 Billing Count Function ........................................................................................................ I-15
14.3 Toner Level Display ........................................................................................................... I-15
14.4 Job Log Function ............................................................................................................... I-16
14.5 Reception Limit (IP Filter Function).................................................................................... I-16
15. UTILITY PRINT............................................................................................I-16
15.1 Printer Setting List.............................................................................................................. I-16
15.2 Panel Setting List ............................................................................................................... I-16
15.3 Font List ............................................................................................................................. I-16
15.4 Job Log Print...................................................................................................................... I-16
15.5 Color Registration Correction Chart................................................................................... I-16
16. HOST INTERFACE......................................................................................I-17
16.1 Client Hardware ................................................................................................................. I-17
16.2 Client OS............................................................................................................................ I-17
16.3 Server OS .......................................................................................................................... I-17
17. IEEE1284.....................................................................................................I-17
17.1 Connector .......................................................................................................................... I-17
17.2 IEEE1284 Support ............................................................................................................. I-17
18. ETHERNET..................................................................................................I-17
18.1 Connector .......................................................................................................................... I-17
18.2 Printing Protocols............................................................................................................... I-18
18.3 Management Protocols...................................................................................................... I-19
18.4 USB.................................................................................................................................... I-20
19. UTILITY SOFTWARE ..................................................................................I-20
19.1 Printer Drivers/Installers..................................................................................................... I-20
19.2 BLP (LPR).......................................................................................................................... I-20
19.3 BNT (NetBIOS) .................................................................................................................. I-20
19.4 BRAdmin Pro ..................................................................................................................... I-20
20. PAPER HANDLING .....................................................................................I-21
20.1 Paper Feed ........................................................................................................................ I-21
20.2 Output Tray........................................................................................................................ I-22
20.3 Duplex................................................................................................................................ I-22
20.4 Handling of Other Paper .................................................................................................... I-22
20.5 Summary of Prohibited Conditions .................................................................................... I-22
21. OPERATING SUPPLY VOLTAGE...............................................................I-23
22. RATED POWER CONSUMPTION ..............................................................I-23
23. NOISE..........................................................................................................I-24
24. FIRMWARE UPDATE FUNCTION ..............................................................I-24
25. TOOLS AND SERVICE CONSUMABLES...................................................I-24
25.1 Tools .................................................................................................................................. I-24
25.2 Service Consumables........................................................................................................ I-24
26. CONSUMABLES .........................................................................................I-24
27. SOFTWARE RELATED INFORMATION.....................................................I-25
27.1 Menu Tree (User Mode)..................................................................................................... I-25
CHAPTER I SPECIFICATIONS
1. PRODUCT NAME
Product Name
Product Code
Model
2. DIMENSIONS / WEIGHT (MAIN UNIT)
Width (mm) Depth (mm) Height (mm)
Weight (kg)
35.5kg or less (with CRU)
439
590*
445
*: with the manual tray folded
3. SPACE REQUIREMENTS
The printer has vents on the sides and the rear. Install the printer with clearances of 150
cm on the right, 100 cm on the left, and 200 cm on the rear.
100mm
200mm
600mm
150mm
I-1
4.
PRINTER SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
4.1
Outline of the Printer
1) Host computer
The target host is a personal computer (PC98, IBM PC-AT compatible, or Macintosh)
connected directly and also through a network.
2) ESS
The ESS interprets print information (control code data, character code data,
graphics data, and image data) sent from the host computer into video data and
sends it to the IOT.
3) IOT
The ESS prints received video data for viewing. This unit uses the A4-size 600/1200
dpi laser xerography system.
Host
Computer
Network
IEEE1284 or USB1.1
ESS
IOT
Control Panel
Power Source
AC
I-2
4.2
IOT Function Outline
Configuration
Contents
Recording section
- Color 16PPM, Monochrome 16PPM
- 600dpi (standard speed), 1200dpi (half speed)
Recording System
- OPC drum, 4-tandem cartridges , electro-photographic system
using intermediate transfer rolls
- 2-component
Developer
- Chemical toner (black, yellow, magenta, cyan)
- Semiconductor laser, simultaneous scanning by 4 beams
- Heat fusing of the free belt nip system
Toner
Exposure System
Fusing System
CRU
(consumables)
- Black toner cartridge
- Yellow toner cartridge
- Magenta toner cartridge
- Cyan toner cartridge
- Drum cartridge
- Transfer roll cartridge
Paper Source
- Internal 500 sheets feeder unit
- MSI unit (100 sheets)
- 500 sheets x 2 feeder unit (optional)
Paper Exit
Duplex
- Face down output tray (250 sheets)
- Internal Duplex
Control Panel
- LCD: 16 digits x two rows
- Button: 8
- LED: 5
- MIMIC: supported
LVPS
- 100/120/220 VAC, 50/60Hz power source
I-3
4.3
ESS Standard Configuration
Item
Contents
CPU
QED RM5261A 350MHz
RAM: Standard 64MB, 320MB max
Memory
One 144pin SO-DIMM slot installed
ROM: 4MB Flash ROM (On Board) (for program)
8MB Mask ROM (On Board) (for fonts)
HDD: For electronial sorting: 10GB or more IDE HDD (optional)
External Interface
Network Protocol
- Parallel connection interface
: IEEE1284-compliant (compatible, nibble, ECP)
- USB1.1
- Network connection interface
: 100BASE-TX supported (10BASE-T compatible)
- LPD
- Port9100
- IPP
- FTP (only for firmware update)
- NetWare (SPX/IPX)
(with optional network expantion card installed)
- Apple Talk (Ether Talk)
(with optional network expantion card installed)
- SMB over TCP/IP
(with optional network expantion card installed)
- SMB over NetBEUI
(with optional network expantion card installed)
- DHCP
- HTTP (EWS)
- SNMP
I-4
5.
OPTIONAL PRODUCTS
No.
1
Product Name
2 Tray Module
Hard Disk
Product Code
LT-40CL
Remarks
2
HD-40CL
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
I-5
6. SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS
6.1
Operation Modes
The printer has the following modes:
1) Running Mode: The printer is running and recording.
Held at the operating temperature
• Fusing system
• Exposure system
• Recording system
• Fuser fan
• Rear fan
• LVPS
Rotating at the running speed
Operating
Rotating at high speed
Rotating at high speed
Normal mode
2) Ready Mode: The printer is ready to print.
• Fusing system
Held at the standby temperature
Paused
• Exposure system
• Recording system
• Fuser fan
• Rear fan
• LVPS
Paused
Rotating at half speed
Rotating at half speed
Normal mode
3) Low Power Mode (Light Sleep Mode):
If no print data is received for a specified time, the printer changes to this mode to
save power.
Paused
• Fusing system
• Exposure system
• Recording system
• Fuser fan
Paused
Paused
Paused
Paused
• Rear fan
Normal mode
• LVPS
4) Power Save Mode (Deep Sleep Mode):
If no print data is received for a specified time in Low Power Mode, the printer
changes to this mode to save more power. As to the power supply to IOT, the VPS
output is totally blocked and only the power to the ESS network function section is
supplied.
Paused
• Fusing system
• Exposure system
• Recording system
• Fuser fan
Paused
Paused
Paused
Paused
• Rear fan
Power save mode
• LVPS
I-6
6.2
6.3
6.4
Throughput
Throughput is the time from when a print instruction is issued from the printer driver until
when the last print is output to the output tray, excluding the process control time.
(OS: Win98, Measuring chart: JEIDA J11, Paper source: Tray 1)
PDL
Paper
A4
Paper Type
Color
Throughput
63 sec. max
63 sec. max
120 sec. max
120 sec. max
Plain Paper 1
Plain Paper 1
Plain Paper 1
Plain Paper 1
Color
PCL6
A4
Black & White
Color
A4
PS3
A4
Black & White
FPOT
FPOT is the time from when a print instruction is issued from the printer driver until when
the first print is output to the output tray, excluding the process control time.
(OS: Win98, Measuring chart: JEIDA J11, Paper source: Tray 1)
PDL
Paper
A4
Paper Type
Color
Throughput
20 sec. max
20 sec. max
20 sec. max
20 sec. max
Plain Paper 1
Plain Paper 1
Plain Paper 1
Plain Paper 1
Color
PCL6
A4
Black & White
Color
A4
PS3
A4
Black & White
Continuous Printing Speed
Printing speed in the same document mode
(OS: Win98, Measuring chart: Not prescribed, Paper: A4 SEF)
<PCL6>
Paper Type
Paper Source
Color
Duplex/Simplex
Simplex
Simplex
Duplex
Ave. print speed
Plain Paper 1
Plain Paper 1
Plain Paper 1
Plain Paper 1
Not prescribed Color
16 ppm or more
16 ppm or more
10 ppm or more
10 ppm or more
8 ppm or more
8 ppm or more
8 ppm or more
Not prescribed Black & White
Not prescribed Color
Not prescribed Black & White
Duplex
Thick Paper 1 MP tray
Thick Paper 1 MP tray
Transparency MP tray
Color
Simplex
Simplex
Simplex
Black & White
Color
<PS3>
Paper Type
Paper Source
Color
Duplex/Simplex
Simplex
Simplex
Duplex
Ave. print speed
16 ppm or more
16 ppm or more
10 ppm or more
10 ppm or more
8 ppm or more
8 ppm or more
8 ppm or more
Plain Paper 1
Plain Paper 1
Plain Paper 1
Plain Paper 1
Not prescribed Color
Not prescribed Black & White
Not prescribed Color
Not prescribed Black & White
Duplex
Thick Paper 1 MP tray
Thick Paper 1 MP tray
Transparency MP tray
Color
Simplex
Simplex
Simplex
Black & White
Color
I-7
6.5
Warm-up Time
Even/state
Time before Ready state Condition
At power on
30 sec. max
30 sec. max
Temperature: 22°C
Humidity: 55%
When work up from
Lower Power mode
Input power: 100/120/220 VAC
7. PRINT FUNCTION
7.1
Image Area
Size
Guaranteed image area
500-sheet universal tray Area excluding a 4-mm margin each from the right. left, top,
and bottom sides of paper (maximum area of guaranteed
drawing quality: 207.9 x 347.6 mm = 8.2 x 13.7 inches)
Paper (900 mm) longer
than manual feed tray
The image quality guarantee does not apply to long paper.
7.2
Internal Fonts
<PCL6> 80 Fonts
Type
Font
MicroType Albertus Md, Albertus Extrabold
MicroType Antique Olive, Antique Olive Italic, Antique Olive Bd
MicroType Arial, Arial Italic, Arial Bd, Arial Bd It
MicroType Clarendon Cond
MicroType Coronet
MicroType Courier, Courier It, Courier Bd, Courier Bold It
MicroType Garamond Antiqua, Garamond Kursiv, Garamond Halbfett, Garamond Kurs Halb
MicroType Letter Gothic, Letter Gothic It, Letter Gothic Bd
MicroType Marigold
MicroType CG Omega, CG Omega It, CG Omega Bd, CG Omega Bd It
MicroType CG Times, CG Times It, CG Times Bd, CG Times Bd It
MicroType Times New Roman, Times New Roman It, Times New Roman Bd, Times New
Roman Bd It
MicroType Univers Md, Univers Md It, Univers Bd, Univers Bd It, Univers Md Cd, Univers
Md Cd It, Univers Bd Cd, Univers Bd Cd It
MicroType Avant Garde Book, Avant Garde Bk Obl, Avant Garde Gothic Demi, Avant Garde
Gothic Demi Obl
MicroType Bookman Light, Bookman Light It, Bookman Demi, Bookman Demi It
MicroType Courier*, Courier* Obl, Courier* Bd, Courier* Bd It
MicroType Helvetica, Helvetica Obl, Helvetica Bd, Helvetica Bd Obl, Helvetica Narrow,
Helvetica Narrow Obl, Helvetica Narrow Bd, Helvetica Narrow Bd Obl
I-8
Type
Font
MicroType New Century Schoolbook Rm, New Century Schoolbook It, New Century
Schoolbook Bd, New Century Schoolbook Bd It
MicroType Palatino, Palatino It, Palatino Bd, Palatino Bd It
MicroType Time Roman, Time Italic, Time Bold, Time Bold Italic
MicroType Zapf Chancery Medium IT, Zapf Dingbats
MicroType Symbol, SymbolPS
<PS3> 136 Fonts
AlbertusMT
AlbertusMT-Italic
AlbertusMT-Light
AntiqueOlive-Italic
AntiqueOliveCE-Compact
Apple-Chancery
Arial-BoldMT
AntiqueOlive-Bold
AntiqueOlive-Roman
AntiqueOliveCE-Italic
Apple-ChanceryCE
Arial-ItalicMT
AntiqueOlive-Compact
AntiqueOliveCE-Bold
AntiqueOliveCE-Roman
Arial-BoldItalicMT
ArialCE
ArialCE-Bold
ArialCE-BoldItalic
AvantGarde-Book
AvantGarde-DemiOblique
AvantGardeCE-Demi
Bodoni-Bold
ArialCE-Italic
ArialMT
AvantGarde-BookOblique
AvantGardeCE-Book
AvantGarde-Demi
AvantGardeCE-BookOblique
AvantGardeCE-DemiOblique Bodoni
Bodoni-BoldItalic
Bodoni-Italic
Bodoni-Poster
Bodoni-PosterCompressed
BodoniCE-BoldItalic
BodoniCE
BodoniCE-Bold
BodoniCE-Italic
Bookman-Demi
BodoniCE- Poster
BodoniCE-
PosterCompressed
Bookman-DemiItalic
BookmanCE-Demi
BookmanCE-LightItalic
ChicagoCE
Bookman-Light
BookmanCE-DemiItalic
Carta
Bookman-LightItalic
BookmanCE-Light
Chicago
Clarendon
Clarendon-Bold
ClarendonCE-Bold
CooperBlack-Italic
Coronet-Regular
Courier-Bold
Clarendon-Light
ClarendonCE
ClarendonCE- Light
Copperplate-ThirtyThreeBC
CoronetCE-Regular
Courier-BoldOblique
CourierCE-Bold
CooperBlack
Copperplate-ThirtyTwoBC
Courier
Courier-Oblique
CourierCE-BoldOblique
Eurostile-Bold
CourierCE
CourierCE-Oblique
Eurostile-BoldExtendedTwo
EurostileCE-Bold
Geneva
Eurostile
Eurostile-ExtendedTwo
EurostileCE
EurostileCE-
EurostileCE-ExtendedTwo
BoldExtendedTwo
GenevaCE
GillSans
GillSans-Bold
GillSans-BoldCondensed
GillSans-ExtraBold
GillSans-BoldItalic
GillSans-Italic
GillSans-Condensed
GillSans-Light
I-9
GillSans-LightItalic
GillSansCE-BoldItalic
GillSansCE-Italic
GillSansCE-Roman
Goudy-BoldItalic
Helvetica
GillSansCE-Bold
GillSansCE-Condensed
GillSansCE-Light
Goudy
GillSansCE-BoldCondensed
GillSansCE-ExtraBold
GillSansCE-LightItalic
Goudy-Bold
Goudy-ExtraBold
Helvetica-Bold
Goudy-Italic
Helvetica-BoldOblique
Helvetica-Condensed
Helvetica-Condensed-Bold
Helvetica-Condensed-
BoldObl
Helvetica-Condensed-
Oblique
Helvetica-Narrow
Helvetica-Narrow-Bold
Helvetica-Narrow-
BoldOblique
Helvetica-Narrow-Oblique
Helvetica-Oblique
HelveticaCE
HelveticaCE-Bold
HelveticaCE-BoldOblique
HelveticaCE-CondBoldObl
HelveticaCE-NarrowBold
HelveticaCE-Oblique
HelveticaCE-Cond
HelveticaCE-CondObl
HelveticaCE-CondBold
HelveticaCE-Narrow
HelveticaCE-NarrowOblique
HelveticaCE-
NarrowBoldOblique
HoeflerText-Black
HoeflerText-BlackItalic
HoeflerText-Regular
HoeflerTextCE-Italic
JoannaMT-Bold
HoeflerText-Italic
HoeflerText-Ornaments
HoeflerTextCE-BlackItalic
JoannaMT
HoeflerTextCE-Black
HoeflerTextCE-Regular
JoannaMT-BoldItalic
JoannaMTCE-Bold
JoannaMT-Italic
JoannaMTCE
JoannaMTCE-BoldItalic
LetterGothic-Bold
JoannaMTCE-Italic
LetterGothic
LetterGothic-BoldSlanted
LetterGothicCE-Bold
LubalinGraph-Book
LubalinGraph-DemiOblique
NewCenturySchlbkCE-Bold
LetterGothic-Slanted
LetterGothicCE-BoldSlanted
LubalinGraph-BookOblique
LubalinGraphCE-Bookjim
LetterGothicCE
LetterGothicCE-Slanted
LubalinGraph-Demi
NewCenturySchlbk-Roman
NewCenturySchlbkCE-
BoldItalic
NewCenturySchlbkCE-Italic
NewCenturySchlbkCE-
Roman
NewYork
NewYorkCE
Optima
Optima-Bold
Optima-BoldItalic
OptimaCE-BoldItalic
Oxford
Optima-Italic
OptimaCE-Italic
Palatino-Bold
Palatino-Roman
PalatinoCE-Italic
OptimaCE-Bold
OptimaCE-Roman
Palatino-BoldItalic
PalatinoCE-Bold
PalatinoCE-Roman
Palatino-Italic
PalatinoCE-BoldItalic
StempleGaramond-Bold
StempleGaramond-Roman
StempleGaramond-BoldItalic StempleGaramond-Italic
StempleGaramondCE-Bold
StempleGaramondCE-
BoldItalic
StempleGaramondCE-Italic
StempleGaramondCE-
Roman
Symbol
I-10
Tekton
Times-Bold
Times-BoldItalic
TimesCE-Bold
TimesCE-Roman
Times-Italic
Times-Roman
TimesCE-BoldItalic
TimesNewRomanCE
TimesCE-Italic
TimesNewRomanCE-Bold
TimesNewRomanCE-
BoldItalic
TimesNewRomanCE-Italic
TimesNewRomanPS-
BoldItalicMT
TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT
TimesNewRomanPS-
ItalicMT
TimesNewRomanPSMT
Univers
Univers-Bold
Univers-BoldExt
Univers-BoldExtObl
Univers-CondensedBold
Univers-Extended
Univers-BoldOblique
Univers-Condensed
Univers-CondensedOblique
Univers-
CondensedBoldOblique
Univers-ExtendedObl
Univers-Oblique
Univers-Light
Univers-LightOblique
UniversCE-BoldExt
UniversCE-Condensed
UniversCE-Bold
UniversCE-BoldExtObl
UniversCE-CondensedBold
UniversCE-BoldOblique
UniversCE-
UniversCE-
CondensedBoldOblique
CondensedOblique
UniversCE-Extended
UniversCE-LightOblique
Wingdings-Regular
UniversCE-ExtendedObl
UniversCE-Medium
UniversCE-Light
UniversCE-Oblique
ZapfChancery-MediumItalic
ZapfChanceryCE-
MediumItalic
ZapfDingbats
7.3
True Type Fonts
Driver display
Name
Always use True Type fonts
(Default)
Fonts are always downloaded from the PC for printing.
Substitute with the internal
font
Fonts are substituted with internal ones according to the
font substitution table. The font substitution table can be
edited to set freely which fonts should be substituted with
internal ones.
I-11
8. IMAGE PROCESSING FUNCTIONS
8.1
Color/Monochrome Specification
The user can select Color, Monochrome, or Auto. If Auto is selected, the printer
automatically distinguishes each page and prints the page data in colors and
monochrome.
8.2
Paper Type Selection
The user can select Plain paper 1/Plain paper 2, Transparency, Thick paper 1/Thick
paper 2, Labels paper, Glossy paper, Postcard, Envelope, Thick paper (Back), Glossy
paper (Back), Postcard (Back), or Envelope (Back). However, FX full-color OHP (V556)
transparency is not available.
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
Toner Save
The toner consumption can be reduced to 70% (reference).
Color Matching
This function conforms to Windows ICM 2/Apple Color Sync 2.
Image Adjustment
The brightness, contrast, and saturation can be adjusted.
Color Adjustment
The RGB intensities can be adjusted individually.
Automatic Image Quality Correction
The automatic image quality correction function can be turned ON or OFF. The default is
OFF.
8.8
Recommended Image Quality Modes
1) Default display
Mode
Resolution
600dpi
Use and processing
Standard
General standard quality
This mode is suitable for printing ordinary business
documents. Photos, texts, and graphics are processed in
optimum ways. The printing speed is the highest in this
mode. (Default)
High quality
600dpi
General high quality
This mode is suitable for printing high-quality business
documents. Photos, texts, and graphics are processed in
optimum ways.
High definition 1200dpi
This mode is suitable for printing documents of mainly
fine lines. Fine characters, lines, or photo portions are
reproduced clearly.
I-12
2) All display
Mode
Resolution
600dpi
Use and processing
For
transparency
This mode is suitable for printing OHP transparencies.
The screen and color conversion for a small number of
lines reduce IOT defects and make this mode suitable for
printing on transparencies.
ICM
600dpi
This mode is suitable for color matching with the display
using ICM.
readjusted
(Colorsync for
Macintosh)
Toner save
600dpi
600dpi
The toner save function is used in this mode.
The hue generally goes down but the toner consumption
is reduced.
Presentation
This mode is suitable for printing presentation materials
by clear color reproduction. In this coherency mode, the
output hue is the same as those of other models.
Standard
(High gloss)
600dpi
600dpi
Glossy prints are output in this standard mode.
(Plain paper 1/Plain paper 2)
High quality
(High gloss)
Glossy prints are output in this high quality mode.
(Plain paper 1/Plain paper 2)
Engine resolution/Speed
600dpi
1200dpi
Paper type
Image quality mode
Simplex Duplex Simplex Duplex
Plain paper 1/ Standard (High gloss)/
Half
Half
Plain paper 2
High quality (High gloss)
speed
speed
High definition
Half
Half
speed
speed
Other modes
Full
Full
(Standard, High quality, etc)
speed
speed
Other paper
High definition
Half
speed
Other modes
Half
(Standard, High quality, etc)
speed
8.9
Profile Specification
The user can select "Color Temperature/Gamma Specification," "ICC Profile
Specification," or "No Specification" as a color conversion profile.
I-13
9. IMAGE ADDITION FUNCTION
9.1
Watermark
A user-specified or routine character string can be printed as a watermark.
10. PAGE LAYOUT FUNCTIONS
10.1 Reverse Print
The generation of a 180-degree rotated image can be selected. This function is used if a
desired result cannot be obtained without rotating a generated image because the
direction of transport is determined (ex. envelope).
10.2 Zoom
This printer supports routing printing or printing of a size enlarged or reduced from a
routine one. The magnification can be set arbitrarily in a range from 25 to 400%.
10.3 Multiple Page
The user can specify 2up, 4up, 8up, 16up, or 32up to print a specified number of pages
together.
10.4 Margin Shift
The user can specify the top, bottom, right, and left margins in millimeters.
10.5 Poster
A single-page image of up to 6 x 6 in size can be printed 36 times repeatedly on a single
page.
10.6 Booklet Printing
A job consisting of several pages can be printed and stapled at the center of paper to
form a booklet.
11. PAGE OUTPUT SEQUENCE CONTROL FUNCTIONS
11.1 Stacking
Theoretically this function can print up to 999 copies.
11.2 Collating
Theoretically this function can print up to 999 copies.
When a HDD is mounted, highs-peed collating is possible. Although varying with the
data compression rate, the number of pages in a copy never exceeds 1,000.
I-14
12. SEPARATOR
12.1 Banner Sheet
A banner sheet can be inserted at the beginning or end of a job. The document name,
port name, or other is printed in monochrome. However, the MAC driver does not
support the banner at the end.
13. JOB CONTROL
13.1 Print Abortion
From the control panel, the current job can be aborted (discarded).
13.2 Forced Ejection
This function forcibly prints and ejects received data if data reception from the host is
awaited in the middle of job processing.
13.3 Job Timeout
If job transfer is interrupted for a specified time (changeable or settable to infinite from
the control panel), the data is discarded as an error.
13.4 Job Recovery
A job may fail due to a paper jam. In this case, the job is automatically executed once
released.
14. OTHER FUNCTIONS
14.1 User Job Registration Function
Various print settings can be registered in a printer driver with arbitrary names for calling.
14.2 Billing Count Function
This function counts normally printed pages. If enabled in the C/E diag. setting, the user
can check the count from the control panel. This is disabled at shipping from the factory.
Counters
Count contents
Color print counter
Monochrome print counter
Total print counter
Counts color prints. (7 digits)
Counts monochrome prints. (7 digits)
Counts both color and monochrome prints. (7 digits)
14.3 Toner Level Display
The short-of-toner status can be displayed by CentreWare Internet Services.
I-15
14.4 Job Log Function
This function can hold and print up to 22 job logs. Log data can also be printed
immediately from the panel or automatically when the log count has reached the
maximum limit.
The log contents are as follows:
• Job submission date and time
• Input interface (Centronics, lpd, etc)
• Data type (XPL)
• Document name (file name)
• User name/host name
• Number of pages used (color/monochrome)
• Number of sides used (color/monochrome)
• Size of paper used (color/monochrome)
• Result (normal termination, error, etc)
• Other (title, total print count, rights, etc)
14.5 Reception Limit (IP Filter Function)
LPD, Port9100, and IPP can permit or prohibit job acceptance to a set IP.
15. UTILITY PRINT
15.1 Printer Setting List
A printer setting list can be printed from the panel. The list is printed on A4 paper in
monochrome by automatic tray selection.
15.2 Panel Setting List
A panel setting list can be printed from the panel. The list is printed on A4 paper in
monochrome by automatic tray selection.
15.3 Font List
A font list can be printed from the panel. The list is printed on A4 paper in monochrome
by automatic tray selection. YMCK color patterns are printed on the list.
15.4 Job Log Print
Job log data can be printed immediately from the panel or automatically. The data is
printed on A4 paper in monochrome by automatic tray selection.
15.5 Color Registration Correction Chart
Two kinds of color registration correction charts can be printed. One is the main scan
correction chart and the other is the subscan correction chart. The user can print the
main scan correction chart but the subscan correction chart is for a customer engineer.
I-16
16. HOST INTERFACE
16.1 Client Hardware
Hardware
Conditions of guarantee
PC-AT compatible
(DOS/V)
A model where Windows 95/98/ME, 2000/XP, or NT4.0 is
guaranteed to run
PC98 Series
A model sold in November 1993 or later with a two-way parallel
interface where Windows 95/98/ME, 2000/XP, or NT4.0 is
guaranteed to run
Macintosh
A model where MAC OS 8.1 to 9.1,OSX 10.1 is guaranteed to run
16.2 Client OS
Client OS
Driver
Direct print
utility
Network utility SNN
Windows
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
95/98/98ME
Windows NT4.0
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Windows 2000/XP
MAC OS 8.1 to 9.1 Supported
16.3 Server OS
Windows NT 4.0 Server
Windows 2000 Server
•
•
•
•
NetWare 3.12J/3.2J/4.1J/4.11J/4.2J/5J
Windows 95/98/ME (Printer shared)
17. IEEE1284
17.1 Connector
Amphenol 36-pin
17.2 IEEE1284 Support
The printer supports IEEE1284 (compatible, nibble, ECP mode). If the host computer
does not support IEEE1284, the two-way function cannot be used.
18. ETHERNET
The printer can be connected to either 100BASE-TX or 10BASE-T by automatic or
manual switching. The physical specifications conform to the IEEE802.3 standards.
18.1 Connector
RJ-45
I-17
18.2 Printing Protocols
The standard printing protocols are LPD, Port9100, IPP, FTP and the optional ones are
SMB, NetWare, and EtherTalk.
1) Standard
Supported
Protocol
Transport Max
Supported OS
Session
LPD
TCP/IP
TCP/IP
1
Win95/98/Me
WinNT4.0
Win2000 (usually lprand Sizeless lpr)
Port9100
IPP
1
Win95/98/Me
Win2000/XP
TCP/IP
TCP/IP
3
1
Windows Me, Win2000
FTP (only for
[Client]
firmware update)
Win95/98/Me, WinNT4.0, Win2000/XP
2)
Option
Supported
Protocol
Transport
Max
Session
Supported OS
SMB
TCP/IP
NetBEUI
5
1
Win95/98/Me, WinNT4.0
Win2000
NetWare
NCP/IPX
NetWare 3.12J/3.2J/4.1J/4.11J/4.2J/5J
(PServer mode)
（NDS support）
SPX/IPX
(Nprint mode)
EtherTalk
(PAP)
ATP/DDP
1
MAC OS 8.1 to 9.1,
OpenTransport1.1.2 or later
I-18
18.3 Management Protocols
The printer supports SNMP and http ((Web base management) as the management
protocols. DHCP is also supported as automatic IP address setting.
1) Standard
Supported
Protocol
Transport
Support
SNMP
UDP/IP
[Supported MIB]
MIB-II (RFC1213)
Host Resources MIB (RFC1514)
Printer MIB (RFC1759)
IPX (option)
XCMI Communication Config MIB (V2.4)
XCMI Job Monitoring MIB (V2.4)
[Manager]
Network utility, DocuHouse, PrintXchange
http
TCP/IP
[Client]
(Windows 95/98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP)
Netscape Communicator 4.06 or later
Internet Explorer 4.01 or later
(Web base
management)
(MacOS OS8.1 - 9.1,OpenTransport1.1.2 or later)
Netscape Communicator 4.06 or later
Internet Explorer 4.01 or later
DHCP
IPP
UDP/IP
[Supported OS]
Windows NT 4.0 Server
Windows 2000 Server
TCP/IP
Windows2000/XP
(Number of
session: 5)
2)
Option
Supported
Protocol
Transport
Max Supported OS
Session
5
SMB
TCP/IP
NetBEUI
Win95/98/Me, WinNT4.0
Win2000
NetWare
NCP/IPX
1
NetWare 3.12J/3.2J/4.1J/4.11J/4.2J/5J
(PServer mode)
（NDS support）
SPX/IPX
(Nprint mode)
EtherTalk
(PAP)
ATP/DDP
1
MAC OS 8.1 to 9.1,
OpenTransport1.1.2 or later
I-19
18.4 USB
The printer conforms to USB Ver.1.1.
1) Connector
4-pin, B connector
2) Supported OS
Windows 98/ME, Windows 2000/XP
Mac OS 8.6 to 9.1
Preinstalled version
* Windows version: Post Launch
19. UTILITY SOFTWARE
19.1 Printer Drivers/Installers
Printer drivers for Windows 95/98/ME, Windows NT4.0, Windows 2000, and Mac OS 8.1
to 9.1 are prepared.
19.2 BLP (LPR)
Utilities for Windows 95/98/ME are prepared for peer-to-peer network printing.
19.3 BNT (NetBIOS)
Utilities for Windows 95/98/ME,NT4.0, 2000, XP are prepared for peer-to-peer network
printing.
19.4 BRAdmin Pro
Various network settings are permitted.
I-20
20. PAPER HANDLING
20.1 Paper Feed
1) Tray 1
The 500-sheet universal tray can be mounted.
2) Trays 2 and 3 (Option)
The 500-sheet universal tray can be mounted each.
3) Manual feed tray (MSI)
Supported size
Paper capacity
Paper type
A4, B5, A5, Letter, Legal 14, Postcard and User-defined
100 sheets or 10 mm thick or less for standard paper
Plain paper 1/Plain paper 2, Transparency, Thick paper 1/Thick paper
2, Labels paper, Glossy paper, Postcard, and Envelope
Paper weight: 60 to 216 gsm (16 to 80 lb)
Paper size
Minimum: 90 mm (3.5 inches) wide x 139.7 mm (5.5 inches) long
Maximum: 216 mm (8.5 inches) wide x 356 mm (14 inches) long *
* The printer can handle paper up to 900 mm (35.4 inches) in long-
size
mode. For longer paper, however, the operator support is
necessary. The paper weight in long-size mode shall be 157 gsm or
less.
4) 500-sheet universal tray
Supported size
Paper capacity
Paper type
A4, B5, A5, Letter, and Legal 14
500 sheets or 56 mm thick or less for standard paper
Plain paper 1/Plain paper 2
Paper weight: 60 to 99 gsm
5) Paper feed control
1. Automatic tray feed (including the manual feed tray)
From the trays including the manual feed tray, the printer automatically selects a
tray where specified paper is loaded.
The priority order of automatic selection is as follows:
Tray 1, Tray 2, Tray 3, Manual feed tray
A combination with unsupported paper is prohibited on the printer driver.
2. Specified tray feed
Select a tray from Tray 1, Tray 2, Tray 3, and Manual feed tray.
For the manual feed tray, vertical or horizontal feed is selected.
A combination with unsupported paper is excluded on the printer driver.
3. Paper level display
The short-of-paper status can be displayed by CentreWare Internet Services.
I-21
20.2 Output Tray
The printer has a face-down tray at the upper part.
Supported paper size
Paper capacity
All paper sizes that can be handled by the printer
250 sheets or more for standard paper
20.3 Duplex
1) Duplex path
Supported size
Paper type
A4, B5, A5, Letter, Legal 14, and User-defined
Plain paper 1/Plain paper 2
Paper weight: 64 to 99 gsm
Paper size
Minimum: 149 mm (3.5 inches) wide x 210 mm long (A5)
Maximum: 216 mm (8.5 inches) wide x 356 mm (14 inches)
long (Legal 14-inch)
2) Duplex control
Select duplex or simplex.
A combination with unsupported paper is prohibited on the printer driver.
For duplex printing, " Long Edge Binding " or " Short Edge Binding " can be selected.
20.4 Handling of Other Paper
1) Transparency dividers
The printer has a divider insertion function for transparencies. Before a
transparency, a blank sheet or a print index of the same contents as the
transparency is inserted. For the paper tray, user can select automatic paper feed
from a tray where paper of the same size is loaded (default) or unconditional paper
feed from a tray specified only for dividers.
20.5 Summary of Prohibited Conditions
1) Paper size limitation
Selected paper size
A5
500 Universal Manual Tray
Duplex
y
y
y
y
y
n
n
n
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
n
n
y
B5
A4
Letter
Legal 14
Envelope
Postcard
User-defined
y: possible n: impossible
I-22
2) Paper type limitation
Selected paper type
Plain paper 1
500 Universal Manual Tray
Duplex
y
y
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Plain paper 2
Transparency
Thick paper 1
Thick paper 2
Labels paper
Glossy paper
Postcard
Envelope
Back (thick, glossy, postcard, envelop)
y: possible n: impossible
21. OPERATING SUPPLY VOLTAGE
<115/120V>
Phase
Single (two phases)
100-127 VAC ±10%
50/60 Hz±3Hz
Input voltage
Frequency
<220/240V>
Phase
Single (two phases)
220-240 VAC ±10%
50/60 Hz±3Hz
Input voltage
Frequency
22. RATED POWER CONSUMPTION
Mode
Power consumption
Running Mode
850 W max (Maximum: Fuser ON)
450 W max (Average) *1
Ready Mode
850 W max (Maximum: Fuser ON)
180 W max (Average) *2
Low Power Mode
45 W max
Conforming to the International Energy Star Program
*1: Average in continuous printing
*2: Average when the fuser is at the standby temperature
I-23
23. NOISE
Standby: 35 dB (A) max
Printing:
Base engine
Cassette run
Optional feeder
Cassette run
54.0 dB(A)
MSI run
52.0 dB(A)
54.0 dB(A)
54.0 dB(A)
55.0 dB(A)
Standard（600dpi）
High definition/gloss
(Half speed)
55.0 dB(A)
24. FIRMWARE UPDATE FUNCTION
The user can rewrite (update) the ESS firmware and Net extension card formware.
Update item
ESS
Via IEEE1284
Via network (ftp)
Via network (web)
y
y
n
y
y
n
n
n
n
Net extension card
MCU
25. TOOLS AND SERVICE CONSUMABLES
25.1 Tools
604K2540 (Tester Adapter)
25.2 Service Consumables
The printer has no service consumables unique to the machine.
26. CONSUMABLES
Consumables
Product Code
TN-11BK
TN-11C
Life (No. of sheets printable)*1
Black Toner Cartridge
Cyan Toner Cartridge
Magenta Toner Cartridge
Yellow Toner Cartridge
Drum Cartridge
8.5K
6K
TN-11M
6K
TN-11Y
6K
PH-11CL
TR-11CL
30K
25K
Transfer Roll Cartridge
（with the Waste Toner Bottle）
*1: Conditions of use
Paper size: A4 or LETTER
Black-and-white/color ratio: 1:1
Toner coverage: 5%
Number of sheets printed at a time: 4 ave.
I-24
27. SOFTWARE RELATED INFORMATION
27.1 Menu Tree (User Mode)
Mode 1
Power Save Time
3
min. *(0-60)
1:System
Menu
Error Alarm
YES*, NO
30sec.*(5
-
300, OFF)
Job Timeout
Panel Language
English*,French,Italian,German
Spanish,Dutch
Auto Log Pr nt
ID Print
YES*, NO
OFF*,Upper Left, Upper Right
Lower Left, Lower Right
Text Print
NO*, YES
PS Error Report
PS Job Timeout
YES*, NO
OFF*(1-900 min.
)
Init NVM
2:Maintenance
Total
Color
B/W
Print Counter *1
Panel Set Protect
Change Password
Security
NO*, YES
Light 60
Heavy 65-99g/m
Light 76 99g/m
Heavy 85 105g/m
-75g/m2*
Plain paper 1
Plain paper 2
Paper Density
2
-
2*
-
2
Enter Number
Color Regi Correct
Init PS Disk
Y=0 M=0 C=0
Correction Chart
3:Parallel
4:Report/List
5:Network
6:USB
Next page
0:Meter *1
:
:
Optional
Default
*
*1 : Disaplayed when installation Set >Count Display is ON in C/E Diag.
I-25
Enabled*, Disabled
3:Parallel
ECP
Adobe Protocol
TBCP*, Standard, BCP
Printer Settings
Panel Settings
PCL6 Font List
Log Print
4:Report/List
PS Font List
Demo Page
Auto*, 10Base/Half, 10Base/Full,
100Base/Half, 100Base/Full
Ethernet
TCP/IP
5:Network
Setup IP Address
IP Address
DHCP*, Panel
Subnet Mask
Gateway Address
IPX Frame Type
Protocol
Auto*, 802.3, 802.2, SNAP, Ethernet-11
LPD
Enabled, Disabled*
Enabled, Disabled*
Enabled, Disabled*
Enabled*, Disabled
Enabled*, Disabled
Enabled*, Disabled
Enabled*, Disabled
Port9100
IPP
NetBIOS TCP/IP
NetBEUI
NetWare
AppleTalk
FilterX Address
FilterX Mask
FilterX Mode
IP Filter
OFF*, Accept, Reject
Adobe Protocol
Adobe Protocol
RAM*, Standard, BCP, TBCP
TBCP*, RAW, Standard, BCP
6:USB
Meter 1
0:Meter
Meter 2, Meter 3
I-26
CHAPTER II
INSTALLATION
CONTENTS
CHAPTER II INSTALLATION..........................................................II-1
1. INSTALLATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................II-1
1.1 Checking the Packaged Items.............................................................................................. II-2
1.2 Removing the Tapes from the Printer................................................................................... II-3
1.3 Removing the Paper Tray Protective Materials .................................................................... II-4
1.4 Mounting the Print Head Cartridge........................................................................................ II-6
1.5 Mounting the Toner Cartridges ............................................................................................. II-9
1.6 Mounting the Transfer Roll Cartridge.................................................................................. II-12
1.7 Loading Paper..................................................................................................................... II-14
1.8 Connecting the Power Cable .............................................................................................. II-18
1.9 Correcting the Color Registrations...................................................................................... II-20
CHAPTER II
INSTALLATION
1.
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
Install the printer as follows:
1.1 Checking the Packaged Items
1.2 Removing the Tapes from the Printer
1.3 Removing the Paper Tray Protective Materials
1.4 Mounting the Print Head Cartridge
1.5 Mounting the Toner Cartridges
1.6 Mounting the Transfer Roll Cartridges
1.7 Loading Paper
1.8 Connecting the Power Cable
1.9 Correcting the Color Registrations
Note:
The printer has various protective materials for protection from vibrations and shocks
during move. Remove all the protective materials first.
If you purchased a two-tray module, attach the module to the printer first. For the
attachment method, refer to the attached document.
The cardboard box, carrying handle, styrofoam, and protective materials of the printer
package are necessary for the long-distance move of the printer. Be sure not to lose the
packaging materials.
II-1
1.1
Checking the Packaged Items
The printer package contains the items shown below. Before starting installation, make
sure that no items are missing.
Note:
Keep the packaging materials if a future long-distance move of the printer is anticipated.
Printer (base engine)
Print head cartridge
Fig.2-1
Fig.2-2
Toner cartridges
Power cable
(black, yellow, magenta, and cyan)
Fig.2-3
Fig.2-4
II-2
1.2
Removing the Tapes from the Printer
The printer taken out of the box is taped at eight positions.
Remove all the tapes by referencing the figure below.
< Right side >
Fig.2-5
< Left side >
Fig.2-6
< Rear side >
Fig.2-7
II-3
1.3
Removing the Paper Tray Protective Materials
Each tray of this printer has two protective materials to suppress the influences of
vibrations and shocks during move.
Remove the protective materials as explained next.
Note:
The protective materials are necessary for the long-distance move of the printer. Be sure
not to lose them.
Fig.2-8
1) Pull out the paper tray until it stops.
Fig.2-9
2) Hold the paper tray by both hands and extract it by lifting this side up.
Note:
Put the removed paper tray at a flat place.
Fig.2-10
II-4
3) Take the protective material (made of cardboard) out of the paper tray.
Note:
Keep the protective material if a future move of the printer is anticipated.
Fig.2-11
4) Hold the paper tray by both hands and slide it into the printer along the slot.
Fig.2-12
5) Push the tray deep into to the printer.
Note:
Be careful not to push in the tray too hard. Otherwise, the printer or tray itself may
be damaged.
Fig.2-13
II-5
1.4
Mounting the Print Head Cartridge
Mount the print head cartridge as explained next.
Fig.2-14
1) Lift the A button ((1)) and open the front cover ((2)).
Fig.2-15
2) Open the delivery section cover.
Fig.2-16
II-6
3) Take the print head cartridge out of the package and extract the eight seals hard in
the horizontal direction.
Note:
Keep the aluminum bag of the print head cartridge if a future move of the printer is
anticipated.
Fig.2-17
4) Extract the protective material of the print head cartridge by holding the right and left
ends.
Fig.2-18
5) Peel the protective sheet covering the cartridge as shown in the figure.
Note:
Do not touch the intermediate transfer roll (black). Do not hit or scratch the roll surface
with a thing. If the roll surface is damaged or stained by hand or other, the print quality
will go low.
Do not leave the print head cartridge with the protective sheet off. The print quality
will go low.
When removing the protective sheet, keep the print head cartridge horizontal.
Fig.2-19
II-7
6) Hold the print head cartridge by the handle and align the bottom roll at the other side
of the cartridge with the front groove of the printer indicated by the arrow. Then
lower the cartridge slowly.
Note:
Do not touch the intermediate transfer roll.
The cartridge may be damaged if lowered when the groove and shaft are not aligned well.
Make sure that the surface of the intermediate transfer roll does not contact other
parts.
Intermediate transfer roll
Fig.2-20
7) Close the delivery section cover.
Fig.2-21
8) Close the front cover.
Fig.2-22
II-8
1.5
Mounting the Toner Cartridges
Mount the toner cartridges as explained next.
Note:
The toner is not harmful to the human body. If the toner gets on your skin or clothes,
wash it away immediately.
Fig.2-23
1) Detach the top cover.
Fig.2-24
2) Take a new toner cartridge of the same color as the label at the mounting position out of the
package.
Fig.2-25
II-9
3) Shake the cartridge several times (7 or 8) to make the toner even inside.
Fig.2-26
4) By aligning with the groove of the printer, place the cartridge in the direction shown
in the figure.
Fig.2-27
5) Hold the knobs at both ends of the toner cartridge. While pressing down gently, turn
the knobs to this side.
Fig.2-28
II-10
6)
Extract the toner seal upward.
Note:
For extraction, pull the toner seal straight up. The tap may be cut if pulled askew.
Fig.2-29
7) Mount the remaining three toner cartridges in the same way.
Fig.2-30
8) Attach the top cover.
Fig.2-31
II-11
1.6
Mounting the Transfer Roll Cartridge
Follow the procedure below to replace the transfer roll cartridge.
Fig.2-32
1) Push up button ‘A’ (1) and fully open the front cover (2).
Fig.2-33
2) Grip the orange tabs at both ends of the transfer roll (1) and gently lift it out of the
printer (2).
Note:
Lift the transfer roll carefully to prevent waste toner from spilling out.
Fig.2-34
II-12
3) Unpack a new transfer roll cartridge and grip the orange tabs as shown.
Fig.2-35
4) Insert the pins at both ends of the transfer roll cartridge into the bearings inside the
printer, and gently push the roll into the printer.
Fig.2-36
5) To lock the transfer roll cartridge into the printer, push down on the tabs until you
hear a click.
Fig.2-37
II-13
6) Close the front cover.
Fig.2-38
1.7
Loading Paper
Load paper on the tray as explained next.
Fig.2-39
1) Pull out the paper tray until it stops.
Fig.2-40
II-14
2) Hold the paper tray by both hands and extract it by lifting this side up.
Note:
Put the removed paper tray at a flat place.
Fig.2-41
3)
Shift the vertical and horizontal paper guides outward. The vertical paper guide
should be lifted a little and shifted to positions greater than the paper size.
Fig.2-42
4) Pinch and lift the vertical paper guide slightly and align the projection of the guide
with the
on the paper size scale.
Note:
Check that the stopper of the vertical paper guide is fit in the groove on the scale.
If the vertical paper guide is moved slightly, the printer may not be able to detect
the paper size automatically. In this case, shift the vertical paper guide to the most
outward position and align with the scale again.
Fig.2-43
II-15
5) By aligning the four corners, load the paper under the tabs with the printing side up.
Note:
Do not use folded, wrinkled, or greatly curled paper.
Make sure that the paper is not on the tabs.
Fig.2-44
6) Align the horizontal paper guide with the paper width.
Note:
If the paper guides are pressed too hard against the paper, a paper jam may occur. If
the paper guides are too loose, askew paper feed may occur.
Fig.2-45
7) Hold the paper tray by both hands and slide it into the printer along the slot.
Fig.2-46
II-16
8) Push the tray deep into to the printer.
Note:
Be careful not to push in the tray too hard. Otherwise, the printer or tray itself may
be damaged.
Fig.2-47
Note:
A paper try has a paper level indicator on its side. Check this indicator when
loading paper.
Fig.2-48
II-17
1.8
Connecting the Power Cable
Connect the power cable as explained below.
WARNING
Power specifications are listed below. The specifications that apply to your machine
depend on your machine configuration. Connect the power plug only to a properly rated
power outlet. Otherwise, it can cause fire or electric shocks. If in doubt, contact your
Customer Support Centre.
- Rated voltage 100V - Rated voltage 110V - Rated voltage 220-240 V
- Rated frequency 50/60Hz - Rated frequency 60Hz - Rated frequency 50/60Hz
Never use multi-plug adaptors to plug multiple power plugs in the same outlet. Be sure to
operate the machine on a sole-use receptacle. Multiple connectors can cause the outlet
to overheat and cause fire.
To prevent fire or electric shocks, follow the instruction below based on your machine
configuration. If in doubt, contact your dealer or authorized Brother service
representative.
- If your machine is a 220-240 V model, there is no need to attach a separate earth line
since the earth connection is incorporated in the power line. Plug it into a properly
rated outlet.
- If your machine is a 100 or 110 V model, use the green earth wire bundled with the
power cord, located at the rear of the machine.
The earth wire must be connected to one of the following conductors:
- Earth terminal of the specified power outlet
- A piece of copper buried in the earth 650 mm or deeper
- Earth terminal with Class D* earthing.
* Class D is the regulation for Japan only.
1) Connect the power cable to the power cable connector on the rear of the printer.
If the power outlet has a ground terminal, connect the ground wire as well.
Fig.2-49
II-18
2) Press the [|] side of the power switch on the right side of the printer to turn the
power on.
Note:
When the power is turned on for the first time after installation, the motor in the
printer rotates for one or two minutes.
Fig.2-50
II-19
1.9
Correcting the Color Registrations
When the printer is installed for the first time or reinstalled after a move, correct the color
registrations as explained next.
< Chart Printing >
Print the color registration correction chart from the operator panel.
(Print screen: Printer ready)
(1) Press the Menu button to display the menu screen.
(Menu screen)
(2) Press the
button once.
(Menu screen)
(3) Press the Form Feed/Set or button once.
(4) Press the
button four times.
(5) Press the Form Feed/Set or
(6) Press the Form Feed/Set or
button once.
button once.
(7) Press the Form Feed/Set button once to print the color
registration correction chart.
After printing, the display returns to the print screen.
II-20
< Determining Set Values >
From the lines at right of each grid pattern Y (yellow), M (magenta), or C (cyan) on the
printed color registration correction chart, the numeric value of a line most straight is
read.
Note:
The color density of each grid pattern is also helpful. The highest density indicates a
line most straight.
If the value of the most straight line is 0, no correction is necessary. Otherwise, make
a necessary correction according to the set value input procedure given next.
Most straight
Grid pattern
< Entering Set Values >
By using the control panel, enter numeric values read from the color registration
correction chart for corrections.
(1) Display the setting menu for the color registration correction
chart by (1) to (5) on the previous page.
(2) Press the
button once.
(3) Press the Form Feed/Set or
To next page
button once.
II-21
From previous page
(4) Press the
or
button several times until the set value
is displayed (example: +3).
(5) Press the
value.
button once to move the cursor (_) to the next
(6) Set the color registration values by repeating (4) and (5).
(7) Press the Form Feed/Set button once.
(8) Press the Form Feed/Set button once. A new color
registration correction chart reflecting the set values is
printed.
After printing, the display returns to the print screen.
(9) Check that the numeric value of a line most straight is 0 for
Y (yellow), M (magenta), or C (cyan) on the color
registration correction chart. This completes the corrections
of color registrations.
Note: After printing, the display returns to the print screen.
II-22
CHAPTER III
STRUCTURE OF
SYSTEM COMPONENTS
CONTENTS
CHAPTER III STRUCTURE OF SYSTEM COMPONENTS............III-1
1. PRINTING PROCESS ...................................................................................III-1
1.1 Summary of Printing Process .............................................................................................. III-1
1.2 Schematic Diagram for Printing Processes ......................................................................... III-3
1.3 Description of Printing Process Techniques........................................................................ III-4
1.3.1 Charging with electricity................................................................................................. III-4
1.3.2 Exposure ....................................................................................................................... III-5
1.3.3 Development ................................................................................................................. III-7
1.3.4 Primary transfer (drum -> IDT 1)................................................................................... III-9
1.3.5 Secondary transfer (IDT 1 -> IDT 2)............................................................................ III-11
1.3.6 Cleaning (IDT 1).......................................................................................................... III-11
1.3.7 Tertiary transfer (IDT 2 - paper) .................................................................................. III-12
1.3.8 Cleaning (IDT 2).......................................................................................................... III-13
1.3.9 Static elimination ......................................................................................................... III-13
1.3.10 Fixing......................................................................................................................... III-14
1.3.11 Cleaning (general)..................................................................................................... III-15
2. FLOW OF PRINT DATA...............................................................................III-17
2.1 Data Flow........................................................................................................................... III-17
3. DRIVE TRANSMISSION ROUTE.................................................................III-18
3.1 Main Drive ASSY ............................................................................................................... III-18
3.2 DEVE Drive ASSY ............................................................................................................. III-19
3.3 Holder Toner Cartridge ASSY (Y, M, C, K)........................................................................ III-19
3.4 Fuser Drive ASSY.............................................................................................................. III-20
3.5 Motor ASSY DUP............................................................................................................... III-20
3.6 Gear Layout ....................................................................................................................... III-21
4. PAPER TRANSFER.....................................................................................III-22
4.1 Paper Transfer Route (without option)............................................................................... III-22
4.2 Layout of Paper Transfer Route......................................................................................... III-23
5. FUNCTIONS OF MAJOR FUNCTIONAL COMPONENTS...........................III-24
5.1 Paper Cassette .................................................................................................................. III-25
5.1.1 Major functions............................................................................................................ III-25
5.1.2 Reference diagram...................................................................................................... III-25
5.2 Paper Feeder..................................................................................................................... III-26
5.2.1 Major functions............................................................................................................ III-26
5.2.2 Reference diagram...................................................................................................... III-27
5.3 Housing ASSY Retard........................................................................................................ III-28
5.3.1 Major functions............................................................................................................ III-28
5.3.2 Reference diagram...................................................................................................... III-28
5.4 Front ASSY In .................................................................................................................... III-29
5.4.1 Major functions............................................................................................................ III-29
5.4.2 Reference diagram...................................................................................................... III-29
5.5 Chute ASSY Out ................................................................................................................ III-30
5.5.1 Major functions............................................................................................................ III-30
5.5.2 Reference diagram...................................................................................................... III-31
5.6 Chute ASSY Exit................................................................................................................ III-32
5.6.1 Major functions............................................................................................................ III-32
5.6.2 Reference diagram...................................................................................................... III-32
5.7 Transfer Roll Cartridge ASSY & Fuser .............................................................................. III-33
5.7.1 Major functions............................................................................................................ III-33
5.7.2 Reference diagram...................................................................................................... III-34
5.8 Xerographics...................................................................................................................... III-35
5.8.1 Major functions............................................................................................................ III-35
5.8.2 Reference diagram...................................................................................................... III-36
5.9 Toner Cartridge ASSY ....................................................................................................... III-37
5.9.1 Major functions............................................................................................................ III-37
5.9.2 Reference diagram...................................................................................................... III-38
5.10 Frame & Drive.................................................................................................................. III-39
5.10.1 Major functions.......................................................................................................... III-39
5.10.2 Reference diagram.................................................................................................... III-39
5.11 Electrical........................................................................................................................... III-40
5.11.1 Major functions.......................................................................................................... III-40
5.11.2 Reference diagram.................................................................................................... III-41
6. MODES........................................................................................................III-42
6.1 Print Mode.......................................................................................................................... III-42
6.2 Operation Modes ............................................................................................................... III-42
7. CONTROL ...................................................................................................III-43
7.1 Control of Paper Size......................................................................................................... III-43
7.2 Selective Control on Paper Pick-up Unit............................................................................ III-43
7.3 Scanner Light Quantity Control.......................................................................................... III-43
7.4 Process Control ................................................................................................................. III-43
7.4.1 Potential control........................................................................................................... III-44
7.4.2 Toner density control................................................................................................... III-45
7.4.3 High area coverage mode........................................................................................... III-46
7.4.4 Admix mode ................................................................................................................ III-46
7.4.5 LED light quantity control of holder ASSY CTD........................................................... III-46
7.5 Color Registration Control.................................................................................................. III-47
7.6 Transfer Roll Cartridge Unit ASSY Control........................................................................ III-48
7.6.1 Detecting the installation of transfer roll cartridge unit ASSY...................................... III-48
7.6.2 Detecting the life of transfer roll cartridge unit ASSY.................................................. III-48
7.7 Toner Control..................................................................................................................... III-49
7.7.1 Sensor toner low ......................................................................................................... III-49
7.7.2 2 Toner presence control ............................................................................................ III-49
7.8 Fuser Control ..................................................................................................................... III-50
7.8.1 Fuser temperature control........................................................................................... III-50
7.8.2 Cool down ................................................................................................................... III-50
CHAPTER III STRUCTURE OF SYSTEM COMPONENTS
1.
PRINTING PROCESS
1.1
Summary of Printing Process
This printer is a "Full-color laser printer" which applies the principal of an
electrophotographic recording system. The tandem system comprising a drum and
developing unit respectively for each color of yellow, magenta, cyan and black (Y, M, C
and K) places toner image of each color on paper producing full-color prints finally
through 3 intermediate transfer units (IDT 1: 2, IDT 2: 1).
Printing processes of this printer is composed of the basic steps as follows.
1) Charging with electricity: Drum surface is charged with electricity.
2) Exposure: Image unit is exposed to laser beams.
3) Development: Image is developed with toner.
4) Primary transfer: Toner image is transferred to the intermediate transfer unit (IDT 1).
5) Secondary transfer: Toner image on the intermediate transfer (IDT 1) is transferred
to the intermediate transfer unit (IDT 2).
6) Cleaning: The intermediate transfer (IDT 1) is cleaned.
7) Tertiary transfer: Four-color finished toner image on the intermediate transfer unit
(IDT 2) is transferred onto the paper.
8) Cleaning: Intermediate transfer unit (IDT 2) is cleaned.
9) Static elimination: Electric charge of the paper is eliminated.
10) Fixing: Toner on the paper is fixed by heat and pressure.
11) Cleaning: Remaining toner on the drum and intermediate transfer units are
collected.
III-1
Drum Y
Drum M
Drum C
Drum K
Charged
with
electricity
Charged
with
electricity
Charged
with
electricity
Charged
with
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
electricity
Exposure
(2) Exposure
(2) Exposure
(2) Exposure
(2)
(3)
Develop-
ment
Develop-
(3)
Develop-
(3)
Develop-
(3)
ment
ment
ment
Primary transfer
(Drum IDT1)
Primary transfer
(4)
(4)
(Drum
IDT1)
Intermediate
transfer unit
( IDT1)
Intermediate
transfer unit
Cleaning
( IDT1)
Cleaning
( IDT1)
(6)
(6)
( IDT1)
(5)
Secondary transfer
( IDT1 IDT2)
Intermediate
transfer unit
( IDT2)
(8)
Cleaning ( IDT2)
(7)
Cleaning
(general)
Tertiary transfer
(11)
( IDT2 Paper)
Transfer roll
cartridge
(9)
Paper
Static elimination
(10)
Fixing
Fig.3-1
III-2
1.2
Schematic Diagram for Printing Processes
Outline of printing processes is shown in the figures below.
: Laser beam
Toner Cartridge ASSY(Y)
[(3) Development]
Scanner ASSY
: Paper transfer
[(2) Exposure]
Toner Cartridge ASSY(M)
Print Head
Cartridge ASSY
[(3) Development]
FUSER ASSY
[(10) Fixing]
Toner Cartridge ASSY(C)
[(3) Development]
Toner Cartridge ASSY(K)
[(3) Development]
Detack Saw
[(9) Static elimination]
Transfer Roll
Cartridge ASSY
Transfer Roll Cartridge
[(7) Tertiary transfer]
[(11) Cleaning]
Fig.3-2
Print head cartridge ASSY is integrated major units of printing processes. It is composed
as follows.
HTC Refresher
[(1) Changing with electricity]
Drum(Y)
Refresher
HTC
IDT1
[(1) Changing with electricity]
[(4) Primary transfer]
[(5) Secondary transfer]
Developer(Y)
[(3) Development]
IDT1 Cleaner
[(6) Cleaning]
Drum(M)
IDT2 Cleaner
[(8) Cleaning]
Developer(M)
[(3) Development]
HTC
IDT2
[(1) Changing with electricity]
[(5) Secondary transfer]
[(7) Tertiary transfer]
Developer(C)
[(3) Development]
IDT1
Drum(C)
[(4) Primary transfer]
[(5) Secondary transfer]
HTC
[(1) Changing with electricity]
IDT1 Cleaner
[(6) Cleaning]
Developer(K)
Drum(K)
Refresher
[(3) Development]
Refresher
Fig.3-3
III-3
1.3
1.3.1 Charging with electricity
In the charging process, the drum surface rotating at a constant speed is charged
Description of Printing Process Techniques
uniformly with negative electricity by discharging of HTC (Hechima Tube Charge:
Charged film).
This process is performed in parallel for yellow, magenta, cyan and black colors.
•
The HTC is kept in contact with the drum and rotates following the rotations of the
drum.
HTC is a conductive roll, receives discharge voltage from HVPS (High Volume
Power Supply) and discharges at minus DC voltage.
•
•
The drum surface is uniformly and negatively charged with DC bias voltage.
The drum surface is optical conductor (which is insulator in a dark place and
conductor when receiving light) and the drum inside is composed of conductor.
The Refresher is a conductive brush, and it receives negative DC voltage from the
HVPS to catch the toner of reverse polarity returned to the drum via IDT. Also, it
removes discharge products.
Refresher
HTC
-
Optical conductor
-
-
Conductor
-
+
-
Drum
+
-
+
HVPS
Fig.3-4
Electric potential
on drum
Drum surface
-V
0
Fig.3-6
Fig.3-5
III-4
1.3.2 Exposure
In the exposure process, the drum surface charged negatively is scanned by laser beams
to form invisible electrostatic latent image on the drum surface.
This process is performed in parallel for yellow, magenta, cyan and black colors.
•
Laser beams are emitted from the laser diode in the scanner ASSY. By the rotating
polygon mirror, fixed mirror and lens attached to the scanner ASSY of the scanner
ASSY, each color of drum surface is scanned from end to end in the axial direction.
: Laser beams (Y)
: Laser beams (M)
: Laser beams (C)
: Laser beams (K)
Mirror
Mirror
Mirror
Mirror
Lens
Drum (Y)
Drum (M)
Polygon Mirror
Quad Beam Laser Diode
Lens
Drum (C)
Drum (K)
Mirror
Mirror
Mirror
Mirror
Mirror
Fig.3-7
•
The laser beams are emitted based on the print data (image data) from the printer
controller.
When the print data instructs to print pixel points, laser beams are generated and
when the print data instructs not to print, no laser beams are generated. (On the
areas which are developed by toner, the laser beams light up and areas which are
not developed by toner, laser beams go out.) The laser beams emitted on the drum
surface generate a pair (electron <=> hole) in the optical conductive layer.
[Electrons are excited on the conductive zone, causing holes at the valence band.]
Electrons are induced by the electric field, moved toward the inside metallic part and
flow into it. The holes move toward the outer surface of the optical conductive layer,
are combined with the minus charge (electron) on the outer surface again and
decrease negative charge. As a result, on the drum surface where the electric
potential increases, invisible static latent image (print image) is generated.
III-5
Scanner ASSY
: Negative electric charge
: Positive electric charge
Drum surface
(Laser beams)
Optical conductor
Conductor
Electrostatic
latent image
(Laser beams)
Fig.3-9
Drum
Fig.3-8
< Drum concept >
Laser beams
Electric potential
on drum
(Laser beams)
Optical
-V
conductor
0
Conductor
Fig.3-10
Fig.3-11
III-6
1.3.3 Development
In the development process, toner is electrically attached to the invisible statistic latent
image on the drum surface to form visible toner image on the drum.
This process is performed in parallel for yellow, magenta, cyan and black color
respectively.
•
The toner in the toner cartridge is agitated by the agitator in the toner cartridge and
fed into the toner holder. Further, the toner is fed to the developer by the auger in
the toner holder and the auger in the tube that connects the toner holder and the
developer. The agitator and auger are spiral agitating components and they are
driven by the toner motor provided on the rear of toner cartridge. The toner to be
consumed according to the print count is calculated and fed into the developer. This
is called "toner dispensation", which is controlled by two types of control, "PCDC"
and "ADC". For the PCDC and ADC, see 7.4 Process Control in this chapter.
•
•
The toner fed into the developer and the carrier in the developer are agitated by the
auger, and supplied to the magnet roll arranged in the vicinity of the drum surface.
The toner and carrier are charged by friction due to the agitation (toner in negative,
carrier in positive), and they are absorbed each other electrically. As the carrier is a
magnetic substance, it is attracted to the magnet roll having a magnetic force and a
homogeneous layer is formed by the trimmer rod and the paddle.
The magnet roll is covered by a thin semi-conductive sleeve over the surface. DB
(Developing Bias) voltage is supplied to this semiconductor sleeve from HVPS. DB
voltage is negative DC voltage combined with AC voltage. The magnet roll is kept at
constant negative voltage against the optical conducting layer of the drum by DC
voltage. Therefore, at the area on the drum surface where the negative electric
charge does not decrease, potential is lower than the magnet roll, while the potential
is higher than the magnet roll at the area where the negative charge on the drum
surface decreases. The AC voltage shakes the developer on the magnet roll
surface pressing the toner to fly to the drum.
Thus, the toner charged negatively is attracted only by the area where the minus
charge has decreased on the drum surface from the magnet roll (static latent image)
and the toner image is formed on the drum.
When the toner is attached, minus charge at that portion increases, potential
decreases, and force to attract the toner decreases.
III-7
Toner Cartridge ASSY
Agitator
: Negative electric charge
: Positive electric charge
: Toner
-
+
: Carrier
Auger
Trimmer Rod
Paddle
Auger
Magnet Roll
-
-
Auger
Drum
+
-
+
+
-
+
-
HVPS
Fig.3-12
Electric potention
on drum
Dram surface
-V
Developing
bias
Toner image
0
Fig.3-13
Fig.3-14
III-8
1.3.4 Primary transfer (drum -> IDT 1)
In the primary transfer process, toner image formed on the drum surface is transferred
onto the surface of the IDT 1 (Intermediate Drum Transfer 1: intermediate transfer roll 1).
Two IDT 1 are provided: yellow and magenta, and cyan and black are respectively
transferred to their IDT 1.
•
IDT 1 is a conductive roll and receives supply of high positive voltage from HVPS.
The toner image (negatively charged) on the drum is attracted to the IDT1 positively
charged, and transferred from the drum to the IDT1 surface.
At this time, electric charge of the drum surface is neutralized by the IDT1.
Drum surface
-
+
: Negative electric charge
: Positive electric charge
: Toner
-
-
+
Drum (Y)
+
+
+
+
-
IDT1
-
+
+
+
Fig.3-16
+
+
+
-
Drum (M)
+
-
-
-
-
-
+
Drum (C)
+
+
+
+
-
IDT1
-
+
+
+
+
+
HVPS
+
-
Drum (K)
+
-
-
-
Fig.3-15
III-9
Drum surface
(Yellow toner image)
IDT1 surface
Yellow
toner image
Magenta
toner image
Drum surface
(Magenta toner image)
Drum surface
(Cyan toner image)
IDT1 surface
Cyan
toner image
Drum surface
(Black toner image)
Black
toner image
Fig.3-17
III-10
1.3.5 Secondary transfer (IDT 1 -> IDT 2)
In the secondary transfer process, the toner image formed on the IDT 1 surface is
transferred onto the surface of the IDT 2 (Intermediate Drum Transfer 1: intermediate
transfer roll 2).
Two color toner image transferred onto the 2 IDT 1 is transferred to the IDT 2. Thus, 4
color toner image are compiled on the IDT 2 as finished toner image.
•
IDT 2 is a conductive roll and receives supply of positive high voltage from HVPS.
Both the IDT 1 and IDT 2 are positively charged. Voltage is higher on the IDT 2 and
toner image is attracted to the IDT 2 surface and transferred onto the IDT 2.
1.3.6 Cleaning (IDT 1)
In the cleaning process (IDT 1), toner remaining on the IDT 1 after the toner image is
transferred to the IDT 2 is temporarily stored in the IDT 1 cleaner.
•
The IDT 1 cleaner receives positive high voltage from the HVPS with a conductive
roll brush.
The IDT 1 cleaner is placed in contact with the IDT 1 at the position through which it
passes after the toner image having been transferred from the drum is transferred to
the IDT 2. Toner remaining on the IDT 1 is electrically scraped and stored.
The toner stored is collected upon completion of printing or at the time of cleaning
cycle. (Refer to1.3.11 Cleaning (general).)
: Positive electric charge
: Toner
+
+
+
IDT1
+
+
+
IDT1 Cleaner
+
+
+
+
+
+
IDT2
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ +
+
+
IDT1
HVPS
HVPS
IDT1 Cleaner
Fig.3-18
III-11
IDT1 surface
Yellow
toner image
Magenta
toner image
IDT2 surface
Yellow
toner image
Magenta
toner image
Cyan
toner image
IDT1 surface
Black
toner image
Cyan
toner image
Black
toner image
Fig.3-19
1.3.7 Tertiary transfer (IDT 2 - paper)
In the tertiary transfer process, finished toner image formed on the IDT 2 surface is
transferred onto the paper under the voltage supplied to the transfer roll cartridge.
•
Transfer roll cartridge is composed in the transfer roll cartridge ASSY.
Transfer roll cartridge is a conductive roll and receives positive high current from
HVPS.
When paper passes through between IDT2 and transfer roll cartridge, plus potential
is given to the back side of the paper so that the toner on the IDT 2 is transferred
onto the paper. At this time, potential on the transfer roll cartridge is higher than that
on the IDT 2.
III-12
1.3.8 Cleaning (IDT 2)
In the cleaning process, toner remaining on the IDT 2 after the toner image is transferred
onto the paper is temporarily held at the IDT 2 cleaner.
•
The IDT 2 cleaner is a conductive roll brush and receives positive high voltage from
HVPS.
The IDT 2 cleaner is placed in contact with the IDT 2 at a position through which it
passes after the toner image having been transferred from IDT 1 is transferred onto
the paper. Remaining toner on the IDT 2 is electrically scraped and held at the IDT
2 cleaner.
The toner held is collected upon completion of printing or at the cleaning cycle.
(Refer to 1.3.11 Cleaning (general).)
1.3.9 Static elimination
In the static elimination process, negative DC voltage is given to the back side of the
paper from the detack saw (static elimination board) to neutralize and eliminate the
charge of paper.
•
The detack saw receives high voltage from HVPS.
The positive charge caused in the tertiary transfer process generates image quality
troubles by. scattering toner. Static electricity of the paper is eliminated by
discharge of the detack saw preventing those image quality troubles.
IDT2 Cleaner
: Negative electric charge
: Positive electric charge
: Toner
-
+
IDT2
+
+
-
+
+
+
Detack Saw
+
+
+
+
+
+ +
Transfer Roll
Cartridge
HVPS
Paper
HVPS
Fig.3-20
III-13
1.3.10 Fixing
In the fixing process, toner is fixed on the paper by heat and pressure.
•
Finished toner image transferred from the belt is easily broken only by touching it
with fingers. The toner image is fixed on the paper with the fuser ASSY (fixing unit).
The toner melts by heat of the heat roll with the heater lamp as the heat source and
is deposited on the paper under pressure given by the belt opposed against the heat
roll.
Paper
Spring Nip
Fixed toner
Nip Head
Belt
Heat Roll
Felt
Heater Lamp
Frame Belt
Sheet
Not fixed toner
Pad
Fig.3-21
III-14
1.3.11 Cleaning (general)
In the cleaning (general) process, toner stored in the IDT 1 cleaner and IDT 2 cleaner
after the finished toner image is transferred onto the paper and the toner remaining on
the transfer roll cartridge are removed.
•
The toner not completely transferred in the "secondary transfer" and "tertiary
transfer" processes is held temporarily in the IDT1 cleaner and IDT2 cleaner. Also,
the toner of which polarity is reversed and returned to the drum is held in the
refresher. Further, the toner that passes the refresher may stick to the HTC.
These toners are cleaned at the completion of the printing. The recovery method is
different between the toner held in the IDT1 cleaner and IDT2 cleaner and the toner
held in the refresher and HTC.
1) IDT1 cleaner and IDT2 cleaner
High voltage equivalent to the voltage at the printing transfer is applied to the IDT1,
IDT2, and transfer roll cartridge. The toner (negative polarity) remaining in the IDT1
cleaner and IDT2 cleaner are moved to the IDT1 and IDT2 electrically by
transforming the IDT1 cleaner and IDT2 cleaner to 0V. Then, in the same manner
as in the printing transfer, the residual toner is collected to the transfer roll cartridge
surface by potential difference between IDT1, IDT2, and transfer roll cartridge.
+
+
: Positive electric charge
: Toner
+
IDT1
+
+
+
+
IDT2 Cleaner
+
+
+
+
+
+
IDT2
+
+
IDT1 Cleaner
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Transfer
Roll
+
+
IDT1
+
Cartridge
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
HVPS
HVPS
HVPS
Scraper
IDT1 Cleaner
Fig.3-22
III-15
2) Refresher and HTC
High voltage of the polarity (negative) reverse to that at the printing transfer is applied
to the IDT1, IDT2, and transfer roll cartridge. At this time, the drum surface is
charged negatively by negative voltage of the IDT1. The toner (positive polarity)
remaining in the Refresher and HTC are move to the drum electrically by
transforming the Refresher and HTC to 0V. Then, in the same manner as in the
printing transfer, the residual toner is collected to the transfer roll cartridge surface by
potential difference between IDT1, IDT2, and transfer roll cartridge.
•
Toner attached to the surface of transfer roll cartridge is scraper off with the transfer
roll cartridge cleaner which is in contact with the transfer roll cartridge and collected
into the collection space in the transfer roll cartridge unit ASSY.
Refresher
HTC
-
: Negative electric charge
: Toner
-
-
Drum (Y)
-
-
-
IDT1
-
Refresher
HTC
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Drum (M)
-
-
-
IDT2
Refresher
-
-
HTC
-
-
-
Drum (C)
-
-
-
-
-
Transfer
Roll
-
-
-
IDT1
-
Cartridge
-
Refresher
HTC
-
-
-
-
-
-
Drum (K)
-
-
HVPS
HVPS
HVPS
Scraper
-
Fig.3-23
III-16
2.
FLOW OF PRINT DATA
2.1
Data Flow
Print data (electric signal) from the printer controller flows as shown below to turn to the
print image finally.
Host (electric signal)
Printer controller (electric signal)
HNB MCU WITH CPU (electric signal)
Scanner ASSY (laser beams)
Electrostatic latent on drum
(invisible image)
Toner image on drum
Toner image on intermediate transfer unit
(IDT1)
Toner image on intermediate transfer unit
(IDT2)
Toner image on paper
Print image on paper
Fig.3-24
III-17
3.
DRIVE TRANSMISSION ROUTE
3.1
Main Drive ASSY
Rotary power of the main drive ASSY is transmitted through the route below.
MAIN DRIVE ASSY
GEAR IDLER IN
Regi.Clutch
CLUTCH ASSY TURN
ROLL ASSY TURN
GEAR IDLLER
GEAR IDLLER FEED
GEAR FEED H1
GEAR FEED1
Regi.Roll
CHUTE REGI
ROLL ASSY FEED
PAPER FEEDER
CLUTCH TURN
GEAR MSI
IDT2
ROLL TURN
ROLL ASSY FEED
CHUTE ASSY OUT
IDT1 (2)
HOUSING ASSY RETARD
Drum (4)
PRINT HEAD
CARTRIDGE ASSY
TRANSFER ROLL
CARTRIDGE ASSY
Fig.3-25
III-18
3.2
DEVE Drive ASSY
The rotary power of the DEVE drive ASSY drives the developers of 4 colors in the print
head cartridge ASSY.
DEVE DRIVE ASSY
Developer (Y)
Developer (M)
Developer (C)
Developer (K)
PRINT HEAD CARTRIDGE ASSY
Fig.3-26
3.3
Holder Toner Cartridge ASSY (Y, M, C, K)
Rotary power of the toner motor in the holder toner cartridge ASSY drives the agitator in
the toner cartridge ASSY (to supply toner from the toner cartridge ASSY to holder toner
cartridge ASSY) and auger in the holder toner cartridge ASSY (to supply toner to
developer in the print head cartridge ASSY).
Four holder toner cartridge ASSY, Y, M, C and K, operate respectively in the same way.
Toner Motor
Gear
Auger
Auger
Gear
Film
Agitator
HOLDER TONER CARTRIDGE ASSY
TONER CARTRIDGE ASSY
Fig.3-27
III-19
3.4
Fuser Drive ASSY
Rotary power of the fuser drive ASSY drives the fuser ASSY.
FUSER DRIVE ASSY
Heat Roll
Gear Exit
Roll Assy Exit
FUSER ASSY
Fig.3-28
3.5
Motor ASSY DUP
Rotary power of the motor ASSY DUP is transmitted through the route below.
MOTOR ASSY DUP
GEAR 48
GEAR 48
GEAR 40/42
GEAR42
GEAR 40/42
GEAR ROLL
ROLL EXIT
GEAR ROLL
ROLL MID
CHUTE ASSY EXIT
GEAR 30
ROLL DUP
CHUTE ASSY OUT
Fig.3-29
III-20
3.6
Gear Layout
CHUTE ASSY OUT
PRINT HEAD CARTRIDGE ASSY
TRANSFER ROLL
CARTRIDGE ASSY
REGI CLUTCH
CHUTE REGI
MAIN DRIVE ASSY
CLUTCH ASSY TURN
GEAR IDLER FEED
GEAR MSI
HOUSING ASSY RETARD
CLUTCH TURN
GEAR IDLER IN
GEAR IDLER
GEAR FEED1
GEAR FEED H1
FRONT
PAPER FEEDER (PICK UP ASSY)
Fig.3-30
MOTOR ASSY DUP
GEAR ROLL
GEAR ROLL
GEAR 48
GEAR 40/42
GEAR 48
GEAR 40/42
GEAR 42
CHUTE ASSY EXIT
CHUTE ASSY OUT
GEAR 30
FRONT
Fig.3-31
III-21
4.
PAPER TRANSFER
4.1
Paper Transfer Route (without option)
Paper feed from paper tray (Tray 1)
Paper feed by "ROLL ASSY FEED (Tray)"
Paper feed from MSI
Paper feed by "ROLL ASSY FEED (MSI)"
and "ROLL ASSY RETARD"
Paper feed by "ROLL ASSY" in cassette
and "ROLL ASSY" in feeder
Paper transfer by "ROLL ASSY TURN"
and "CHUTE ASSY TURN"
Paper transfer by "ROLL TURN"
and "ROLL PINCH TURN"
Paper transfer by "Regi Roll" and "Metal Roll" of CHUTE ASSY REGI
Paper transfer by "IDT2" of PRINT HEAD CARTRIDGE ASSY and
"TRANSFER ROLL CARTRIDGE" of TRANSFER ROLL CARTRIDGE UNIT ASSY
Paper transfer by "Heat Roll" and "Fuser Belt" of FUSER ASSY
Paper transfer by "ROLL ASSY EXIT" and "Pinch Roll" of FRAME ASSY FUSER
Paper transfer by "ROLL MID" of CHUTE ASSY EXIT and "ROLL PINCH" OF CHUTE ASSY OUT
Paper transfer by "ROLL EXIT" of CHUTE ASSY EXIT and "ROLL PINCH EXIT" of CHUTE ASSY OUT
Paper transfer to duplex path by reversing
"ROLL EXIT" and "ROLL MID"
Print output
Paper transfer by "ROLL DUP"
and "ROLL PINCH DUP"
Fig.3-32
III-22
4.2
Layout of Paper Transfer Route
: Laser beam
: Paper transfer
: Paper sensors
ROLL EXIT
ROLL MID
ROLL PINCH EXIT
ROLL PINCH
Pinch Roll
ROLL ASSY EXIT
Fuser Belt
ROLL DUP
Heat Roll
IDT2
ROLL PINCH DUP
Transfer Roll Cartridge
Metal Roll
Regi Roll
ROLL ASSY FEED
ROLL ASSY RETARD
ROLL PINCH TURN
ROLL TURN
CHUTE ASSY TURN
ROLL ASSY FEED
(PICK UP ASSY 1T)
ROLL ASSY TURN
(PICK UP ASSY 1T)
ROLL ASSY(PICK UP ASSY 1T)
ROLL ASSY(Cassette)
Fig.3-33
III-23
5.
FUNCTIONS OF MAJOR FUNCTIONAL COMPONENTS
Major functional components comprising the printer are described below referring to their
illustrations.
Those components are classified into the following blocks based on the configuration of
the printer.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Paper Cassette
Paper Feeder
Housing ASSY Retard
Front ASSY In
Chute ASSY Out
Chute ASSY Exit
Transfer Roll Cartridge ASSY & Fuser
Xerographics
Toner Cartridge ASSY
Frame & Drive
Electrical
III-24
5.1
Paper Cassette
5.1.1 Major functions
•
•
Side Guide
The side guide can move at right angle to the paper transfer direction to align the paper
width.
End Guide
The end guide can move in the paper transfer direction to determine the paper size.
The ON/OFF of switch ASSY size (see 5.2 Paper Feeder) varies according to the end
guide position to detect the paper size.
•
Roll ASSY (Cassette)
The roll ASSY (Cassette) and the roll ASSY (pick up ASSY T1) (see 5.2 Paper Feeder)
pinch the paper to feed.
5.1.2 Reference diagram
End Guide
Side Guide
ROLL ASSY(Cassette)
Side Guide
Fig.3-34
III-25
5.2
Paper Feeder
5.2.1 Major functions
•
•
Switch ASSY size
Switch ASSY size detects paper size and existence or non existence of the paper tray.
Sensor photo (No paper sensor)
Detects existence or non existence of paper in the paper tray based on the position of
actuator no paper. (No paper: Sensor beam is intercepted)
•
•
Sensor photo (Low paper sensor)
The actuator lowers according to how much paper remains in the paper tray. When
the actuator lowers to certain extent, it intercepts the sensor beam to detect low paper
quantity.
As the actuator position can be seen from the front side of paper tray, you can confirm
approximate residual paper quantity.
Solenoid feed
Controls operation (rotation/stop) of roll ASSY feed by controlling the rotations of the
gear feed.
•
•
Clutch ASSY turn
Transmits the drive from the main drive ASSY to roll ASSY turn.
Roll ASSY feed
When the solenoid feed operates, the gear feed and gear idler feed are engaged by
the force of the spring feed. Under the drive from the main drive ASSY, the roll ASSY
feed starts rotating and the roll ASSY (pickup ASSY T1) sends paper.
After having rotated one turn, the gear feed and gear idler feed are disengaged at the
notch of the gear feed, no drive is transmitted any more, and the roll ASSY feed stops
rotating. Thus sheets of paper is sent out one by one.
•
•
Roll ASSY turn
The roll ASSY turn rotates by the drive from the main drive ASSY through the clutch
ASSY turn to feed the paper from the paper tray to chute REGI (REGI roll) ("refer to 5.8
Xerographics").
Sensor HUM TEMP
Detects temperature and humidity in the printer.
The printer corrects the charging voltage, the voltage supplied to the transfer rolls, and
the developing bias based on the detected temperature and humidity.
III-26
5.2.2 Reference diagram
SENSOR PHOTO(No Paper Sensor)
ROLL ASSY FEED
CLUTCH ASSY TURN
SENSOR HUM TEMP
SWITCH ASSY SIZE
GEAR FEED
SPRING FEED
GEAR IDLER FEED
ROLL ASSY TURN
SOLENOID FEED
ROLL ASSY(PICK UP ASSY T1)
SENSOR PHOTO(Low Paper Sensor)
Fig.3-35
III-27
5.3
Housing ASSY Retard
5.3.1 Major functions
•
•
Clutch turn (MSI turn clutch)
Transmits the drive from the main drive ASSY to the roll turn.
Roll turn
The roll turn is rotated by the drive from the main drive ASSY through the clutch turn
(MSI turn clutch) to feed the paper from the manual feed tray to the chute REGI (REGI
roll) (refer to "5.8 Xerographics").
5.3.2 Reference diagram
ROLL TURN
CLUTCH TURN(MSI Turn Clutch)
Fig.3-36
III-28
5.4
Front ASSY In
5.4.1 Major functions
•
Holder ASSY CTD
Reads the density of the toner image prepared on the surface of transfer roll cartridge
in the transfer roll cartridge unit ASSY (refer to "5.7 Transfer Roll Cartridge ASSY &
Fuser") and feeds it back to the process control (refer to "7.4 Process Control").
•
•
Sensor TNR full
Detects that the toner collect space in the transfer roll cartridge unit ASSY (refer to "5.7
Transfer Roll Cartridge ASSY & Fuser") has become full of waste toner to be collected.
Fuser drive ASSY
Supplies the drive to the fuser ASSY (refer to "5.7 Transfer Roll Cartridge ASSY &
Fuser").
5.4.2 Reference diagram
HOLDER ASSY CTD
FUSER ASSY
SENSOR TNR FULL
FUSER DRIVE ASSY
Fig.3-37
III-29
5.5
Chute ASSY Out
5.5.1 Major functions
•
•
•
Sensor photo (Full stack sensor)
Detects that the prints discharged onto the top cover have accumulated more than
specified number of sheets based on the change of position of the actuator.
(Full stack: Sensor beam is received)
Sensor photo (Dug jam sensor)
Detects that paper has reached and passed through the roll DUP based on the change
of position of the actuator.
(Paper present: Sensor beam is received)
Sensor photo (MSI no paper sensor)
Detects existence or non existence of paper on the manual feed tray based on the
change of position of the actuator.
(No paper: Sensor beam is intercepted)
•
•
Solenoid feed MSI
Controls the operation (rotation/stop) of roll ASSY feed by controlling the rotations of
the gear MSI.
Roll ASSY feed
When the solenoid feed MSI operates, the gear MSI and gear idler are engaged by the
force of the spring SOL, the roll ASSY feed starts rotating under the drive from the
main drive ASSY, and feeds paper from the manual feed tray.
After having rotated one turn, the gear MSI and gear idler are disengaged at the notch
of the gear MSI, drive is not transmitted any more, and the roll ASSY feed stops
rotating. Thus sheets of paper are fed one by one.
•
Roll DUP
The roll DUP rotates under the drive from the motor ASSY DUP and feeds paper
printed on simplex returned from the chute ASSY exit to the roll turn (refer to "5.3
Housing ASSY Retard)".
III-30
5.5.2 Reference diagram
SENSOR PHOTO(Full Stack Sensor)
SENSOR PHOTO(DUP Jam Sensor)
ROLL DUP
Gear Idier(MAIN DRIVE ASSY)
GEAR MSI
ROLL ASSY FEED
SENSOR PHOTO(MSI No Paper Sensor)
SOLENOID FEED MSI
Fig.3-38
III-31
5.6
Chute ASSY Exit
5.6.1 Major functions
•
•
Motor ASSY DUP
Supplies drive to the roll exist, roll MID, and roll DUP.
Roll exit
The roll exit rotates under the drive from the motor ASSY DUP, and feeds fixed prints
onto the top cover. It reverses in the duplex document mode and feeds the prints after
fixed on simplex in the REGI direction.
•
Roll MID
The roll MID rotates under the drive from the motor ASSY DUP, and feeds fixed prints
onto the top cover. It reverses in the duplex document mode and feeds the prints after
fixed on simplex in the REGI direction.
5.6.2 Reference diagram
ROLL MID
MOTOR ASSY DUP
ROLL EXIT
Fig.3-39
III-32
5.7
Transfer Roll Cartridge ASSY & Fuser
5.7.1 Major functions
•
Fuser ASSY
The fuser ASSY fixes toner which was transferred onto the paper but not fixed by the
heat and pressure and feeds paper before and after being fixed.
The fuser ASSY mainly consists of the following parts:
•
•
•
•
Heat roll
•
•
•
Belt unit
Heater lamp
Thermostat
Temp sensor
Roll ASSY exit
Exit sensor
•
Exit sensor
Detects passage of print after fixed based on the change of position of the
actuator.
•
•
Transfer roll cartridge unit ASSY
The transfer roll cartridge unit ASSY consists of a transfer roll cartridge and a waste
toner recovery system.
The transfer roll cartridge is opposed to the IDT 2 in the print head cartridge ASSY and
transfer the toner image on the IDT 2 onto the paper.
Fan fuser
The fan fuser exhausts the heat of fuser ASSY to prevent inside temperature from
overheating.
III-33
5.7.2 Reference diagram
FUSER ASSY
Exit Sensor
FAN FUSER
Transfer Roll Cartridge UNIT ASSY
Fig.3-40
III-34
5.8
Xerographics
5.8.1 Major functions
•
Scanner ASSY
Scanner ASSY (raster output scanner assembly) is an exposure unit to generate laser
beams to form electrostatic latent image on the drum surface.
In this manual, the scanner ASSY is referred to as scanner ASSY.
The scanner ASSY mainly consists of the following parts:
•
•
•
LD ASSY
•
•
•
Lens
Scanner ASSY
SOS PWB
Mirror
Window
•
Print head cartridge ASSY
Print head cartridge ASSY carries out a series of operation in the print process such as
charging, developing and transfer.
Print head cartridge ASSY mainly consists of the following parts.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Drum (Y)
Drum (M)
Drum (C)
Drum (K)
HTC (Y)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Developer (Y)
Developer (M)
Developer (C)
Developer (K)
Refresher (Y)
Refresher (M)
Refresher (C)
Refresher (K)
IDT 2
HTC (M)
HTC (C)
HTC (K)
IDT 1 (2)
IDT 1 cleaner (2)
IDT 2 Cleaner
•
Chute REGI (REGI clutch)
The chute REGI is composed of the REGI clutch, REGI roll and metal roll.
Drive from the main drive ASSY is transmitted to the REGI roll through the REGI
clutch. Feeds paper from the tray, MSI and duplex path in the print head cartridge
ASSY direction. When the paper tip reaches the chute REGI, the chute REGI has the
paper make a loop until the REGI roll starts rotating and correct the skew (feeding the
paper in inclined condition) of the tip of the paper.
•
•
Sensor photo (REGI sensor)
Detects that the paper tip has reached the chute REGI.
(Paper present: Beam is received)
OHP sensor ASSY
As plain paper scatters the radiated light, the OHP sensor ASSY can capture the
reflected light to detect the paper. The OHP paper scarcely scatters the radiated light,
and therefore the OHP sensor ASSY cannot capture the reflected light. Thus, whether
the paper fed from MSI is plain paper or OHP paper is judged.
III-35
5.8.2 Reference diagram
Scanner ASSY
Print Head Cartridge ASSY
OHP SENSOR ASSY
SENSOR PHOTO(Regi Sensor)
CHUTE REGI(Regi Clutch)
Fig.3-41
III-36
5.9
Toner Cartridge ASSY
5.9.1 Major functions
•
•
•
•
Switch Toner Cartridge ASSY (Y)
Switch Toner Cartridge ASSY (M)
Switch Toner Cartridge ASSY (C)
Switch Toner Cartridge ASSY (K)
Detects whether Toner Cartridge ASSY of each color is installed or not.
•
•
•
•
Sensor toner low (Y)
Sensor toner low (M)
Sensor toner low (C)
Sensor toner low (K)
Detects residual toner of each color.
•
•
•
•
Holder Toner Cartridge ASSY (1) (Toner motor: Y)
Holder Toner Cartridge ASSY (2) (Toner motor: M)
Holder Toner Cartridge ASSY (3) (Toner motor: C)
Holder Toner Cartridge ASSY (4) (Toner motor: K)
The toner motor incorporated in the holder toner cartridge ASSY of each color supplies
the drive to the agitator in the toner cartridge ASSY of each color and to auger in the
holder toner cartridge ASSY and supplies toner to the developer incorporated in the print
head cartridge ASSY.
•
•
•
•
Toner Cartridge ASSY (Y)
Toner Cartridge ASSY (M)
Toner Cartridge ASSY (C)
Toner Cartridge ASSY (K)
Toner bottle containing tone of each color.
•
•
PWBA EEPROM STD
Printer specific information is stored.
S-HVPS
Supplies high voltage to perform the “tertiary transfer” and “static elimination” of the print
process to the following components.
•
Transfer Roll Cartridge in the Transfer
Roll Cartridge unit ASSY.
•
Detack saw in the Transfer Roll Cartridge
unit ASSY.
III-37
5.9.2 Reference diagram
SWITCH TCRU ASSY(Y)
SWITCH TCRU ASSY(M)
SWITCH TCRU ASSY(C)
SWITCH TCRU ASSY(K)
TONER CARTRIDGE ASSY(Y)
TONER CARTRIDGE ASSY(M)
TONER CARTRIDGE ASSY(C)
TONER CARTRIDGE ASSY(K)
S-HVPS
PWBA EEPROM STD
HOLDER TONER CARTRIDGE ASSY(4)
(Toner Motor : K)
HOLDER TONER CARTRIDGE ASSY(3)
(Toner Motor : C)
SENSOR TONER LOW(Y)
SENSOR TONER LOW(M)
SENSOR TONER LOW(C)
SENSOR TONER LOW(K)
HOLDER TONER CARTRIDGE ASSY(2)
(Toner Motor : M)
HOLDER TONER CARTRIDGE ASSY(1)
(Toner Motor :Y)
Fig.3-42
III-38
5.10 Frame & Drive
5.10.1 Major functions
•
Main drive ASSY
Supplies the drive to parts as follows.
•
•
•
•
•
Paper feeder
Housing ASSY retard
Chute ASSY out (MSI position)
Chute REGI
Print Head Cartridge ASSY (IDT 2, IDT 1,
Drum)
•
Transfer Roll Cartridge unit ASSY
•
DEVE drive ASSY
Supplies the drive to parts as follows.
•
Print Head Cartridge ASSY (Developer)
5.10.2 Reference diagram
DEVE DRIVE ASSY
MAIN DRIVE ASSY
Fig.3-43
III-39
5.11 Electrical
5.11.1 Major functions
•
•
Fan
Discharges heat out of the printer to prevent too high temperature in the printer.
Harness ASSY AC SW
Composed of the main switch and inlet and controls supply of AC power from the power
source to LVPS.
•
LVPS STD
The LVP STD is provided with two types, 100/200V and 230V.
Supplies AC power from the power source to the fuser ASSY heater and generates and
supplies stable low voltage DC power used for the logic circuit, etc.
LVPS contains control circuit for the heater of the fuser ASSY, in addition to the power
circuit.
•
HNB MCU with CPU
Controls printing operation based on the communication with the print controller and
information from the sensor/switch. Incorporates functions of HVPS.
Major functions are as follows:
•
•
•
Communication with the printer controller.
Receive of information from the sensors or switches.
Control of Scanner ASSY
Supplies high voltage to parts in the print head cartridge ASSY to perform charging,
development, primary transfer and secondary transfer of the print process to the following
parts in the ASSY.
•
•
•
•
HTC
•
•
•
IDT 2
Refresher
Developer
IDT 1
IDT 1 Cleaner
IDT 2 Cleaner
•
PWBA HNB DRV
Controls parts of motor and so on by the signal from the HNB MCU with CUP and sends
information from the sensors and switches to HNB MCU with CUP. The power from the
LVPS STD is supplied to the HNB MCU with CPU through this PWB. Also, the interlock
switch is mounted on this PWB.
Major functions are as follows:
•
•
Recive of information from the sensors or switches.
Control of toner motor in main drive ASSY, DEVE drive ASSY, fuser drive
ASSY, motor ASSY DUP, and holder TDRU ASSY.
•
•
Distributing low voltage DC power outputted from LVPS to each component.
Cutting off the 24VDC circuit by the interlock switch
•
Controller board
Receives data from high-order unit (host), prints and controls the whole printer.
III-40
5.11.2 Reference diagram
CONTROLLER BOARD
PWBA HNB DRV
HNB MCU WITH CPU
FAN REAR
LVPS STD
HARNESS ASSY AC SW
Fig.3-44
III-41
6.
MODES
6.1
Print Mode
There are three types of print modes, standard mode, fine mode, and high gloss mode.
These are discriminated by the resolution (600dpi/1200dpi) and process speed (full
speed/half speed).
Setting the process speed to half speed and the video data transfer speed to SCANNER
to twice the speed at 600dpi attains the resolution of 1200dpi.
1. Standard mode
2. Fine mode
Used for printing with the resolution 600dpi.
Used for printing on plain paper with the resolution 1200dpi.
Gloss is raised by setting half speed with plain paper 600dpi.
3. High Gloss mode
The relation between resolution, process speed, paper, and print mode is shown below.
Resolution/Process speed
Paper
Print mode
600dpi
1200dpi
Simplex
Simplex
Duplex
Duplex
Standard
Fine
Full speed
Full speed
Plain paper
Half speed
Half speed
Half speed
High Gloss
Standard
Fine
Half speed
Half speed
Half speed
Special
paper *1
*1: Thick paper, Label, OHP, Envelope, Postcard
6.2
Operation Modes
For the operation of the printer, the following five modes are provided.
DIAG test mode
•
The printer is ready for receiving diagnostic commands, or the printer diagnostic function
is operating.
•
•
•
•
Wait mode
The printer is under the adjustment of print quality.
Ready mode
The printer is ready for printing.
Printing mode
The printer is under printing.
Error mode
Any error was detected in the printer.
III-42
7.
CONTROL
7.1
Control of Paper Size
"ON/OFF of paper size switch of switch ASSY size " and "Diag tool indication data" are
shown in the table below.
Note:
Paper size switches are indicated as SW1, SW2, and SW3 from the above one.
Paper size switch
Diag
indication data
Paper size
LEGAL14"
LEGAL13"
EXECUTIVE
B5
A4
LETTER
A5
SW1
ON
SW2
ON
SW3
ON
00
01
02
03
04
06
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
No cassette
OFF
OFF
07
7.2
7.3
Selective Control on Paper Pick-up Unit
When not controlled by the printer controller, paper pick-up unit selected at the time of
turning ON are as follows.
Note:
The paper feeder by the paper tray under the printer is called "Tray 1", and the first tray
and the second tray in optional tray unit are called "Tray 2" and "Tray 3" respectively.
Scanner Light Quantity Control
The image data are entered to the laser diodes in the scanner ASSY as electric signals
(data are expressed with high and low voltage values), and the laser diodes convert the
image data from electric signals to optical signals (data are expressed with blinking laser
beams).
Variations in light quantity of laser beams or variations in optical system (such as lenses)
or drum sensitivity cannot attain proper electrostatic image, and accordingly the laser
diodes monitor the light quantity of laser beams to control the light quantity so as to attain
stable and proper electrostatic image.
The scanner in this printer has four laser diodes for yellow, magenta, cyan, and black
respectively, and the light quantity is automatically adjusted for each color.
7.4
Process Control
For a stable printing, the parameters related to the image forming must be corrected as
necessary. The control of entire printing process including parameter correction control
is called "process control".
Mainly, the following two controls are made:
•
•
Potential control
Toner density control
To supplement these two controls, the following controls are provided:
•
•
•
High area coverage mode
Admix mode
Holder ASSY CTD LED light quantity setting
III-43
7.4.1 Potential control
To attain stable printing image density, the drum charging voltage and the developing DC
voltage are adjusted according to the developing capability of each color carrier that
varies momentarily. The adjusted drum charging voltage and the developing DC voltage
are fed back to keep the printing image density constant.
The potential control is made immediately before the start of printing, if either of the
following conditions is satisfied:
•
•
•
At the first printing after the power on
When cumulative print count after the power on exceeds 16
When a cleaning cycle is executed during continuous printing
The outline of control is as follows.
1) The sensor HUM TEMP (temperature and humidity sensor) detects the
temperature and humidity, and sets target values of drum charging voltage and
developing DC voltage.
2) The patches of respective colors (yellow, magenta, cyan, and black) for the
potential control are generated and transferred on the transfer roll cartridge. (For
the shape of patches, see the following figure.)
About 11mm
About 12mm
Y
About 3mm
M
About 57mm
C
K
Fig.3-45
3) The holder ASSY CTD (density sensor) detects the density of the area on
transfer roll cartridge where no toner is present and the density of patches.
4) The density measured in step 3) is compared with target value set in step 1) to
change the drum charging voltage and the developing DC voltage for each color
according to a difference.
III-44
7.4.2 Toner density control
The toner density must be kept constant to attain stable printing image. To keep the
toner density constant, the toner should be dispensed exactly by the quantity consumed
for the printing. This system is the PCDC. However, the system with only the PCDC
generates a difference from target toner density, thus requiring the system to correct this
error. This is the toner density control by the holder ASSY CTD. These two control
systems are altogether called the toner density control.
1) PCDC (Pixel count dispense control)
The toner quantity consumed in the developing process is calculated by counting the
video signals entered to the scanner ASSY. The video signal counting is made by
the charging and discharging of the capacitor in the CR circuit arranged in parallel to
the video signal line. The consumed toner quantity is calculated by the toner
dispense time. The Toner Motor in the holder toner cartridge ASSY is driven by the
amount of calculated toner dispense time to supply the toner into the developer.
2) ADC (Auto density control)
The patches of respective colors (yellow, magenta, cyan, and black) for the toner
density control are generated under specified potential condition, and transferred on
the transfer roll cartridge. The holder ASSY CTD measures this density. The
measured value is compared with reference value, and if the toner density is low, the
toner dispense quantity is increased at the next printing, or if the toner density is
high, the toner dispense quantity is reduced at the next printing. The toner dispense
quantity is calculated by the toner dispense time. This calculation is made for each
color.
ADC is made after the completion of printing, if either of the following conditions is
satisfied:
• When cumulative print count after the power on exceeds 16
• When a cleaning cycle is executed during continuous printing
3) Example of toner dispensation
The toner motor revolves for the duration of the specified time per 1-time
dispensation. The toner dispense time in 1) and 2) above is calculated with the
number of revolutions of toner motor. In the following description, this is called the
dispense count.
The dispense count calculated by the ADC is cancelled in the subsequent 8 prints.
If 16 dispense counts were calculated as a lack of toner by the ADC, the toner is
dispensed additionally to the dispense count calculated by the PCDC by 2 counts
(16(8=2) in the subsequent 8 prints.
Or, if 16 dispense counts were calculated as an excess of toner by the ADC, the
toner is dispensed by subtracting from the dispense count calculated by the PCDC in
the subsequent 8 prints. If the excess amount cannot be subtracted in 8 prints, the
remainder is subtracted in 9 and subsequent prints.
Total dispense counts
4
5
3
4
2
2
3
4
3
2
Even allotment in first 8 prints
Correction amount by ADC +16
Dispense counts by PCDC
2
3
1
2
0
0
1
2
3
2
Correction amount by ADC -8
Total dispense counts
1
2
0
1
0
0
0
0
2
2
Fig.3-46
III-45
7.4.3 High area coverage mode
A continuous printing of the image of area coverage exceeding the toner dispense
capability causes the toner density in the developer to be lowered.
The high area coverage mode extends the next page feed and dispenses the toner
during this time, if the toner dispense time reached the specified value during a
continuous printing.
7.4.4 Admix mode
Even the high area coverage mode may not be able to cope with the reduction of toner
density in the developer. Also, if the machine used in high humidity environment is
relocated to the place in low humidity environment, the reference value of toner density is
different in respective environments, thus causing large discrepancy between measured
value by holder ASSY CTD and reference value of toner density.
The admix mode dispenses the toner immediately to prevent the reduction of toner
density, if the patch density result measured by the holder ASSY CTD is far lower than
the reference value when the patches for toner density control are generated.
7.4.5 LED light quantity control of holder ASSY CTD
The holder ASSY CTD is a reflection type density sensor that radiates the light to an
objective from the LED in the sensor and detects the reflected light from the objective to
output electric signal according to the light quantity. For exact density measurement, the
sensor output value (reflected light quantity) must be the specified value when no toner is
put on the transfer roll cartridge as an objective. The reflected light quantity varies
depending on the transfer roll cartridge surface condition or dirty condition of holder
ASSY CTD surface. The light quantity emitted from the LED is controlled so that the
reflected light quantity satisfies the specified value.
This control is made in two ways; one to set the light quantity so that the reflected light
quantity satisfies the specified value, and one to adjust the subsequent light quantity to be
within the tolerance.
1) Light quantity setting
The reflected light quantity may vary largely, if the transfer roll cartridge unit ASSY
was replaced or the holder ASSY CTD was cleaned. Assuming this fact, the light
quantity is set when the power is turned on, or the front cover is opened and closed.
The light quantity of LED is increased gradually, and the set value is fixed when the
output of holder ASSY CTD exceeds the specified value. At this time, if the output of
holder ASSY CTD does not reach the specified value even though the light quantity
is increased to the upper limit, the controller judges the sensor as dirty. Also, the
controller judges the sensor as faulty in the event of extremely high output.
2) Light quantity adjustment
At the execution of ADC, the light quantity adjustment is made immediately before
the patches for toner density control are generated.
The light is emitted from the LED with current setting of light quantity to check if the
output value of the holder ASSY CTD is within the specified range. If the output value
is low, the light quantity is increased by the specified amount at the next ADC, or if
high, the light quantity is reduced at the next ADC.
At this time, if the output value is less than the first lower limit, the controller judges
the sensor as dirty and outputs the warning. Further, if less than the second lower
limit, the controller judges the sensor as faulty and stops the printing.
III-46
7.5
Color Registration Control
The printer uses a tandem system where the drums and developers exclusively for
yellow, magenta, cyan, and black are arranged respectively. The images are formed on
the drums of respective colors cyan, and black are arranged respectively. The images
are formed on the drums of respective colors registration control calculates how much
the registration is shifted, and adjusts the scanner write timing.
The color registration control is made from a change in inside temperature and the print
count at the execution of the process control.
The control is outlined below:
1) With no toner put on the transfer roll cartridge, the output value of holder ASSY CTD
is measured to determine the threshold value.
2) The patches for color registration control are generated on the transfer roll cartridge.
These patches are composed of 10mm lines of K, C, K, M, K, and Y in this order by
the amount of four dispense counts, led by a black trigger.
10mm
K
K
C
K
M
K
Y
About one turn of
Transfer roll cartridge
Fig.3-47
3) The density of patches generated by the holder ASSY CTD is read.
4) The adjusting amount of registration shift is calculated from the threshold value
determined in 1) and the patch density measured in 3).
5) The scanner write timing is changed from the adjusting amount of registration shift.
III-47
7.6
Transfer Roll Cartridge Unit ASSY Control
7.6.1 Detecting the installation of transfer roll cartridge unit ASSY
Whether the transfer roll cartridge unit ASSY is installed is detected when the power is
turned on, or the front cover is opened and closed. The sensor for detecting the
installation is not provided, but judgment is made from the output of the holder ASSY
CTD.
The light is emitted from the LED of holder ASSY CTD with the specified light quantity,
and if the output of the holder ASSY CTD is larger than the specified value, the controller
judges as installation. If the operation stops by a jam, the toner image could be put on
the transfer roll cartridge and in such a case, the sensor output is reduced, causing the
controller to judge as uninstallation. To prevent this wrong detection, the transfer roll
cartridge is rotated by a half turn if the output is less than the specified value. Then,
when the output of the holder ASSY CTD is larger than the specified value, the controller
judges as installation, or if less than the specified value, the controller judges as
uninstallation.
7.6.2 Detecting the life of transfer roll cartridge unit ASSY
The transfer roll cartridge unit ASSY consists of a transfer roll cartridge and a waste toner
recovery system. The life of the transfer roll cartridge unit ASSY is detected when the
toner recovery space has become full.
The full toner recovery space is detected by the sensor TNR full.
1) Check timing of full waste toner recovery space
• When the power is turned on, or the front cover is opened and closed
• When paper is outputted
2) Output of " Transfer Roll Cartridge Life Warning"
The " Transfer Roll Cartridge Life Warning" is outputted when the sensor TNR full
detects the full toner recovery space.
3) Output of " Transfer Roll Cartridge Life Error"
After the output of " Transfer Roll Cartridge Life Warning", the print count and the
toner dispense time are counted up, and if total counts exceed the specified value,
the " Transfer Roll Cartridge Life Error" is outputted.
4) Reset of " Transfer Roll Cartridge Life Warning"/" Transfer Roll Cartridge Life Error"
The " Transfer Roll Cartridge Life Warning" and " Transfer Roll Cartridge Life Error"
are reset, if the sensor TNR full does not detect the full toner recovery space when
the power is turned on, or the front cover is opened and closed.
III-48
7.7
Toner Control
Whether the toner bottle is installed is detected by the switch toner cartridge ASSY, and
the presence of toner in the toner bottle is detected by the sensor toner low. These
switches and sensors are provided for respective colors, and detection is made for each
color.
7.7.1 Sensor toner low
The sensor toner low is provided for each color, but the printer cannot detect all colors at
a time, but detects one color each. It detects one color per 3.5 seconds, thus requiring
14 seconds for detecting four colors. Accordingly, the presence of toner is detected once
per 14 seconds for each color.
The sensor toner low is attached to the holder toner cartridge ASSY, and it detects the
presence of toner dispensed by the toner motor from the toner bottle into the holder toner
cartridge ASSY.
Also, the sensor toner low could make a wrong detection if the toner sticks to the sensor
surface. To prevent this, the film attached in the vicinity of the auger in the holder toner
cartridge ASSY cleans the sensor surface when the toner is dispensed. This film rotates
together with the auger at the toner dispensation to scrape the toner off the sensor toner
low surface. However, the sensor may detect the toner even if the toner is not present or
may not detect the toner even if the toner is present, depending on the film position when
the toner motor stopped. This is avoided by the printer internal control.
7.7.2 Toner presence control
The control is outlined below.
1) Check timing
•
•
When the power is turned on, or the front cover is opened and closed
Every 14 seconds
2) Output of "Toner Empty Warning"
The "Toner Empty Warning" is outputted, if the sensor toner low detects toner empty
two ore more times continuously and also the toner is dispensed during the time of
2-time detection. This is taken place to prevent a wrong detection depending on the
film position as described in"7.7.1 Sensor toner low".
3) Output of "Toner Empty Error"
After the output of "Toner Empty Warning", the toner dispense time is counted up,
and if it exceeds the specified value, the "Toner Empty Error" is outputted.
4) Reset of "Toner Empty Warning"/"Toner Empty Error"
After the output of "Toner Empty Error", the toner is dispensed for 1.5 seconds when
the toner bottle installation is detected. At the subsequent toner presence control
timing, if the sensor toner low detects the toner presence, the "Toner Empty
Warning" and "Toner Empty Error" are reset.
However, in such a case, the controller regards this status as "toner empty". When
the toner is dispensed and the sensor toner low detects the toner presence three or
more times continuously, the controller regards this status as "toner presence".
III-49
7.8
7.8.1 Fuser temperature control
As for the fuser temperature control, the target temperature is set, then the heat roll
Fuser Control
surface temperature is controlled so as to be the target temperature by turning on/off the
heater lamp.
The heat roll surface temperature is detected by the temp sensor. The temp sensor
detects the temperature and the resistance value for disconnection sensing alternately at
40ms cycles. That is, the temperature is detected at 80ms cycles, and if the detection
result is higher than target value, the heater lamp is turned off, or if lower, the heater
lamp is turned on.
For the target temperature, different temperature is set respectively at the time of
standby, printing, and process control. Also, target temperature is changed according to
the inside temperature detected with the sensor HUM TEMP, print count, print mode, and
input power supply voltage.
7.8.2 Cool down
As the printing continues, the temperature distribution of the heat roll becomes uneven
between paper path and non-paper path. To make the heat roll temperature as even as
possible, the waiting time is provided, during which the heater lamp is not turned on. This
is called the cool down.
The cool down is executed for the duration of certain time according to the number of
sheets continuously printed, when the set printing with certain type and size of paper
completed.
Also, when the paper type or size was changed, the cool down is inserted even in the
midway of several hundred sheets of printing.
As a simple cool down, the PPM down is provided. This function idles the fuser without
feeding the sheets during the printing to improve uneven temperature distribution of the
heat roll.
In printing certain type/size of paper continuously, the page interval is increased from the
specified print counts and the prints per minute are reduced, and thus it is called PPM
down.
The PPM execution timing is determined depending on the paper size and type.
III-50
CHAPTER IV
ASSEMBLY / DISASSEMBLY
CONTENTS
CHAPTER IV ASSEMBLY / DISASSEMBLY................................ IV-1
1. BEFORE STARTING DISASSEMBLY........................................................ IV-1
1.1 Precautions ......................................................................................................................IV-1
1.2 Fuser ASSY Removal ......................................................................................................IV-2
1.3 Transfer ASSY Removal..................................................................................................IV-3
1.4 Controller Board Removal................................................................................................IV-4
1.5 Description of Procedures................................................................................................IV-5
2. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE...................................................................IV-6
2.1 Cover of the Printer ..........................................................................................................IV-6
2.1.1 Cover ASSY front head .............................................................................................IV-6
2.1.2 Console panel............................................................................................................IV-7
2.1.3 Fan fuser....................................................................................................................IV-8
2.1.4 Cover MSI..................................................................................................................IV-9
2.1.5 Tray ASSY base ........................................................................................................IV-9
2.1.6 Cover ASSY front L .................................................................................................IV-10
2.1.7 Cover ASSY front R.................................................................................................IV-11
2.1.8 Cover top main ........................................................................................................IV-12
2.1.9 Cover side L.............................................................................................................IV-13
2.1.10 Cover ASSY top print head cartridge.....................................................................IV-13
2.1.11 Cover side R..........................................................................................................IV-14
2.1.12 Cover rear..............................................................................................................IV-14
2.1.13 Link: L ....................................................................................................................IV-15
2.1.14 Link: R....................................................................................................................IV-15
2.2 Front of the Printer .........................................................................................................IV-16
2.2.1 Chute ASSY out.......................................................................................................IV-16
2.2.2 Actuator full..............................................................................................................IV-18
2.2.3 Sensor photo: full stack ...........................................................................................IV-18
2.2.4 Actuator DUP...........................................................................................................IV-19
2.2.5 Sensor photo: DUP..................................................................................................IV-20
2.2.6 Actuator MSI............................................................................................................IV-20
2.2.7 Sensor photo: MSI...................................................................................................IV-21
2.2.8 Bracket ASSY eliminator .........................................................................................IV-21
2.2.9 Roll DUP..................................................................................................................IV-22
2.2.10 Latch out................................................................................................................IV-22
2.2.11 Roll ASSY feed ......................................................................................................IV-23
2.2.12 Solenoid feed MSI .................................................................................................IV-23
2.2.13 Shaft ASSY roll feed..............................................................................................IV-24
2.2.14 Plate ASSY bottom MSI.........................................................................................IV-25
2.2.15 Chute ASSY exit ....................................................................................................IV-26
2.2.16 Roll exit..................................................................................................................IV-27
2.2.17 Roll MID.................................................................................................................IV-28
2.2.18 Motor ASSY DUP...................................................................................................IV-29
2.2.19 Holder ASSY CTD .................................................................................................IV-29
2.2.20 Sensor TNR full .....................................................................................................IV-30
2.2.21 Latch R ..................................................................................................................IV-30
2.2.22 Latch L...................................................................................................................IV-31
2.2.23 Fuser drive ASSY ..................................................................................................IV-31
2.2.24 Chute ASSY REGI.................................................................................................IV-32
2.2.25 Actuator REGI........................................................................................................IV-33
2.2.26 Sensor photo: REGI...............................................................................................IV-33
2.2.27 OHP sensor ASSY.................................................................................................IV-34
2.2.28 Housing ASSY retard.............................................................................................IV-36
2.2.29 Clutch turn .............................................................................................................IV-36
2.2.30 Roll turn .................................................................................................................IV-37
2.2.31 Roll ASSY retard....................................................................................................IV-37
2.2.32 Stud retard.............................................................................................................IV-39
2.2.33 PWBA ASSY earth ................................................................................................IV-39
2.3 Top of the Printer............................................................................................................IV-40
2.3.1 Holder toner cartridge ASSY unit.............................................................................IV-40
2.3.2 Holder toner cartridge ASSY ...................................................................................IV-42
2.3.3 Switch toner cartridge ASSY....................................................................................IV-44
2.3.4 Sensor toner low......................................................................................................IV-44
2.3.5 PWBA EEPROM STD .............................................................................................IV-45
2.3.6 S-HVPS ...................................................................................................................IV-45
2.3.7 Scanner ASSY.........................................................................................................IV-46
2.4 Right / Left / PCBs of the Printer ....................................................................................IV-47
2.4.1 HSG ASSY BIAS .....................................................................................................IV-47
2.4.2 Lever drum: L...........................................................................................................IV-47
2.4.3 Drive ASSY main ....................................................................................................IV-49
2.4.4 PWBA HNB DRV.....................................................................................................IV-50
2.4.5 DEVE drive ASSY....................................................................................................IV-51
2.4.6 Actuator I/R..............................................................................................................IV-51
2.4.7 Lever drum: R..........................................................................................................IV-52
2.4.8 LVPS........................................................................................................................IV-54
2.4.9 Box ASSY MCU/ESS...............................................................................................IV-55
2.4.10 Housing ASSY contact ..........................................................................................IV-56
2.4.11 PKG service MCU HANABI ..................................................................................IV-57
2.5 Paper Feed of the Printer...............................................................................................IV-58
2.5.1 Chute ASSY turn......................................................................................................IV-58
2.5.2 Cover cassette.........................................................................................................IV-59
2.5.3 Feeder ASSY unit ....................................................................................................IV-60
2.5.4 Pickup ASSY ...........................................................................................................IV-61
2.5.5 Roll ASSY feed ........................................................................................................IV-62
2.5.6 Actuator no paper ....................................................................................................IV-63
2.5.7 Sensor photo: No paper...........................................................................................IV-63
2.5.8 Sensor photo: Low paper.........................................................................................IV-64
2.5.9 Solenoid feed...........................................................................................................IV-64
2.5.10 Clutch ASSY turn...................................................................................................IV-65
2.5.11 Roll ASSY turn.......................................................................................................IV-66
2.5.12 Roll ASSY..............................................................................................................IV-66
2.5.13 Housing ASSY feeder L.........................................................................................IV-67
2.5.14 Sensor HUM temp .................................................................................................IV-68
2.5.15 Housing ASSY feeder R ........................................................................................IV-69
2.5.16 Harness ASSY OPFREC.......................................................................................IV-70
2.5.17 Switch ASSY size ..................................................................................................IV-70
2.5.18 Indicator.................................................................................................................IV-71
2.5.19 Guide indicator.......................................................................................................IV-72
2.5.20 Lever low paper .....................................................................................................IV-73
2.5.21 Roll ASSY..............................................................................................................IV-74
2.5.22 Cassette ASSY front..............................................................................................IV-74
2.5.23 Holder retard..........................................................................................................IV-75
CHAPTER IV ASSEMBLY / DISASSEMBLY
1.
BEFORE STARTING DISASSEMBLY
1.1
Precautions
Note:
Parts are controlled as spare parts. When servicing for parts for which no procedures are
described, observe their assembling condition before starting the service.
Note:
For optional parts, refer to the manual for them.
Note:
Though the optional parts are assumed to be removed, they may not be removed if not
required for the purpose of service operation.
WARNING
When performing service operation for parts around the fuser ASSY, start the service
after the fuser ASSY and parts around it have cooled down.
WARNING
Do not use force to prevent damage to parts.
WARNING
Since a wide variety of screws are used, be careful not to mistake their positions, to
prevent the screw holes.
WARNING
Wear a wrist band or the like as far as possible to remove static electricity of the
human body.
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
Turn the power OFF and remove the power cord from the electric outlet.
Remove the drum unit before starting the disassembling process.
Remove the transfer unit as necessary, and perform disassembly process.
Remove the fuser unit.
Remove the toner cartridges.
Remove the paper cassette from the printer.
Remove the controller board from the printer.
IV-1
1.2
Fuser ASSY Removal
WARNING
Fuser is high temperature after operation. Be careful when working it not to get
burning.
1) Release latch B and open the chute ASSY out.
2) Open the cover ASSY top print head cartridge.
3) Release the 2 catches on top of the fuser ASSY.
4) Remove the fuser ASSY from the printer.
Cover ASSY top print head cartridge
Fuser ASSY
Fig.4-1
IV-2
1.3
Transfer ASSY Removal
1) Release latch A and open the front ASSY in.
2) Holding the right and left knobs securing the transfer roll cartridge unit ASSY to
the front ASSY in, unlock and rotate the transfer roll cartridge unit ASSY
rearwards.
3) Extract the transfer roll cartridge unit ASSY forwards from the front ASSY in and
remove.
Transfer roll cartridge
unit ASSY
Fig.4-2
Transfer roll cartridge unit ASSY
Fig.4-3
IV-3
1.4
Controller Board Removal
1) Remove the cover cassette rear.
2) From the rear side of the printer, loosen the screws that secure the controller
board.
3) Holding the left and right knobs on the controller board, pull out the controller
board of the printer.
Note:
In replacing the controller board on the printer, connect the connector at the leading
end of controller board to the connector of the PKG SERVICE MCU HANABI .
Screw, M4x7.5
Controller board
Screw, M4x7.5
Fig.4-4
IV-4
1.5
Description of Procedures
Note:
In the procedures, directions are represented as follows.
•
•
•
•
Front: Front when you are facing the front of this laser printer.
Rear: Inner direction when you are facing the front of this laser printer.
Left: Left hand when you are facing the front of this laser printer.
Right: Right hand when you are facing the front of this laser printer.
Rear
Left
Right
Front
Fig.4-5
Note:
The screws in the illustrations should be removed using a cross head screwdriver unless
otherwise specified.
Note:
A black arrow in the illustrations indicate movement in the direction of the arrow.
Numbered black arrows indicate the order of the movement.
Note:
For the positions of the connectors (P/J), refer to Chapter 7, Plug/Jack(P/J) Connector
Locations.
Note:
Assembly is the harness of disassembly unless otherwise stated.
IV-5
2.
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
Cover of the Printer
2.1
2.1.1
Cover ASSY front head
1) Release latch B of the printer and open the front cover.
Note:
Do not separate the front cover and cover ASSY front head too far in the following
process.
2) Release the 4 hooks securing the cover ASSY front head to the front cover.
3) Separate the cover ASSY front head a little from the front cover.
4) Remove the connector from the console panel.
5) Remove the connector from the fan assembly.
6) Remove the cover ASSY front head from the front cover.
Cover ASSY front head
Fig.4-6
IV-6
2.1.2
Console panel
1) Release the 3 hooks securing the console panel to the cover ASSY front head.
2) Remove the console panel from the cover ASSY front head.
Console panel
Cover ASSY front head
Bottom view
Fig.4-7
IV-7
2.1.3
Fan fuser
1) Remove 2 screws securing the holder lever out from the rear of the cover ASSY front
head.
2) Remove the fan assembly from the cover ASSY front head.
3) Remove the lever out from the holder lever out.
4) Disconnect of the fan fuser.
5) Release the 4 hooks securing the fan fuser the holder lever out.
6) Remove the fan fuser from the holder lever out.
Note:
When replacing the fan fuser into the holder lever out, the fan level should be face out
and the harness should be aligned with the slot.
Screw, M3x10
Holder lever out
Lever out
Top
Fig.4-8
Holder lever out
Fan fuser
Fig.4-9
IV-8
2.1.4
Cover MSI
1) Close the front cover.
2) Open the cover MSI.
3) While pulling the left hand side of the cover MSI, release the boss of the tray ASSY
base from the slot in the cover MSI.
4) Repeat for the right hand side.
5) Lower the front of the cover MSI unit the cover MSI releases from the printer.
Tray ASSY base
Cover MSI
Fig.4-10
2.1.5
Tray ASSY base
1) Check that the plate ASSY bottom MSI is shifted down.
2) Remove the tray ASSY base, by pushing inward, lifting it upwards, and pull it out
forwards.
Tray ASSY base
Plate ASSY bottom MSI
Fig.4-11
IV-9
2.1.6
Cover ASSY front L
1) Release latch B and open the chute ASSY out.
2) Remove the top of the link: L from the leaf spring at the back of the cover ASSY front
L.
3) Remove 2 screws securing the cover ASSY front L to the chute ASSY out.
4) Release the 2 hooks securing the cover ASSY front L to the chute ASSY out.
5) Remove the cover ASSY front L from the chute ASSY out.
Screw,
Link: L
M3x10
Cover ASSY front L
Fig.4-12
Rear view
Cover ASSY front L
Fig.4-13
IV-10
2.1.7
Cover ASSY front R
Note:
In the following process, do not separate the cover ASSY front R and link: R too far.
1) Release latch A and open the front ASSY in together with the chute ASSY out.
2) Remove 2 screws securing the cover ASSY front R to the front ASSY in.
3) Pull out the cover ASSY front R slightly from the front ASSY in.
4) Remove the top link: R from the leaf spring at the back of the cover ASSY front R
and remove the cover ASSY front R.
Screw, M3x10
Cover ASSY front R
Fig.4-14
Top view
Link lever R
Cover ASSY front R
Fig.4-15
IV-11
2.1.8
Cover top main
Note:
Before removing the cover top main, remove the toner cartridges.
1) Open the cover ASSY top print head cartridge.
2) Remove 2 screws securing the cover top main to the printer.
3) Release the 4 hooks securing the cover top main to the printer.
4) Raise the cover top main slightly from the printer and extract the left front edge of the
cover top main deflecting it leftward.
5) Remove the cover top main from the printer.
Cover top main
Screw,
M3x10
Fig.4-16
IV-12
2.1.9
Cover side L
1) Remove 1 screw securing the rear of cover side L to the printer.
2) Release the hook securing the cover side L at the front edge of the printer.
3) Remove the cover side L from the printer.
Cover side L
Screw, tapping M3x8
Fig.4-17
2.1.10 Cover ASSY top print head cartridge
1) Open the cover ASSY top print head cartridge.
2) Extract the right and left stud top securing the cover ASSY top print head cartridge to
the printer.
3) Remove the cover ASSY top print head cartridge from the printer.
Cover ASSY top print head cartridge
Stud top
Stud top
Fig.4-18
IV-13
2.1.11 Cover side R
1) Remove 1 screw securing the rear of cover side R to the printer.
2) Release the hook securing the cover side R at the front of the printer.
3) Remove the cover side R from the printer.
Cover side R
Screw, tapping M3x8
Fig.4-19
2.1.12 Cover rear
1) Lift the cover rear slightly, put it backwards and remove.
Cover rear
Fig.4-20
IV-14
2.1.13 Link: L
1) Remove the top of spring link: L from the projection on the left side of the printer.
2) Slide the link: L rearward and align the shaft of the printer and hole of the link: L.
3) Remove the link: L from the printer together with the spring link: L.
4) Remove the spring link: L from the link: L.
Spring link: L
Link: L
Fig.4-21
2.1.14 Link: R
1) Remove the top of spring link: R from the projection on the right side of the printer.
2) Slide the link: R rearward from the printer and align the shaft of the printer and the
hole of the link: R.
3) Remove the link: R from the printer together with the spring link: R.
4) Remove the spring link: R from the link: R.
Spring link: R
Link: R
Fig.4-22
IV-15
2.2
Front of the Printer
Chute ASSY out
2.2.1
Note:
In the following step, lock the chute ASSY out and front ASSY in to the printer with
latches A and B.
1) Remove 5 connectors (A-E) from left hand side of printer that connect to the chute
ASSY out.
2) Remove 2 lower connectors (F, G) and 1 earth connector from left hand side of
printer that connect to the chute ASSY out.
3) Remove 3 connectors (H-J) and 1 earth connector from the right hand side of the
printer that connect to the chute ASSY out.
4) Carefully remove the cables from the cable quickly taking note of the cable routing.
5) Retake the paper feed roller to raise plate ASSY bottom MSI.
Earth connector
Chute ASSY out
“G”
“F”
“A”
“B”
Left side view
“C”
“D”
“E”
Screw, M3x10
PWBA HNB DRV
Chute ASSY out
“I”
Right side view
Earth connector
“H”
Screw, M3x10 “J”
Fig.4-23
IV-16
6) Remove the ring E on the right and left shaft pivot securing the bottom portion of the
chute ASSY out and front ASSY in.
CAUTION
In the following steps, take care not to hurt your hand with burrs of the plate ASSY
bottom MSI.
7) Pull out the left shaft pivot from the chute ASSY out inward with radio pliers.
8) Pull out the right shaft pivot from the chute ASSY out inward with radio pliers.
9) Release latch A and pull the chute ASSY out complete with front ASSY in forwards to
remove them from the printer.
10) Remove the strap connecting chute ASSY out to front ASSY in.
Ring E
Ring E
Shaft pivot
Fig.4-24
11) Release latch B to separate the front ASSY in from the chute ASSY out.
Front ASSY in
Chute ASSY out
Fig.4-25
IV-17
2.2.2
Actuator full
1) While pulling the center of the actuator full shaft upwards, pull the right hand end of
the shaft forwards to clear the sensor and release the right end of the shaft.
2) Move the shaft to the right to release the left end of the shaft and remove it.
Actuator full
1
3
2
Fig.4-26
2.2.3
Sensor photo: full stack
1) Remove the connector on the sensor photo: full stack.
2) Release the 3 hooks securing the sensor photo: full stack to the chute ASSY out.
3) Remove the sensor photo: full stack from the chute ASSY out.
Sensor photo: full stack
Fig.4-27
IV-18
2.2.4
Actuator DUP
1) Release the 2 hooks securing the cover actuator to the chute ASSY out.
2) Remove the cover actuator from the chute ASSY out.
3) Pushing the front arm of the actuator DUP down, slide the actuator DUP to the right
and extract the left side shaft of the actuator DUP from the left side bush.
4) Extract the actuator DUP from the chute ASSY out together with the spring SNR
DUP.
5) Remove the spring SNR DUP from the actuator DUP.
Cover actuator
Fig.4-28
Spring SNR DUP
2
3
1
Actuator DUP
Fig.4-29
IV-19
2.2.5
Sensor photo: DUP
1) Remove the sensor photo: DUP cable.
2) Release the 3 hooks securing the sensor photo: DUP to the chute ASSY out.
3) Remove the sensor photo: DUP from the chute ASSY out.
Sensor photo: DUP
Fig.4-30
2.2.6
Actuator MSI
1) Pushing down the plate bottom MSI on the chute ASSY out push the actuator MSI
inward.
2) Slide the actuator MSI leftward and remove the shaft from the right side of the
actuator MSI.
3) Remove the actuator MSI together with the spring sensor MSI.
4) Remove the spring sensor MSI from the actuator MSI.
Sensor photo: MSI
Spring sensor MSI
Actuator MSI
Fig.4-31
IV-20
2.2.7
Sensor photo: MSI
1) Remove the connector on the sensor photo: MSI from the chute ASSY out.
2) Release the 3 hooks securing the sensor photo: MSI to the chute ASSY out.
3) Remove the sensor photo: MSI from the chute ASSY out.
Sensor photo: MSI
Rear view
Fig.4-32
2.2.8
Bracket ASSY eliminator
1) Remove 1 screw securing the bracket ASSY eliminator to the chute ASSY out.
2) Raising the left end of the bracket ASSY eliminator upward, pull out the bracket
ASSY eliminator toward the left to remove from the chute ASSY out.
Bracket ASSY eliminator
Screw, M3x10
Chute ASSY out
Fig.4-33
IV-21
2.2.9
Roll DUP
1) Release the hook remove the gear 30 from the shaft of the roll DUP.
2) Extract the bush earth securing the left end of the shaft to the chute ASSY out.
3) Remove the E-ring securing the right end of the shaft to the chute ASSY out.
4) Extract the bush securing the right end of the shaft to the chute ASSY out.
5) Remove the roll DUP.
Roll DUP
Chute ASSY out
Bush
Bush earth
Gear 30
Fig.4-34
2.2.10 Latch out
1) Remove the spring latch out from the chute ASSY out.
2) Release the 2 hooks securing the holder latch to the chute ASSY out.
3) Slide the holder latch to the right to remove it from the chute ASSY out together with
the latch out.
4) Remove the latch out from the holder.
Spring latch out
Holder latch
Latch out
Fig.4-35
IV-22
2.2.11 Roll ASSY feed
1) Release the hook securing the roll core MSI: right to the shaft MSI on the chute
ASSY out and push down the plate bottom MSI slightly to release the nip with the roll
ASSY feed.
2) Slide the roll ASSY feed to the right on the shaft MSI and lift out the roll ASSY feed
forwards.
Roll core MSI: right
Plate bottom MSI
Roll ASSY feed
Fig.4-36
2.2.12 Solenoid feed MSI
1) Release the hook of the spring sol from the convex portion on the stopper sol from
the left side of the chute ASSY out.
2) Remove the connector of the solenoid feed MSI from the chute ASSY out.
3) Remove 1 screw securing the solenoid feed MSI to the chute ASSY out.
4) Remove the solenoid feed MSI from the chute ASSY out.
Stopper sol
Spring sol
Screw, tapping M3x8
Solenoid feed MSI
Fig.4-37
IV-23
2.2.13 Shaft ASSY roll feed
1) Release the hook of the spring sol from a convex portion on the stopper sol cam
from the chute ASSY out.
2) Release the hook securing the stopper sol cam to the left of shaft MSI, and remove
the stopper sol cam from the shaft from the chute ASSY out.
3) Release the hook securing the gear MSI to the right of shaft MSI, and remove the
gear MSI from the chute ASSY out.
4) Release the hooks of spring N/F MSI from the left and right ends of shaft ASSY roll
feed.
5) Release the hook securing the cam MSI to the shaft MSI, and move the cam MSI to
the center.
Spring N/F MSI
Stopper
sol cam
Shaft ASSY roll feed
Left
Cam MSI
Front
Cam MSI
Right
Gear MSI
Chute ASSY out
Spring N/F MSI
Fig.4-38
IV-24
6) Pull off the bush MSI on the shaft MSI toward the inside.
7) Raising the right end of the shaft ASSY roll feed, pull out the shaft ASSY feed from
the chute ASSY out.
Note:
When refitting the cam MSI ensure that it is located connecting on the shaft.
When refitting the stopper sol cam, ensure it is in the home position.
Bush MSI
Shaft ASSY roll feed
Bush MSI
Fig.4-39
2.2.14 Plate ASSY bottom MSI
1) Remove 2 screws securing the plate out MSI to the chute ASSY out.
2) Remove the plate out MSI from the chute ASSY out together with the plate ASSY
bottom MSI.
3) Remove the plate ASSY bottom MSI from the plate out MSI.
Screw, M3x10
Plate ASSY bottom MSI
Screw, M3x10
Left
Plate out MSI
Front
Fig.4-40
Right
IV-25
2.2.15 Chute ASSY exit
1) Disconnect the connector of the motor ASSY DUP on the chute ASSY out and
release the cable from the clips.
2) Remove 2 screws securing the chute ASSY exit to the chute ASSY out.
3) Pull out the chute ASSY exit from the left side surface of the chute ASSY out.
Note:
When replacing the chute ASSY exit, be careful to avoid the actuator full on the chute
ASSY out.
Actuator full
Chute ASSY exit
Screw, M3x10
Left
Fig.4-41
IV-26
2.2.16 Roll exit
1) Release the hook securing the gear roll to the shaft of the roll exit.
2) Remove the gear roll from the shaft of the roll exit.
3) Remove the E-ring from the shaft of the roll exit.
4) Extract the bush earth from the shaft of the roll exit.
5) Raise the right hand end of the shaft from the chute ASSY exit and pull out the roll
exit upwards.
Roll exit
Right
Chute ASSY exit
Bush earth
Gear roll
Left
Fig.4-42
IV-27
2.2.17 Roll MID
1) Release the hook securing the gear roll to the shaft of the roll MID.
2) Remove the gear roll from the shaft.
3) Remove the E-ring from the shaft of the roll MID.
4) Extract the bush earth from the shaft of the roll MID.
5) Remove the shaft of the roll MID from the chute ASSY exit and pull out the roll exit
upwards.
Roll MID
Right
Bush earth
Chute ASSY exit
Gear roll
Left
Fig.4-43
IV-28
2.2.18 Motor ASSY DUP
1) Release the hook securing the gear roll to the shaft of the roll exit.
2) Remove the gear roll from the shaft of the roll exit.
3) Release the hook securing the gear roll to the shaft of the roll MID from the chute
ASSY exit.
4) Remove the gear roll from the shaft of the roll exit.
5) Remove the gear 40/42 from the left side of the chute ASSY exit.
6) Remove the gear 48 from the left side of the chute ASSY exit.
7) Remove 2 screws securing the motor ASSY DUP to the chute ASSY exit.
8) Remove the motor ASSY DUP from the chute ASSY exit.
Gear roll: exit
Gear roll: MID
Motor ASSY DUP
Gear 40/42
Gear 48
Screw, M3x6
Chute ASSY exit
Fig.4-44
2.2.19 Holder ASSY CTD
1) Release the 4 hooks securing the holder ASSY CTD to the front ASSY in.
2) Raise the holder ASSY CTD slightly from the front ASSY in and pull out the
connector.
3) Remove the holder ASSY CTD from the front ASSY in together with the spring CTD.
4) Remove the spring CTD from holder ASSY CTD.
Holder ASSY CTD
Front ASSY in
Spring CTD
Spring CTD
Fig.4-45
IV-29
2.2.20 Sensor TNR full
1) Release the 2 hooks securing the sensor TNR full to the front ASSY in.
2) Remove the connector on the sensor TNR full.
3) Remove the sensor TNR full from the front ASSY in.
Sensor TNR full
Front
Fig.4-46
2.2.21 Latch R
1) Release the hook at the lower part of the spring latch securing it to the hole on the
right side of the front ASSY in.
2) Release the hook securing the latch R to the front ASSY in.
3) Pull out the latch R from the front ASSY in together with the shaft latch and the spring
latch.
4) Remove the spring latch from the latch R.
5) Pull out the shaft latch from the latch R.
Front ASSY in
Shaft latch
Latch R
Spring latch
Fig.4-47
IV-30
2.2.22 Latch L
1) Release the hook securing the latch L to the left side of the front ASSY in.
2) Remove the latch L from the front ASSY in.
Front ASSY in
Latch L
Fig.4-48
2.2.23 Fuser drive ASSY
1) Remove the screw securing the earth of the harness ASSY FSR to the fuser drive
ASSY.
2) Release the harnesses from the harness guides.
3) Remove 3 screws securing the fuser drive ASSY to the front ASSY in.
4) Remove the fuser drive ASSY from the front ASSY in.
Front ASSY in
Screw, M3x8
Screw, M3x8
Fuser drive ASSY
Screw,
Screw, M3x8
M3x6
Fig.4-49
IV-31
2.2.24 Chute ASSY REGI
1) Release the 2 hooks securing the housing ASSY ELEC to the printer and remove the
housing ASSY ELEC upward.
Housing ASSY ELEC
Fig.4-50
2) Disconnect the 2 connectors of the chute ASSY REGI from the printer.
3) Remove 4 screws securing the chute ASSY REGI to the printer.
4) Lift the left end of the chute ASSY REGI and pull out the chute ASSY REGI leftwards
from the printer.
Note:
Take care not to damage the plastic film when refitting the chute ASSY REGI.
Screw, M3x10
Chute ASSY REGI
Screw, M3x10
Fig.4-51
IV-32
2.2.25 Actuator REGI
1) Holding the shielding portion of the actuator REGI move the actuator REGI left and
extract the right hand end of the shaft of the actuator REGI from the bush of the
chute ASSY REGI.
2) Pull out the actuator REGI from the chute ASSY REGI together with the spring
sensor REGI.
3) Remove the spring sensor REGI from the actuator REGI.
Spring sensor REGI
Actuator REGI
Front
Chute ASSY REGI
Top
Fig.4-52
2.2.26 Sensor photo: REGI
1) Release the 3 hooks securing the sensor photo: REGI to the chute ASSY REGI.
2) Remove the sensor photo: REGI from the chute ASSY REGI.
3) Remove the connector from the sensor photo: REGI.
Sensor photo: REGI
Chute ASSY REGI
Fig.4-53
IV-33
2.2.27 OHP sensor ASSY
1) Remove the E-ring that secures the gear REGI metal to the chute ASSY REGI, and
remove the gear REGI metal.
2) Remove the E-ring that secures the gear REGI rubber to the chute ASSY REGI, and
remove the gear REGI rubber.
3) Pull out the bush earth that secures the shaft of the roll REGI rubber.
Note:
In the following steps, take care not to lose the spring REGI: R and spring REGI: L as
they will spring.
4) Remove the spring REGI: L from the right side of chute ASSY REGI using a mini
screwdriver. Remove the spring REGI: R from the left side of the chute ASSY
REGI.
Spring REGI: L
Spring REGI: L
Gear REGI metal
Chute ASSY REGI
Bush earth
Fig.4-54
Gear REGI rubber
5) From the left side of chute ASSY REGI, remove the screw that secures the bracket
ASSY.
6) Remove the bush metal L (black).
Bracket
Chute ASSY REGI
Bush metal: L
Fig.4-55
IV-34
7) Lift the shaft of roll REGI metal, pull out the roll REGI metal together with the bush
metal R (white).
Roll REGI metal
Chute ASSY REGI
Fig.4-56
8) Release the 2 hooks on the bottom of chute ASSY REGI that secure the OHP
sensor ASSY.
9) Remove the OHP sensor ASSY from the chute ASSY REGI.
Sensor ASSY OHP
Rear
Fig.4-57
IV-35
2.2.28 Housing ASSY retard
1) Remove the connector of the clutch turn from on the PWBA HB MCU.
2) Remove 3 screws securing the housing ASSY retard to the printer.
3) Remove the housing ASSY retard from the printer.
Screw, M3x10
Screw, M3x10
Housing ASSY retard
Fig.4-58
2.2.29 Clutch turn
1) Remove the E-ring securing the clutch turn to the shaft of the housing ASSY retard.
2) Remove the clutch turn from the shaft of the housing ASSY retard.
Housing ASSY retard
Clutch turn
Fig.4-59
IV-36
2.2.30 Roll turn
1) Remove the E-ring securing the roll turn to the housing ASSY retard.
2) Pull out the bush earth securing the left side of the roll turn from the housing ASSY
retard.
3) Pull out the bush securing the right side of the roll turn from the housing ASSY
retard.
4) Slide the roll turn from the housing ASSY retard rightward, and pull out the roll turn
left and upward.
Roll turn
Bush earth
Bush
Housing ASSY retard
Fig.4-60
2.2.31 Roll ASSY retard
1) Push back the rear edge of the holder ASSY retard from the housing ASSY retard,
and turn the holder ASSY retard to the rear.
2) Sliding the holder ASSY retard rightward, pull the left shaft of holder ASSY retard
out of the bush bore in the housing ASSY retard.
Holder ASSY retard
Fig.4-61
IV-37
3) Pull out the holder ASSY retard to left upward from the housing ASSY retard.
4) Release the hook securing the shaft RTD to the holder ASSY retard of the printer.
Holder ASSY retard
Fig.4-62
5) Raise the shaft RTD to right upward, and pull out the roll ASSY retard.
Holder ASSY retard
Roll ASSY retard
Fig.4-63
IV-38
2.2.32 Stud retard
1) Release the 2 hooks securing the cap retard to the housing ASSY retard.
2) Remove the cap retard from the housing ASSY retard together with the stud retard
and spring retard 370.
3) Remove the stud retard from the cap retard.
Housing ASSY retard
Stud retard
Spring retard
Cap retard
Fig.4-64
2.2.33 PWBA ASSY earth
1) Remove 2 screws securing the PWBA ASSY earth to the printer.
2) Remove the PWBA ASSY earth from the printer.
PWBA ASSY earth
Fig.4-65
IV-39
2.3
Top of the Printer
Holder toner cartridge ASSY unit
Note:
2.3.1
When removing the holder toner cartridge ASSY unit, remove the toner deposit on the
holder toner cartridge ASSY with a vacuum cleaner before starting the removal process.
Note:
When removing the toner deposit on the holder toner cartridge ASSY with a vacuum
cleaner, attach an earth cord to the end of the cleaner to avoid the static electricity.
Note:
When removing the toner deposit on the holder toner cartridge ASSY, be careful not to
allow the toner to fly to the sensors on the holder toner cartridge ASSY by the static
electricity.
Note:
Do not touch the sensor face.
1) Remove the connector (A) of fan rear on the LVPS STD from the right side of the
printer and release the cable assembly.
2) Remove the 2 connectors (B, C) on the PWBA HNB DRV from the right side of the
printer.
Fan harness
“A”
Holder toner cartridge ASSY unit
PWBA HNB DRV
“B”
“C”
“A”
LVPS
Fig.4-66
IV-40
3) Remove the connector (D) on the PWBA EFPROM STD on the left side of the
printer.
4) Remove the connector (E) on the S-HVPS on the left side of the printer.
5) From the printer, release the fan harness from the clamps.
6) Remove the connector (F) from the connector block.
7) Release the 2 hooks securing the gear slide to the shaft on the left side of the
printer.
8) Remove the gear slide from the printer.
9) Remove the rack V from the printer.
PWBA EFPROM
“D”
S-HVPS
Rack V
“E”
Gear slide
“F”
Fig.4-67
10) Remove 7 screws securing the holder toner cartridge ASSY unit to the printer.
11) Remove the holder toner cartridge ASSY unit from the printer.
Screw, M3x6
Screw, M3x6
Toner cartridge ASSY unit
Screw, M3x10
Screw, M3x6
Fig.4-68
IV-41
Note:
When replacing the gear slide, meet the leading edge of gear rail on the left side. with the
vertex of a triangle mark on the rack V.
Rack V
Fig.4-69
2.3.2
Holder toner cartridge ASSY
1) On the holder toner cartridge ASSY unit, release the hook securing the toner
discharging unit of the holder toner cartridge ASSY (1) on the plate ASSY dispenser
L with a mini screwdriver.
2) From the plate ASSY dispenser, pull out the toner discharging unit rightwards.
3) Disconnect the connector of the motor from the right hand side of the holder toner
cartridge ASSY (1).
4) Extract the toner empty and toner cartridge connectors from the holder toner
cartridge ASSY (1).
5) Release the harness from the hook at the bottom of the holder toner cartridge ASSY
(1).
6) Slide the holder toner cartridge ASSY (1) rightward from the holder toner cartridge
ASSY unit and remove the holder toner cartridge ASSY (1) while releasing the 2
hooks.
<Black>
Holder toner cartridge ASSY (4)
Fig.4-70
IV-42
<Cyan>
Holder toner cartridge
ASSY (3)
Fig.4-71
<Magenta>
Holder toner cartridge
ASSY (2)
Fig.4-72
<Yellow>
Plate ASSY dispenser
Toner discharge unit
Holder toner cartridge ASSY (1)
Fig.4-73
IV-43
2.3.3
Switch toner cartridge ASSY
1)
Release the 2 hooks securing the switch toner cartridge ASSY to the holder toner
cartridge ASSY with a mini screwdriver.
2)
Remove the switch toner cartridge ASSY from the holder toner cartridge ASSY.
Switch toner cartridge ASSY
Left
Holder toner cartridge ASSY
Fig.4-74
2.3.4
Sensor toner low
1) Remove 2 screws securing the sensor toner low to the holder toner cartridge ASSY.
2) Remove the sensor toner low from the holder toner cartridge ASSY.
Holder toner cartridge ASSY
Screw, tapping M3x8
Sensor toner low
Fig.4-75
IV-44
2.3.5
PWBA EEPROM STD
1)
2)
Remove 1 screw securing the PWBA EEPROM.
Remove the PWBA EEPROM from the printer.
Screw, M3x6
Left
PWBA EEPROM
Fig.4-76
2.3.6
S-HVPS
1)
2)
Remove 4 screws securing the S-HVPS.
Remove the S-HVPS from the printer.
S-HVPS
Screw,
M3x6
Screw, M3x6
Left
Screw, M3x6
Fig.4-77
IV-45
2.3.7
Scanner ASSY
1) Remove the connector on the scanner ASSY.
2) Release the hook of the spring scanner securing the right and left shafts of the
scanner ASSY from the printer.
3) Remove 1 screw securing the scanner ASSY to the printer.
4) Remove the scanner ASSY from the printer.
Spring scanner
Screw, M4x18
Spring scanner
Scanner ASSY
Fig.4-78
IV-46
2.4
Right / Left / PCBs of the Printer
HSG ASSY BIAS
2.4.1
1) Remove 5 screws securing the HSG ASSY BIAS to the left side surface of the
printer.
2) Remove the HSG ASSY BIAS from the printer.
3) Remove 8 contact pads from the printer.
HSG ASSY BIAS
Screw, M3x10
Screw, M3x10
Fig.4-79
2.4.2
Lever drum: L
1) Remove 4 screws securing the plate ASSY lever L from the left side of the printer.
2) Remove the plate ASSY lever L from the printer.
3) Release the hook of the spring lever 30N hitched over the convex portion of the 4
lever drum: L from the right side of the printer.
Spring lever 30N
Screw, M3x10
Plate ASSY lever L
Screw, M3x10
Spring lever 30N
Fig.4-80
IV-47
4) Remove the link lever: L from the printer together with the spring lever: 30N and
lever drum: L.
5) Remove 4 springs from link lever: L and remove 4 lever drum: L.
Note:
When replacing the link lever, align the spring IDT L and the bottom of link lever: L with
the positions shown in the figure (lever drum: L replacement).
Gear IDL. press
Gear press L
Link lever: L
Lever drum: L
Fig.4-81
Note:
The lever drum: L and link lever: L must be fitted and aligned before refitting spring lever
30N.
Link lever: L
Gear IDL. press
Gear press L
Fig.4-82
IV-48
2.4.3
Drive ASSY main
1) Remove the connector on the PWBA HNB DRV from the right side of the printer.
2) Remove 4 screws securing the drive ASSY main to the printer.
3) Remove the drive ASSY main from the printer.
Screw, DT M4x10
Screw, M3x6
Screw, DT M4x10
Drive ASSY main
Fig.4-83
IV-49
2.4.4
PWBA HNB DRV
1) Remove the all connectors on the PWBA HNB DRV from the right side of the
printer.
2) Remove 4 screws securing the PWBA HNB DRV to the printer.
3) Remove the PWBA HNB DRV from the printer.
Screw, M3x6
Screw, M3x6
Screw, M3x6
PWBA HNB DRV
Fig.4-84
IV-50
2.4.5
Drive ASSY DEVE
1) Remove 5 screws securing the Drive ASSY DEVE from the right side of the printer.
2) Remove the Drive ASSY DEVE from the printer.
Drive ASSY DEVE
Screw, DT M4x10
Screw, DT M4x10
Fig.4-85
2.4.6
Actuator I/R
1) From the right side of the printer, release the hook of the spring I/R from the convex
portion of the plate ASSY lever R.
2) Release the hook securing the actuator I/R to the shaft on the plate ASSY lever R.
3) Remove the actuator I/R from the plate ASSY lever R together with the spring I/R.
4) Remove the spring I/R from the actuator I/R.
Actuator I/R
Fig.4-86
IV-51
2.4.7
Lever drum: R
1) Remove 4 screws securing the plate ASSY lever R from the right side of the printer.
2) Remove the plate ASSY lever R from the printer.
3) Release the hook of the spring lever 30N hitched over the convex portion of the 4
lever drum: R from the right side of the printer.
Spring lever 30N
Screw, M3x10
Plate ASSY lever R
Screw, M3x10
Spring lever 30N
Fig.4-87
4) Remove the link lever: R from the printer together with the spring lever 30N.
5) Remove the lever drum: R from the printer.
Gear IDL. press
Gear press R
Link lever: R
Lever drum: R
Fig.4-88
IV-52
Note:
When replacing the link lever: R, align the spring IDT R and the bottom of link lever: L
with the positions shown in the figure (lever drum: L replacement).
Gear IDL. press
Link lever: R
Gear press R
Fig.4-89
IV-53
2.4.8
LVPS
1) Remove 2 connectors from the LVPS (164/167).
2) Remove the clamp guide harness at 2 positions secured on the guide harness SW
of the LVPS STD.
3) Shift the harness from the guide harness SW.
4) Release the 2 hooks securing the guide harness SW to the switch bracket on the
LVPS STD.
5) Remove the guide harness ASSY from the LVPS STD.
Clamp guide harness
Guide harness SW
Clamp guide harness
Fig.4-90
6) Remove 3 screws securing the LVPS STD to the printer.
7) Remove the LVPS STD from the printer.
LVPS
Screw, M3x6
Screw, M3x10
Screw, M3x6
Fig.4-91
IV-54
2.4.9
Box ASSY MCU/ESS
1) Remove the connector from the right side of the printer.
2) Remove the connector on the scanner ASSY from the right side of the printer.
3) Remove the connector from the left side of the printer.
Box ASSY MCU/ESS
Fig.4-92
4) Remove 4 screws securing the box ASSY MCU/ESS to the printer.
5) Pull out the box ASSY MCU/ESS rearward from the printer and remove.
Screw, M3x6
Screw, M3x6
Box ASSY MCU/ESS
Screw, M3x6
Fig.4-93
IV-55
2.4.10 Housing ASSY contact
1)
2)
Remove the housing ASSY contact from the box ASSY MCU/ESS.
Pull out the housing ASSY contact from the box ASSY MCU/ESS and remove it.
Housing ASSY contact
Fig.4-94
IV-56
2.4.11 PKG service MCU HANABI
1) Remove 4 screws securing the cover MCU to the box ASSY MCU/ESS.
2) Remove the cover MCU from the box ASSY MCU/ESS.
3) Remove the connectors on the PKG service MCU HANABI from the box ASSY
MCU/ESS.
Cover MCU
Screw, M3x6
Screw, M3x6
Screw, M3x6
Fig.4-95
4) Remove 6 screws securing the PKG service MCU HANABI to the box ASSY
MCU/ESS.
5) Remove the PKG service MCU HANABI from the box ASSY MCU/ESS.
Screw, M3x6
Screw, M3x6
PKG service MCU HANABI
Fig.4-96
IV-57
2.5
Paper Feed of the Printer
Chute ASSY turn
2.5.1
1) Release the 2 hooks at the front securing the chute ASSY turn to the printer feeder.
2) The chute ASSY will hang ertically.
Chute ASSY turn
Fig.4-97
3) Release the hook securing the right and left shaft of the chute ASSY turn to the
printer feeder.
4) Pull out the chute ASSY turn from the printer feeder and remove.
Chute ASSY turn
Fig.4-98
IV-58
2.5.2
Cover cassette
1) Turning the cover cassette upward from the rear of the printer, pull out the cover
cassette upwards to remove it.
Cover cassette
Fig.4-99
IV-59
2.5.3
Feeder ASSY unit
1) Push the shaft of the link actuator secured to the actuator no paper from the printer
feeder and disconnect the actuator no paper from the shaft.
2) Pull the link actuator from the hole in the printer feeder and remove.
3) Remove the connector connecting the printer and feeder ASSY unit from the left
side of the printer.
4) Remove the 2 connectors connecting the printer and feeder ASSY unit from the
right side of the printer.
5) Remove 8 screws securing the feeder ASSY unit to the printer.
6) Remove 4 long screws securing the feeder ASSY unit to the printer.
CAUTION
The top unit of the printer should be raised up by more than two people.
Note:
When removing the top unit of the printer from the feeder ASSY unit, be careful not to
drop or damage the upper part of the printer.
7) Raise the printer and separate it from the feeder ASSY unit, taking care not to
damage the cables.
Note:
Take care not to trap the harness on the feeder ASSY unit, when replacing the printer top
unit on the feeder ASSY unit.
Screw, M3x85
Washer-lock EXT TEETH
Screw, M3x10
Screw, M3x10
Screw, M3x10
Screw, M3x85
Washer-lock EXT TEETH
Screw, M3x85
Washer-lock EXT TEETH
Screw, M3x10
Screw, M3x10
Screw, M3x85
Washer-lock EXT TEETH
Screw, M3x10
Feeder ASSY unit
Fig.4-100
IV-60
2.5.4
Pickup ASSY
1) Remove the harness of the pickup ASSY from the right hook of the feeder ASSY
unit.
2) Disconnect the harness from the size switch.
3) Remove 2 screws securing the pickup ASSY to the feeder ASSY unit.
4) Lift the pickup ASSY from the feeder ASSY unit.
Screw,
M3x10
Pickup ASSY
Screw, M3x10
Top view
Feeder ASSY unit
Fig.4-101
IV-61
2.5.5
Roll ASSY feed
1) Rotate the shaft feed 1 (180 ) so that the rubber of the roll ASSY feed L and R
faces downward from the printer feeder.
2) Release the hook securing the roll ASSY feed L and R to the shaft feed 1 and
remove the roll ASSY feeds.
Roll ASSY feed: L
Fig.4-102
Roll ASSY feed: R
Fig.4-103
IV-62
2.5.6
Actuator no paper
1) Release the hook securing the actuator no paper to the pickup ASSY and extract the
left side shaft of the actuator no paper.
2) Pull out the actuator no paper left and upward from the pickup ASSY.
Actuator no paper
Rear
Top
Front
Fig.4-104
2.5.7
Sensor photo: No paper
1) Release the hooks at 3 positions securing the sensor photo: no paper to the pickup
ASSY.
2) Remove the connector on the sensor photo: no paper.
3) Remove the sensor photo: no paper from the pickup ASSY.
Rear
Sensor photo: no paper
Front
Top
Fig.4-105
IV-63
2.5.8
Sensor photo: Low paper
1) Release the hooks at 3 positions securing the sensor photo: low paper to the pickup
ASSY.
2) Remove the connector on the sensor photo: low paper.
3) Remove the sensor photo: low paper from the pickup ASSY.
Right view
Sensor photo: low paper
Fig.4-106
2.5.9
Solenoid feed
1) Remove 1 screw securing the solenoid feed from the pickup ASSY.
2) Separate the solenoid feed a little from the pickup ASSY and shift the harness of the
solenoid feed.
3) Remove the connector of the solenoid feed from the pickup ASSY.
Rear
Right
Solenoid feed
Fig.4-107
IV-64
2.5.10 Clutch ASSY turn
1)
Release the hook securing the stopper clutch to the shaft on the right side shaft of
the pickup ASSY.
2)
3)
4)
Pull out the stopper clutch from the shaft of pickup ASSY.
Remove the connector of the clutch ASSY turn from the pickup ASSY.
Pull out the clutch ASSY turn from the shaft.
Clutch ASSY turn
Rear
Stopper clutch
Right
Fig.4-108
IV-65
2.5.11 Roll ASSY turn
1) Release the hook securing the gear feed 2 to the shaft of the pickup ASSY and pull
out gear feed 2.
2) Pull out the gear idler from the shaft of pickup ASSY.
3) Pull out the gear idler in from the shaft of the pickup ASSY.
4) Remove the right and left E rings securing the shaft of the roll ASSY turn to the
pickup ASSY.
5) Remove the bush/metal securing the right shaft of the roll ASSY turn from the
pickup ASSY.
6) Remove the bush/black securing the left shaft of the roll ASSY turn from the pickup
ASSY.
7) Slide the roll ASSY turn from the pickup ASSY.
Gear feed 2
Bush/black
Roll ASSY turn
Bush/metal
Gear idler in
Gear idler
Fig.4-109
2.5.12 Roll ASSY
1) Release the hook securing the roll ASSY to the shaft feed 2.
2) Pull out the roll ASSY leftwards from shaft feed 2.
Roll ASSY
Shaft feed 2
Fig.4-110
IV-66
2.5.13 Housing ASSY feeder L
1) Remove 4 screws securing the housing ASSY feeder L to the plate bottom.
Housing ASSY feeder L
Screw, M3x10
Front
Screw, M3x10
Left
Fig.4-111
2) Pull down the housing ASSY feeder L inward and extract the 3 hooks out of the hole
at the plate bottom.
3) Remove the housing ASSY feeder L upward from the plate bottom.
Housing ASSY feeder L
Fig.4-112
IV-67
2.5.14 Sensor HUM temp
1) Remove the screw securing the sensor HUM temp.
2) Remove the harness ASSY TMPA.
Harness ASSY TMPA
Screw, M3x10
Sensor HUM temp
Left
Fig.4-113
IV-68
2.5.15 Housing ASSY feeder R
1) Remove 4 screws securing the support feeder left to the plate bottom.
Housing ASSY feeder R
Screw, M3x10
Right
Screw, M3x10
Screw, M3x10
Front
Fig.4-114
2) Pull down the housing ASSY feeder R inward and extract the 3 hooks out of the
hole at the plate bottom.
3) Remove the housing ASSY feeder R upward from the plate bottom.
Housing ASSY feeder R
Fig.4-115
IV-69
2.5.16 Harness ASSY OPFREC
1) Release the harness ASSY OPFREC from the housing ASSY feeder R of the feeder
ASSY unit.
2) Release the 2 hooks securing the harness ASSY OPFREC to the housing ASSY
feeder R.
3) Pull out the harness ASSY OPFREC downward from the housing ASSY feeder R.
Right
Top view
Rear
Harness ASSY OPFREC
Fig.4-116
2.5.17 Switch ASSY size
1) Remove 1 screw securing the switch ASSY size to the housing ASSY feeder R.
2) Remove the switch ASSY size from the housing ASSY feeder R.
Screw, M3x10
Switch ASSY size
Fig.4-117
IV-70
2.5.18 Indicator
1) Hold the tip of the indicator with radio pliers and pull the indicator frontward and
remove from the housing ASSY feeder R of the feeder ASSY unit.
Note:
Hold the guide indicator, when replacing the indicator.
Guide indicator
Indicator
Fig.4-118
IV-71
2.5.19 Guide indicator
1) Release the 2 hooks securing the holder shaft to the housing ASSY feeder R.
Holder shaft
Lever low paper
Fig.4-119
2) Pull out the guide indicator from the housing ASSY feeder R together with the spring
indicator and shaft indicator.
3) Pull out the guide indicator from the shaft indicator.
Note:
Put the leading end of lever low paper on a left convex portion of the guide indicator,
when replacing the guide indicator.
Guide indicator
Shaft indicator
Spring indicator
Fig.4-120
IV-72
2.5.20 Lever low paper
1) Turn the housing ASSY feeder R upside down.
2) Push the support pillow to the left and release the lever low paper shaft.
Left view
Lever low paper
Housing ASSY feeder R
Fig.4-121
3) Remove the lever low paper from the housing ASSY feeder R.
Lever low paper
Fig.4-122
IV-73
2.5.21 Roll ASSY
1) Release the cover feed secured to the cassette at one point and open the cover
feed.
2) Release the hook securing the roll ASSY to the shaft retard from the cassette.
3) Pull out the roll ASSY from the shaft retard.
Roll ASSY
Cover feed
Fig.4-123
2.5.22 Cassette ASSY front
1) Release the bottom and top hook securing the cassette ASSY front from the right
side of the cassette using a mini screwdriver or the like.
2) Release the bottom and top hook securing the cassette ASSY front from the left side
of the cassette using a mini screwdriver or the like.
3) Pull out the cassette ASSY front from the cassette.
Cassette ASSY front
Fig.4-124
IV-74
2.5.23 Holder retard
1) Remove the clutch ASSY friction on the shaft retard from the cassette.
2) Release the hook of the spring retard hitched to the bottom groove of the holder
retard from the cassette.
3) Release the hook securing the top portion of the holder retard from the cassette and
move the holder retard leftward.
Clutch ASSY friction
Holder retard
Spring retard
Fig.4-125
4) Pull out the right end of the holder retard slightly from the cassette and extract the
holder retard and remove.
Holder retard
Fig.4-126
IV-75
CHAPTER V
TROUBLESHOOTING
CONTENTS
CHAPTER V TROUBLESHOOTING .............................................. V-1
1. PREFACE....................................................................................................V-1
1.1 Troubleshooting Procedure...............................................................................................V-1
1.2 Note on Troubleshooting...................................................................................................V-1
2. LEVEL 1 TROUBLESHOOTING..................................................................V-3
2.1 Level 1 FIP ........................................................................................................................V-3
3. LEVEL 2 TROUBLESHOOTING..................................................................V-4
3.1 Fail Code List ....................................................................................................................V-4
3.2 Fail FIP............................................................................................................................V-14
4. HOW TO USE DIAG. (C/E) MODE............................................................V-39
4.1 Roles of the Control Panel in Diag. (C/E) Mode..............................................................V-39
4.2 Entering Diag. (C/E) Mode ..............................................................................................V-39
4.3 Exiting Diag. (C/E) Mode.................................................................................................V-39
4.4 Diag. (C/E) Mode Functions............................................................................................V-39
4.5 Operation Procedure.......................................................................................................V-40
4.6 Diag. Mode Menu Tree....................................................................................................V-41
4.7 ESS Diagnosis ................................................................................................................V-43
4.8 IOT Diagnosis..................................................................................................................V-44
4.8.1 Digital input test ........................................................................................................V-45
4.8.2 Digital output test......................................................................................................V-46
4.8.3 NVM read/write.........................................................................................................V-49
4.8.4 NVM information print...............................................................................................V-50
4.8.5 NVM information save ..............................................................................................V-50
4.8.6 NVM information load ...............................................................................................V-50
4.9 Installation Setting...........................................................................................................V-51
4.10 Test Print.......................................................................................................................V-52
4.11 Parameter Setting .........................................................................................................V-53
4.11.1 Parameter setting/display .......................................................................................V-53
4.11.2 Parameter list print..................................................................................................V-54
4.12 Information Print............................................................................................................V-55
5. DIAGNOSIS FOR STANDALONE PRINTER ............................................V-56
5.1 General............................................................................................................................V-56
5.2 Printing Method ...............................................................................................................V-56
5.3 Test Print Pattern ............................................................................................................V-57
6. NVM LIST ..................................................................................................V-58
7. HEX/DEC CONVERSION TABLE..............................................................V-67
8. IMAGE QUALITY TROUBLE ENTRY CHART...........................................V-69
9. IMAGE QUALITY SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................V-70
9.1 Parallelism.......................................................................................................................V-70
9.2 Diagonal ..........................................................................................................................V-70
9.3 Skew................................................................................................................................V-70
9.4 Straightness ....................................................................................................................V-71
9.5 Magnification Error ..........................................................................................................V-71
9.6 Registration .....................................................................................................................V-71
9.7 Guaranteed Printing Area................................................................................................V-72
10. TEST PRINT............................................................................................V-73
10.1 Test print .......................................................................................................................V-73
11. IMAGE QUALITY FIP ..............................................................................V-74
11.1 Notes on Image Quality Trouble Check ........................................................................V-74
11.2 Basic Rule of Image Quality Adjustment.......................................................................V-74
11.3 Troubleshooting Table by Trouble Phenomena............................................................V-75
CHAPTER V TROUBLESHOOTING
1.
PREFACE
1.1
Troubleshooting Procedure
The troubleshooting procedure can roughly be divided into two:
Level 1 troubleshooting
The level 1 FIP isolates the presence of various troubles including fail codes.
Level 2 Troubleshooting
Level 2 troubleshooting is a procedure in which troubles are classified by FIP, BSD or fail
codes list.
1.2
Notes on Troubleshooting
•
•
•
When replacing parts, check in advance that the connectors are connected securely.
When replacing parts, turn the power off.
If there are several troubles, you may refer to the same FIP again. Note that the
judgment may differ in the middle even when the FIP is identical.
WARNING
When the power is on, do not touch the parts listed below. You may receive an electrical
shock.
•
•
HVPS
LVPS
WARNING
When the power is on, do not remove drum cartridge. An invisible laser beam may
damage your eye.
WARNING
Heat roll and pressure roll, and their peripheries become very hot. Do not touch when
they are still hot. You may get burnt.
V-1
<Terms of glossary>
Fail code: Control panel displays this code in case of a trouble.
Power off: Main power switch is off and power cord is disconnected from the outlet.
WARNING
If power off is specified in the work procedure, turn the Main power switch to off and
unplug power cord from the outlet. Otherwise, your may receive an electric shock or get
injured.
Power on: Main power switch is on.
Power on/off: Turn the main power switch off and on again immediately.
Execute [DO-10]: Enter diagnostic code DO-10.
Exit [DO-10]: Exit diagnostic code DO-10.
+5VDC
H level: +4.1 to +5.6VDC
L level: -0.3 to +1.2VDC
+24VDC
H level: +21.8 to +25.8VDC
L level: -0.4 to +3.3VDC
V-2
2.
LEVEL 1 TROUBLESHOOTING
2.1
Level 1 FIP
Ask the operator about trouble
status.
Is operator's operating method
correct?
Y
N
Instruct how to operate.
Is trouble content displayed
on control panel?
Is trouble related to image
quality?
Y
N
Y
N
Refer to Section 3 Image
Quality RAPS to perform
the corresponding Image
Quality FIP.
Turn power off/on.
Is trouble content displayed on
control panel?
Y
N
Print in the mode where the
trouble occurred
Is trouble content displayed
on control panel?
Refer to 1.3.1 Fail Code List
to perform the corresponding
action.
Y
N
Execute the corresponding
troubleshooting.
Refer to Section 9 BSD to
perform the corresponding
troubleshooting.
Fig.5-1
V-3
3.
LEVEL 2 TROUBLESHOOTING
3.1
Fail Code List
LCD Display
< Name of Fail>
Contents of Trouble
Action
Power off/on
Reference
BSD
001-360 Turn OFF
the Power.
<IOT Fan Motor Failure>
2.9.3
2.9.6
Fuser fan or rear fan fail signal detected.
See fan motor failure FIP
003-340 Turn OFF
the Power.
<IOT Firmware Error>
IOT firmware error
Power off/on
See firmware error FIP
2 3.1
2 3.3
003-356 Turn OFF
the Power.
<IOT NVRAM Error>
NVRAM error
Power off/on
See NV-RAM error FIP
2 3.1
2 3.3
006-370 Turn OFF
the Power.
<IOT SCANNER Failure>
Power off/on
See SCANNER failure FIP
2.5.1
2.5.2
1. Laser power down.
2. SOS signal not detected.
009-340 Turn OFF
the Power.
<IOT CTD Sensor Error>
ADC sensor ASSY power down.
Power off/on
See CTD sensor error FIP
2.8.7
2.8.8
009-342 Turn OFF
the Power.
<IOT Low Density Error>
Toner density is low.
Power off/on
See low density error FIP
2.8.7
2.8.8
010-317 Turn OFF
the Power.
<IOT Fuser Detached>
Detected that the fuser ASSY is not mounted.
Power off/on
See fuser detached FIP
2.9.1
2.9.6
010-350 Turn OFF
the Power.
<IOT Fuser Failure>
Power off/on
See fuser failure FIP
2.9.1
2.9.6
1. Temperature exceeding 235°C detected consecutively 4 times.
2. Temperature below 120°C detected consecutively 4 times.
3. Resistance value of STS sensor over 2437KΩ detected
consecutively 4 times.
4. Target temperature is not reached more than 60 seconds after the
fuser lamp lighted up.
5. After the target temperature is reached, the fuser lamp was kept on
for more than specified time.
6. Value of the STS sensor does not change after the lamp lights up.
7. Temperature exceeding 230°C detected during printing process
consecutively twice.
V-4
LCD Display
010-351 Turn OFF
< Name of Fail>
Contents of Trouble
Action
Power off/on
Reference
BSD
<IOT Fuser Life Over>
Fuser ASSY life expired.
2.3.1
2.3.3
the Power.
See fuser life over FIP
010-354 Turn OFF
the Power.
<IOT Environment Sensor Error>
Power off/on
See environment sensor
error FIP
2.8.7
2.8.8
1. The temperature over +100°C or below -20°C was detected.
2. The humidity over 100% was detected.
016-300 Turn OFF
the Power.
Power off/on
Power off/on
Power off/on
Power off/on
Power off/on
Power off/on
<ESS Data Cache Error>
CPU data cache error
2.3.1
2.3.3
016-301 Turn OFF
the Power.
<ESS Instruction Cache Error>
CPU instruction cache error
2.3.1
2.3.3
016-302 Turn OFF
the Power.
<ESS Illegal Exception>
CPU illegal exception
2.3.1
2.3.3
016-317 Turn OFF
the Power.
<ESS ROM Check (Main) Fail>
Main program ROM checksum error
2.3.1
2.3.3
016-310 Turn OFF
the Power.
<ESS Font ROM Error (Main)>
Internal font ROM checksum error
2.3.1
2.3.3
016-315Turn OFF
the Power.
<ESS On-Board RAM W/R Check Fail >
Detected by RAM W/R check at initialize
<ESS RAM DIMM W/R Check Fail >
Detected by standard RAM W/R check at initialize.
<ESS NVRAM1 W/R Check Fail >
2.3.1
2.3.3
016-316 Turn OFF
the Power.
Power off/on
Power off/on
Power off/on
Power off/on
Power off/on
2.3.1
2.3.3
016-323 Turn OFF
the Power.
2.3.1
2.3.3
Detected by Master NVRAM W/R check.
<ESS NVRAM2 W/R Check Fail >
016-324 Turn OFF
the Power.
2.3.1
2.3.3
Detected by backup NVRAM W/R check.
<ESS NVRAM3 W/R Check Fail >
016-325 Turn OFF
the Power.
2.3.1
2.3.3
Detected by NVRAM W/R check for print log.
<ESS NVRAM4 W/R Check Fail >
016-326 Turn OFF
the Power.
2.3.1
2.3.3
Detected by NVRAM W/R check for print log
V-5
LCD Display
016-327 Turn OFF
< Name of Fail>
Contents of Trouble
Action
Reference
BSD
Replace with the correct
device.
<ESS NVRAM1 ID Check Fail >
This error occurs if the backup device is inserted in master socket.
2.3.1
2.3.3
the Power.
016-328 Turn OFF
the Power.
Replace with the correct
device.
<ESS NVRAM2 ID Check Fail >
This error occurs if the master device is inserted in backup socket.
2.3.1
2.3.3
016-330 Turn OFF
the Power.
Power off/on
Power off/on
Power off/on
Power off/on
Power off/on
Power off/on
Power off/on
Power off/on
<NIC-ESS Communication Fail>
Communication fail between NIC and ESS
<NIC Flash ROM Boot Module Checksum Error>
2.3.1
2.3.3
016-331 Turn OFF
the Power.
2.3.1
2.3.3
016-332 Turn OFF
the Power.
<NIC RAM R/W Test Error>
2.3.1
2.3.3
016-333 Turn OFF
the Power.
<NIC Flash ROM Application Module Checksum Error>
<NIC MAC Address Checksum Error>
2.3.1
2.3.3
016-334 Turn OFF
the Power.
2.3.1
2.3.3
016-335Turn OFF
the Power.
<NIC Ethernet BIST parity/RAM R/W Error>
<NIC Internal Loopback Error>
2.3.1
2.3.3
016-336 Turn OFF
the Power.
2.3.1
2.3.3
016-340 Turn OFF
the Power.
<On Board Network Communication Fail >
2.3.1
2.3.3
Communication fail between CPU network and ESS F/W
<On Board Network MAC Address Checksum Error>
016-344 Turn OFF
the Power.
Power off/on
Power off/on
Power off/on
Power off/on
2.3.1
2.3.3
016-345 Turn OFF
the Power.
<On Board Network Ethernet BIST parity/RAM R/W Error>
<On Board Network Internal Loopback Error>
2.3.1
2.3.3
016-346 Turn OFF
the Power.
2.3.1
2.3.3
016-312 Turn OFF
the Power.
<ESS HD Fail >
2.3.1
2.3.3
Detected by a HDD error.
V-6
LCD Display
016-313 Turn OFF
< Name of Fail>
Contents of Trouble
Action
Power off/on
Reference
BSD
<ASIC Fail >
TBD
2.3.1
2.3.3
the Power.
016-360 Turn OFF
the Power.
<PCI Option#0 Fail>
PCI option 0 detection error
Power off/on
Power off/on
Power off/on
Power off/on
Power off/on
2.3.1
2.3.3
016-361 Turn OFF
the Power.
<PCI Option#1 Fail>
PCI option 1 detection error
2.3.1
2.3.3
016-314 Turn OFF
the Power.
<Video Sync Fail>
Detected by an incorrect synchronous signal input.
2.3.1
2.3.3
016-350 Turn OFF
the Power.
<IEEE1284 Data Error>
Detected by IEEE1284 controller.
2.3.1
2.3.3
016-370 Turn OFF
the Power.
<IOT-ESS Communication Fail >
Communication fail between IOT and ESS
2.3.1
2.3.3
Initialising
Press set
Perform usual startup by
Key On to initialize NVM.
<NVM Fail >
2.3.1
2.3.3
Checking that values wrote at NVM Initializing have been retained in
the specified area on NVM.
Duplex Jam
Open B-Cover
<IOT Duplex JAM>
Remove the jammed paper. 2.9.4
See duplex JAM FIP 2.9.6
Duplex jam sensor cannot detect passage of paper within specified
time.
Fuser Jam
Open A/B-Cover
<IOT Fuser JAM>
Remove the jammed paper. 2.9.1
See fuser JAM FIP 2.9.6
Exit sensor cannot detect passage of paper within specified time.
<IOT Regi JAM>
Regi. Jam
Open A-Cover
Remove the jammed paper. 2.7.6
See Regi JAM FIP 2.7.7
Regi sensor cannot detect passage of paper within specified time.
<IOT Feed JAM>
Feed Jam
Check Tray
Remove the jammed paper. 2.7.6
See feed JAM FIP 2.7.7
Regi sensor cannot detect passage of paper within specified time.
<IOT Media Type Mismatch>
Transp. Error
Open A-Cover
Remove the jammed paper. 2.8.3
2.8.8
1. Plain paper detected for a job that is specified transparency,
2. Transparency detected for a job that is specified plain paper.
Change paper stock.
See media type mismatch
FIP
V-7
LCD Display
Reinsert Xxxxx
< Name of Fail>
Contents of Trouble
Action
Reference
BSD
<IOT X Toner Detached>
Insert toner cartridge.
See toner cartridge
detached FIP.
2.8.7
2.8.8
Toner (X)
Toner cartridge switch ASSY detected that the toner cartridge is not
mounted.
Xxxxx indicates Yellow
toner (Y), Cyan toner (C),
Magenta toner (M) or Black
toner (K).
Reinsert
Transfer Roll
<IOT transfer roll cartridge Detached>
Detected that the transfer roll cartridge unit ASSY is not mounted.
Insert transfer roll cartridge
2.8.7
2.8.8
unit ASSY.
See transfer roll cartridge
detached FIP
Set Print Head
Cartridge
<IOT print head cartridge E Detached>
Detected that the print head cartridge ASSY is not mounted.
Insert print head cartridge
2.3.2
2.3.3
ASSY.
See print head cartridge
detached FIP
Replace Xxxxx
Toner (X)
<IOT X Toner Empty>
Toner empty detected.
Replace toner cartridge.
See Yellow toner empty
FIP, Magenta toner empty
FIP, Cyan toner empty FIP
or Black toner empty FIP
2.8.5
2.8.8
Xxxxx indicates Yellow
toner (Y), Cyan toner (C),
Magenta toner (M) or Black
toner (K).
V-8
LCD Display
< Name of Fail>
Contents of Trouble
Action
Reference
BSD
Replace
Transfer Roll
<IOT transfer roll cartridge Life Over>
Transfer roll cartridge ASSY life expired.
Replace transfer roll
2.8.7
2.8.8
cartridge ASSY.
See transfer roll cartridge
life over FIP
Replace Print
Head Cartridge
<IOT print head cartridge Life Over>
Print head cartridge ASSY life expired.
Replace print head
2.3.2
2.3.3
cartridge ASSY.
See print head cartridge life
over FIP
Print Head Cart
ID Error
<IOT CRUM ID Error>
ID is different from one that is recorded in print head cartridge ASSY
ID.
Replace print head
2.3.2
2.3.3
cartridge ASSY.
See CRUM ID error FIP
Clean Up
CTD Sensor
<IOT CTD Sensor Dustiness>
ADC sensor ASSY signal level below the specified value.
Clean ADC sensor ASSY.
See CTD sensor dustiness
FIP
2.8.7
2.8.8
Close
Front Cover
<IOT Front Cover Open>
Font cover is open.
Close the front cover.
See front cover FIP
2.1.1
2.1.2
Empty
Exit Tray
<IOT Standard Stacker Full>
Exit tray is full.
Remove output paper stack. 2.9.4
See full stack FIP
2.9.6
(During job waiting or auto paper <Tray Detached>
Push in the tray.
2.6.1
N indicates the tray no.
feeding)
・
All existing trays are open during job waiting or auto paper
2.6.2
2.6.3
2.6.4
Push in a Tray
feeding. (All Tray Detached)
The specified tray is open when a tray is specified. (Specified
Tray Detached)
・
(When a tray is specified)
Push in Tray N
V-9
LCD Display
< Name of Fail>
Contents of Trouble
Action
Reference
BSD
(When paper is being fed from a <IOT Paper Size Mismatch>
Open/close the tray.
2.6.1
Paper Size Mismatch detected.
tray)
Or, reload the manual feed
2.6.2
2.6.3
2.6.4
Check Paper in Tray N
(When paper is being fed from
paper.
N indicates the tray no.
manual tray)
Check Paper in MP Tray
(When auto select is specified)
Load XX in a Tray
<No Suitable Paper>
Load the specified paper in
the tray.
2.6.1
・
・
・
・
All existing trays are open during job waiting or auto paper
feeding. (All tray empty)
2.6.2
2.6.3
2.6.4
2.7.2
2.7.7
(When a tray is specified)
Load XX in Tray X
All existing trays are different in size when auto paper feeding is
selected. (All tray size mismatch)
N indicates the tray no.
XX indicates paper size.
(When manual feed is specified)
Load XX in Manual Tray
(During job waiting)
The specified tray is empty when a paper tray is specified
(Specified tray empty)
One step tray configuration:
No Paper in Tray N
Paper loaded in the specified tray is different from the size
specified in the job when a paper tray is specified.
(Specified tray size mismatch)
N steps tray configuration:
No Paper in All Trays
(When auto select is specified)
Push in the Tray
Upper Cassette Detached>
Set the tray
2.6.1
・
Any one of trays upper than the feedable tray is open when auto
See upper cassette
2.6.2
2.6.3
2.6.4
(When a tray is specified)
Push in All Trays
tray select is specified.
detached FIP
N indicates the tray No.
immediately above the
specified tray.
・
Any one of trays upper than the specified tray is open when a
tray is specified.
Out of Memory
Please Press Set
<Memory Overflow>
Press the set key.
The processing will
continue. (Job is cleared.)
V-10
LCD Display
Overrun Error
< Name of Fail>
Contents of Trouble
Action
Reference
BSD
<Overrun>
Press the set key.
Please Press Set
The processing will
continue. (Job is printed
from the next page)
Disk Full
Please Press Set
<Harddisk Full>
<PDL Error>
<PDF Error>
Press the set key.
The processing will
continue. (Job is cleared.)
PCL6 Error %u
Please Press Set
Press the set key.
The processing will
continue. (Job is cleared.)
PDF Error %u
Please Press Set
Press the set key.
The processing will
continue. (Job is cleared.)
PDF Extract Error
Please Press Set
<PDF Compression Error >
<PDL Password Error>
Press the set key.
The processing will
continue. (Job is cleared.)
PDF Wrong Passwd
Please Press Set
Press the set key.
The processing will
continue. (Job is cleared.)
Operation Error
Please Press Set
<Job Environment Violation>
A violation in the print condition founded.
Press the set key.
The processing will
continue. (Job is cleared.)
V-11
LCD Display
Ready to Print
< Name of Fail>
Contents of Trouble
Action
Reference
BSD
<IOT X Toner Near Empty>
No action required.
Need Replacement
The X toner is low
See Yellow toner empty FIP
See Magenta toner empty
FIP
See Cyan toner empty FIP
See Black toner empty FIP
CRU Warning:
Xxxxx indicates Yellow
toner (Y), Cyan toner (C),
Magenta toner (M) or Black
toner (K).
Ready to Print
Need Replacement Transfer
Roll
<Transfer roll cartridge Life Warning>
Transfer roll cartridge unit ASSY is near the end of its life.
No action required.
See transfer roll cartridge
life over FIP
CRU Warining:
Ready to Print
Need Replacement
Print Head Cart
<Print head cartridge Life Warning>
No action required.
See print head cartridge life
over FIP
Print head cartridge ASSY is near the end of its life.
CRU Warning:
Ready to Print
Need Maintenance CTD Sensor
<ERU Warning>
No action required.
See CTD sensor dustiness
FIP
ADC sensor ASSY signal level below the specified value.
V-12
LCD Display
No display
< Name of Fail>
Contents of Trouble
Action
Reference
BSD
<IOT X Cassette Near Empty>
No action required.
Tray1 paper near empty
FIP, Tray2 paper near
empty FIP
Paper level is low in the X cassette.
See Tray3 paper near
empty FIP
Ready to Print
ServiceCallJJXXXXXXX
<ERU Warning>
No action required.
See fuser life over FIP
Fuser ASSY is near the end of its life.
ERU Warning: ＸＸＸＸＸＸＸ
indicates ERU No.
1:Fuser unit
V-13
3.2
Fail FIP
Base Engine
001-360 Fan Motor Failure FIP(PL)
Remedy
Step
1
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Replace the
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Go to step [2]
Go to step [15]
Go to step [4]
parts concerned
Fuser fan replacing condition
Rear fan replacing condition
Isolating faulty fan
2
3
Go to step [3]
Does the fan rear rotate when printing 1
sheet?
Checking fan rear
Does fan rear function normally?
Using rear fan diagnostic tool, check by
digital output test.
Replace MCU
and HVPS PWB
Checking LVPS for signal
Print 1 sheet.
Replace MCU
PWB
Replace
harness
4
5
6
7
8
9
Is P/J166-1PIN<=>P/J166-3PIN 24VDC?
Checking LVPS for signal
Print 1 sheet.
Go to step [6]
Go to step [7]
Go to step [8]
Replace LVPS
Is P/J165-6PIN<=>P/J165-2PIN 0VDC?
Checking drive PWB for signal
Print 1 sheet.
Replace
harness ASSY
LVNC
Is P/J61-3PIN<=>P/J61-7PIN 0VDC?
Checking DRIVE PWB for signal
Print 1 sheet.
Replace drive
PWB
Is P/J42-12PIN<=>P/J42-14PIN 0VDC?
Checking MCU and HVPS PWB for signal
Print 1 sheet.
Replace
harness ASSY
DRV2
Replace MCU
and HVPS PWB
Is P/J12-19PIN<=>P/J12-17PIN 0VDC?
Checking rear fan
Go to step [10]
End of work
Check if an error occurs though the rear
fan was replaced with a new one.
Checking LVPS for signal
Print 1 sheet.
10
Replace rear fan
Go to step [11]
Is P/J166-2PIN<=>P/J166-3PIN
+3.3VDC?
Checking LVPS for signal
Print 1 sheet.
11
12
Replace LVPS
Go to step [12]
Go to step [13]
Is P/J165-7PIN<=>P/J165-2PIN
+3.3VDC?
Checking drive PWB for signal
Print 1 sheet.
Replace harness
ASSY LVNC
Is P/J61-2PIN<=>P/J61-7PIN +3.3VDC?
V-14
Remedy
Step
13
Check
Yes
No
Checking drive PWB for signal
Replace drive
PWB
Print 1 sheet.
Go to step [14]
Is P/J42-29PIN<=>P/J42-14PIN
+3.3VDC?
Checking MCU and HVPS PWB for signal
Print 1 sheet.
Replace MCU
and HVPS
PWB
Replace harness
ASSY DRV2
14
15
Is P/J12-2PIN<=>P/J12-17PIN +3.3VDC?
Checking fuser fan
Does fuser fan function normally?
Using fuser fan diagnostic tool, check by
digital output test.
Replace MCU
and HVPS PWB
Go to step [16]
Go to step [17]
Checking drive PWB for signal
Print 1 sheet.
16
17
18
19
20
21
Go to step [19]
Go to step [18]
Is P/J50-7PIN<=>P/J50-9PIN +24VDC?
Checking drive PWB for signal
Print 1 sheet.
Replace drive
PWB
Is P/J42-30PIN<=>P/J42-14PIN 0VDC?
Checking MCU and HVPS PWB for signal
Print 1 sheet.
Replace
harness ASSY
DRV2
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
Is P/J12-1PIN<=>P/J12-17PIN 0VDC?
Checking harness ASSY DUP for
continuity
Replace
harness ASSY
DUP
Go to step [20]
Is J50<=>J137 continuous normally?
Checking fuser fan
Replace Go to
step [21]
End of work
Check if an error occurs though the fuser
fan was replaced with a new one.
Checking drive PWB for signal
Print 1 sheet.
Fuser fan
Go to step [22]
Is P/J50-8PIN<=>P/J50-9PIN +3.3VDC?
Checking drive PWB for signal
Print 1 sheet.
Replace drive
PWB
22
23
Go to step [23]
Is P/J42-27PIN<=>P/J42-14PIN
+3.3VDC?
Checking MCU and HVPS PWB for signal
Print 1 sheet.
Replace MCU
and HVPS
PWB
Replace harness
ASSY DRV2
Is P/J12-4PIN<=>P/J12-17PIN +3.3VDC?
V-15
003-340 Firmware Error FIP
Remedy
Step
Check
Yes
No
If the error
Replace MCU and recurs, replace
Does an error occur even if the power is
turned off and on?
1
HVPS PWB
MCU and
HVPS PWB
003-356 NV-RAM Error FIP
Remedy
Step
Check
Yes
No
Does an error occur even if the power is
turned off and on?
If the error
Replace MCU and recurs, replace
1
HVPS PWB
MCU and
HVPS PWB
006-370 Scanner Failure FIP
Remedy
Step
Check
Yes
No
Checking harness ASSY scanner KA for
Replace
harness ASSY
scanner KA
Replace scanner
ASSY
1
continuity
Is J15<=>P151 continuous normally?
009-340 CTD Sensor Error FIP
Remedy
Step
1
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Replace the parts
concerned
Check the following for evidence of fault.
ADC sensor ASSY replacing condition
Checking harness ASSY CTD for
continuity
Is J136<=>J1361 continuous normally?
Checking harness ASSY front 1A for
continuity
Go to step [2]
Replace
2
3
Go to step [3]
Go to step [4]
harness ASSY
CTD
Replace
harness ASSY
front 1A
Is J13<=>P1361 continuous normally?
Checking ADC sensor ASSY
Check if an error occurs though the ADC
sensor ASSY was replaced with a new
one.
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
4
End of work
V-16
009-342 LOW Density Error FIP
Remedy
Step
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Transfer roll cartridge ASSY replacing
condition
ADC sensor ASSY replacing condition
Print head cartridge ASSY replacing
condition
Replace the parts
concerned
1
Go to step [2]
Residual toner
Checking harness ASSY CTD for
connection
Is the harness ASSY CTD connected to
the ADC sensor ASSY normally?
Checking harness ASSY CTD for
continuity
Replace the
parts
concerned
2
Go to step [3]
Replace
3
4
Go to step [4]
Go to step [5]
harness ASSY
CTD
Is J136<=>J1361 continuous normally?
Checking harness ASSY front 1A for
Continuity
Is P1361<=>J13 continuous normally?
Replace
harness ASSY
front 1A
Checking transfer roll cartridge ASSY
Check if an error occurs though the
transfer roll cartridge ASSY was replaced
with a new one.
Checking print head cartridge ASSY
Check if an error occurs though the print
head cartridge ASSY was replaced with a
new one.
Checking ADC sensor ASSY
Check if an error occurs though the ADC
sensor ASSY was replaced with a new
one.
5
6
7
Go to step [6]
Go to step [7]
End of work
End of work
End of work
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
010-317 Fuser Detached FIP
Remedy
Step
1
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Replace the parts
concerned
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Fuser ASSY replacing condition
Checking fuser ASSY
Go to step [2]
Remove the fuser and measure resistance
value
Is P232-A4PIN<=>P232-A5PIN less than
Replace fuser
ASSY
2
Go to step [3]
Go to step [4]
400KΩ?
Checking harness ASSY FSR2 for
continuity
Replace
3
4
harness ASSY
FSR2
Replace
harness ASSY
front 1A
Is J232<=>J138 continuous normally?
Checking harness ASSY front 1A for
continuity
Is P138<=>J13 continuous normally?
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
V-17
010-350 Fuser Failure FIP
Remedy
Step
1
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Replace the parts
concerned
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Fuser ASSY replacing condition
Checking fuser ASSY connector
Disconnect the fuser ASSY connector,
and check for broken or curved pins.
Checking fuser ASSY
Go to step [2]
Replace
2
3
Go to step [3]
the parts
concerned
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
Check if an error occurs though the
fuser ASSY was replaced with a new one.
End of work
010-351 Fuser Life Over FIP
Remedy
Step
1
Check
Yes
No
Checking NVM
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
Does the error occur even if the fuser
counter is cleared?
End of work
010-354 Environment Sensor Error FIP
Remedy
Step
1
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Replace the parts
concerned
Check the following for evidence of fault.
HUM TEMP sensor replacing condition
Checking harness ASSY TMPA for signal
Is P/J2361-1PIN<=>P/J2361-2PIN +3VDC
or less than +0.1VDC?
Checking harness ASSY TMPA for signal
Is P/J2361-3PIN<=>P/J2361-2PIN more
than +2.5VDC?
Go to step [2]
2
3
4
Go to step [4]
Go to step [4]
Go to step [3]
Replace MCU
and HVPS
PWB
Checking harness ASSY TMPA for signal
Is P/J2361-4PIN<=>P/J2361-2PIN
+5VDC?
Replace MCU
and HVPS
PWB
Replace sensor
HUM TEMP
V-18
Duplex JAM FIP
Remedy
Step
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Chute ASSY exit replacing condition
DUP motor replacing condition
DUP JAM sensor actuator replacing
condition
Replace the parts
concerned
1
Go to step [2]
Chute ASSY out replacing condition
Checking DUP JAM sensor
Does DUP JAM sensor function normally?
Using DUP JAM sensor diagnostic tool,
check by digital input test.
Checking harness ASSY front 2 for signal
Push the DUP JAM sensor actuator by
finger
Is J319-3PIN<=>J319-2PIN 0VDC?
Checking harness ASSY front 2 for
continuity
2
3
Go to step [7]
Go to step [5]
Go to step [3]
Go to step [4]
Replace
4
5
Go to step [5]
Go to step [6]
harness ASSY
front 2
Is J133<=>J139 continuous normally?
Checking harness ASSY front 1A for
continuity
Is P139<=>J13 continuous normally?
Replace
harness ASSY
front 1A
Checking DUP JAM sensor
Check if an error occurs though the
sensor was replaced with a new one.
Checking DUP motor for operation
Check if the sheet is reversed when
printing 1 sheet in the duplex mode.
Checking DUP motor
6
7
Go to step [7]
Go to step [13]
End of work
Go to step [8]
Does DUP motor function normally?
Using DUP motor diagnostic tool, check
by
8
Go to step [13]
Go to step [9]
digital output test.
In the test, close the interlock SW.
Checking drive PWB for signal
Is P/J50-1PIN<=>P/J60-2PIN +24VDC?
Checking harness ASSY DUP for
continuity
Is J131<=>J50 continuous normally?
Checking harness ASSY DRV 2 for
continuity
Replace drive
PWB
Replace
harness ASSY
DUP
9
Go to step [10]
Go to step [11]
10
Check the following for continuity.
J12-5PIN<=>J42-26PIN
J12-6PIN<=>J42-25PIN
Replace
harness ASSY
DRV2
11
Go to step [12]
J12-7PIN<=>J42-24PIN
J12-8PIN<=>J42-23PIN
J12-29PIN<=>J42-2PIN
Checking DUP motor
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
12
13
Check if an error occurs though the
motor was replaced with a new one.
Dose the exit roll rotate smoothly by hand?
End of work
Check the
gears for
foreign
Check the sheets
for gear or skew
substances
V-19
Fuser JAM FIP
Remedy
Step
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Sensor exit actuator replacing condition
Fuser ASSY replacing condition
Front cover replacing condition
Chute DUP in replacing condition
Transfer roll cartridge ASSY replacing
condition
Replace the parts
concerned
1
Go to step [2]
Print head cartridge ASSY replacing
condition
Checking fuser ASSY connector
Remove the fuser ASSY connector, and
check for broken or curved pins.
Checking sensor exit
Does sensor exit function normally?
Using sensor exit diagnostic tool, check by
digital input test.
Checking harness FSR2 for signal
Push the paper in the fuser ASSY
Is P/J138-3PIN<=>P/J138-2PIN 0VDC?
Checking harness FSR2 for continuity
Is J232<=>J138 continuous normally?
Replace the
parts
concerned
2
3
Go to step [3]
Go to step [9]
Go to step [4]
Go to step [5]
4
5
6
7
8
Go to step [6]
Go to step [6]
Go to step [7]
Go to step [9]
Replace
harness ASSY
FSR2
Replace
harness ASSY
Front 1A
Checking harness ASSY front 1A for
continuity
Is P138<=>J13 continuous normally?
Checking fuser ASSY
Check if an error occurs though the
fuser ASSY was replaced with a new one.
Checking fuser motor for operation
Does the fuser motor run when printing 1
sheet?
End of work
Check the gears
for meshing
Go to step [9]
Checking fuser motor
Does fuser motor function normally?
Using fuser motor diagnostic tool, check
by digital output test.
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
9
Go to step [10]
Checking drive PWB for signal
Is P/J52-1PIN<=>P/J60-2PIN +24VDC?
Checking harness ASSY DRV 1 for
continuity
Replace drive
PWB
10
Go to step [11]
Check the following for continuity.
J11-12PIN<=>J41-29PIN
J11-13PIN<=>J41-28PIN
J11-14PIN<=>J41-27PIN
J11-15PIN<=>J41-26PIN
J11-16PIN<=>J41-25PIN
Checking fuser motor
Replace a new fuser motor, and check if
the fuser motor rotates when printing 1
sheet.
Replace
harness ASSY
DRV 1
11
12
Go to step [12]
Replace MCU
and HVPS
PWB
End of work
V-20
REGI JAM FIP
Remedy
Step
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Check the following for evidence of fault.
REGI sensor actuator replacing condition
chute ASSY REGI replacing condition
Checking REGI sensor
Does REGI sensor function normally?
Using REGI sensor diagnostic tool, check
by Digital Input Test.
Checking REGI clutch harness for
connection
Is it connected normally to the REGI
sensor?
Replace the parts
concerned
1
2
3
Go to step [2]
Go to step [6]
Go to step [4]
Go to step [3]
Replace the
parts
concerned
Checking REGI clutch harness for
continuity
Is J181<=>J18 continuous normally?
Checking MCU and HVPS PWB for signal
Is P/J18-3<=>P/J18-2 0VDC?
Checking clutch REGI
Replace chute
REGI
4
5
Go to step [5]
Go to step [6]
Replace REGI
sensor
Does clutch REGI function normally?
Using clutch REGI diagnostic tool, check
by digital output test.
6
Go to step [9]
Go to step [7]
In the test, close the interlock SW.
Checking clutch REGI for resistance value
Remove the clutch connector J18.
Is J18-4PIN<=>J18-5PIN less than 200Ω?
Checking MCU and HVPS PWB for signal
Close the interlock SW
Replace chute
REGI
7
8
Go to step [8]
Go to step [9]
Replace MCU
and HVPS
PWB
Is P18-4PIN<=>P18-2PIN +24VDC?
Checking chute REGI
Does the roll rotate smoothly by hand?
Replace the chute
REGI on the
Replace chute
REGI
9
machine, and
check the gears
for meshing.
Feed JAM FIP
Remedy
Step
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Paper cassette replacing condition
Paper condition in cassette
Wear or damage of rolls and gears in
feeder
Paper dust or foreign substances in paper
path
REGI sensor replacing condition
Main drive ASSY replacing condition
Checking REGI sensor
Replace the parts
concerned
1
2
Go to step [2]
Does REGI sensor function normally?
Using diagnostic tool, check by digital
input test.
Go to step [6]
Go to step [3]
V-21
Remedy
Step
3
Check
Yes
No
Checking REGI clutch harness for
connection
Is it connected normally to the REGI
SENSOR?
Replace the
parts
Go to step [4]
concerned
Checking REGI clutch harness for
continuity
Is J181<=>J18 continuous normally?
Replace chute
REGI
4
5
Go to step [5]
Checking MCU and HVPS PWB for signal Replace REGI
Go to step [6]
Go to step [7]
Is P/J18-3<=>P/J18-2 0VDC?
Checking main drive motor for operation
Does the main drive motor run when
printing 1 sheet?
sensor
Tray go to step
[16]
MSI go to step
[28]
6
7
Checking main drive motor
Does main drive motor function normally?
Using diagnostic tool, check by digital
output test.
In the test, close the interlock SW.
Checking drive PWB for signal
Is P/J48-1PIN<=>P/J60-2PIN +24VDC?
Checking interlock SW
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
Go to step [8]
Go to step [9]
8
9
Go to step [12]
Go to step [10]
Replace the
parts
Is the interlock SW pressed normally?
concerned
Checking interlock SW for signal
Check the following if +24VDC is present.
SW-1PIN<=>P/J60-2PIN
Replace deive
PWB
10
Go to step [11]
SW-2PIN<=>P/J60-2PIN
Checking drive PWB for power supply
Is P/J60-1PIN<=>P/J60-2PIN +24VDC?
Checking drive PWB for power supply
Is P/J61-8PIN<=>P/J61-7PIN +5VDC?
Checking drive PWB for power supply
Is P/J61-6PIN<=>P/J61-5PIN +3.3VDC?
Checking harness ASSY LVNC for
continuity
Is J61<=>J165 continuous normally?
Checking harness ASSY DRV1 for
continuity
Check the following for continuity.
J41-30PIN<=>J11-11PIN
Replace deive
PWB
11
12
13
Go to FIP-DC
Go to step [14]
Go to step [14]
Go to step [13]
Go to step [15]
Replace
harness ASSY
LVNC
14
Go to FIP-DC
Replace
harness ASSY
DRV1
Replace MCU
and HVPS PWB
15
J41-31PIN<=>J11-10PIN
J41-33PIN<=>J11-8PIN
Checking tray1 turn clutch ASSY for
operation
Does the turn roll in the feeder run when
printing 1 sheet?
16
Go to step [22]
Go to step [17]
Checking tray1 turn clutch ASSY
Does tray1 turn clutch ASSY function
normally?
Using tray1 turn clutch ASSY diagnostic
tool, check by digital output test.
In the test, close the interlock SW.
Checking drive PWB for signal
Is P/J47-13PIN<=>P/J60-2PIN +24VDC?
Check the clutch
for slip, or the gear Go to step [18]
for damage.
17
18
Replace drive
Go to step [19]
PWB
V-22
Remedy
Step
19
Check
Yes
No
Checking harness ASSY FDR for
continuity
Replace
Check the following for continuity.
J47-13PIN<=>P475-2PIN
J47-14PIN<=>P475-1PIN
Checking tray1 turn clutch ASSY for
resistance value
Remove the clutch connector J475.
Is J475-1PIN<=>J475-2PIN less than
200Ω?
Checking harness ASSY DRV2 for
continuity
Is J12-9PIN<=>J42-22PIN continuous
normally?
Checking tray1 feed solenoid for operation
Does the feed gear in the feeder run when
printing 1 sheet?
harness ASSY
FDR
Go to step [20]
Replace tray1
turn clutch
ASSY
20
21
22
Go to step [21]
Replace
harness ASSY
DRV2
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
Check parts for
missing and
Go to step [23]
Go to step [24]
change paper, if
no problem
Checking tray1 feed solenoid
Does tray1 feed solenoid function
normally?
Using tray1 feed solenoid diagnostic tool,
check by digital output test.
In the test, close the interlock SW.
Check the spring
and stopper of
tray1 feed
23
solenoid for
disengagement
Checking drive PWB for signal
Is P/J47-11PIN<=>P/J60-2PIN +24VDC?
Checking harness ASSY FDR for
continuity
Check the following for continuity.
J47-11PIN<=>P474-2PIN
Replace drive
PWB
24
25
Go to step [25]
Go to step [26]
Replace
harness ASSY
FDR
J47-12PIN<=>P474-1PIN
Checking tray1 feed solenoid for
resistance value
Replace tray1
feed solenoid
26
Go to step [27]
Remove the solenoid connector J474.
Is J474-1PIN<=>J474-2PIN less than
100Ω?
Checking harness ASSY DRV2 for
continuity
Is J12-10PIN<=>J42-21PIN continuous
normally?
Checking MSI turn clutch for operation
Does the turn roll in the MSI run when
printing 1 sheet?
Replace
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
27
28
harness ASSY
DRV2
Go to step [29]
Go to step [31]
Checking MSI turn clutch
Check the clutch
for slip, or the gear
for damage.
Does MSI turn clutch function normally?
Using MSI turn clutch diagnostic tool,
check by digital output test
In the test, close the interlock SW.
29
Go to step [30]
V-23
Remedy
Step
30
Check
Yes
No
Checking clutch ASSY MSI turn for
resistance value
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
Replace MSI
turn clutch
Remove the clutch connector J19.
Is J19-1PIN<=>J19-2PIN less than 200Ω?
Checking solenoid feed MSI for operation
Does the feed gear in the MSI run when
printing 1 sheet?
Check parts for
missing and
31
32
Go to step [32]
Go to step [33]
change paper, if
no problem
Checking MSI feed solenoid
Does MSI feed solenoid function
normally?
Check the spring
and stopper of
Using MSI feed solenoid diagnostic tool,
check by digital output test.
In the test, close the interlock SW.
Checking MSI feed solenoid for resistance
value
MSI feed solenoid
for disengagement
Replace MSI
feed solenoid
33
34
35
Remove J132 from MSI feed solenoid
Is J132-1PIN<=>J132-2PIN less than
100Ω?
Go to step [34]
Go to step [35]
Checking harness ASSY front 2 for
continuity
Replace
Check the following for continuity.
P132-1PIN<=>J139-11PIN
P132-2PIN<=>J139-10PIN
Checking harness ASSY front 1A for
continuity
harness ASSY
front 2
Replace
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
Check the following for continuity.
P139-1PIN<=>J13-11PIN
P139-2PIN<=>J13-10PIN
harness ASSY
front 1A
V-24
Media Type Mismatch FIP
Remedy
Step
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Check the following for evidence of fault.
OHP sensor replacing condition
Chute ASSY REGI replacing condition
Checking OHP sensor
Replace the parts
concerned
1
Go to step [2]
Does OHP sensor function normally?
Using diagnostic tool, check by digital
input test.
Checking MCU and HVPS PWB for signal
Is P/J32-2PIN<=>P/J32-1PIN 0VDC?
Checking MCU and HVPS PWB for signal
Make the paper approach to the sensor.
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
2
3
4
Go to step [3]
Go to step [5]
Go to step [5]
Go to step [4]
Replace MCU and
Does P/J32-2PIN<=>P/J32-1PIN change HVPS PWB
from 0VDC to +3.3VDC?
Checking MCU and HVPS PWB for signal
Is P/J32-3PIN<=>P/J32-1PIN +5VDC?
sensor
Replace MCU
and HVPS
PWB
Replace OHP
5
Yellow Toner Cartridge Detached FIP
Step Check
Remedy
Yes
No
Initial setting
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Cartridge replacing condition
Toner cartridge switch ASSY (Y) replacing
condition
Toner cartridge switch ASSY (Y) actuator
Replacing condition
Replace the parts
concerned
1
Go to step [2]
Toner cartridge switch ASSY (Y)
connector replacing condition
Checking toner cartridge switch ASSY
Does toner cartridge switch ASSY function
normally?
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
2
Go to step [3]
Using diagnostic tool, check by digital
input test.
Checking drive PWB for signal
Is P/J51-11PIN<=>P/J51-12PIN 0VDC?
Checking toner cartridge switch ASSY (Y)
for signal
3
4
Go to step [4]
Go to step [5]
Go to step [7]
Go to step [6]
Is P/J431-2PIN<=>P/J431-1PIN 0VDC?
Checking toner cartridge switch ASSY (Y)
for continuity
Is P431-2PIN<=>P431-1PIN of toner
Cartridge switch ASSY (Y) continuous
normally?
Replace toner
cartridge
switch ASSY
(Y)
5
Go to step [6]
Checking harness ASSY TNR for
continuity
Is J51<=>J431 continuous normally?
Checking drive PWB for signal
Is P/J42-4PIN<=>P/J42-14PIN 0VDC?
Replace
harness ASSY
TNR
Replace drive
PWB
6
7
Go to step [7]
Go to step [8]
V-25
Remedy
Step
8
Check
Yes
No
Checking MCU and HVPS PWB for signal
Is P/J12-27PIN<=>P/12-17PIN of MCU
and HVPS PWB 0VDC?
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
Go to step [9]
Checking harness ASSY DRV2 for
continuity
Is J12<=>J42 continuous normally?
Replace
harness ASSY
DRV2
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
9
Magenta Toner Cartridge Detached FIP
Step Check
Remedy
Yes
No
Initial setting
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Cartridge replacing condition
Toner cartridge switch ASSY (M) replacing
condition
Toner cartridge switch ASSY (M) actuator
replacing condition
Replace the parts
concerned
1
Go to step [2]
Toner cartridge switch ASSY (M)
connector replacing condition
Checking toner cartridge switch ASSY
Does toner cartridge switch ASSY function
normally?
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
2
Go to step [3]
Using diagnostic tool, check by digital
input test.
Checking drive PWB for signal
Is P/J51-13PIN<=>P/J51-14PIN 0VDC?
Checking toner cartridge switch ASSY (M)
for signal
3
4
Go to step [4]
Go to step [5]
Go to step [7]
Go to step [6]
Is P/J432-2PIN<=>P/J432-1PIN 0VDC?
Checking toner cartridge switch ASSY (M)
for continuity
Is P432-2PIN<=>P432-1PIN of toner
cartridge switch ASSY(M) continuous
normally?
Replace toner
cartridge
switch
5
Go to step [6]
ASSY (M)
Checking harness ASSY TNR for
continuity
Replace
harness ASSY
TNR
Replace drive
PWB
6
7
8
Go to step [7]
Go to step [8]
Is J51<=>J432 continuous normally?
Checking drive PWB for signal
Is P/J42-5PIN<=>P/J42-14PIN 0VDC?
Checking MCU and HVPS PWB for signal
Is P/J11-26PIN<=>P/11-17PIN of MCU
and HVPS PWB 0VDC?
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
Go to step [9]
Checking harness ASSY DRV2 for
continuity
Is J12<=>J42 continuous normally?
Replace
harness ASSY
DRV2
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
9
V-26
Cyan Toner Cartridge Detached FIP
Step Check
Remedy
Yes
No
Initial setting
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Cartridge replacing condition
Toner cartridge switch ASSY (C) replacing
condition
Toner cartridge switch ASSY (C) actuator
replacing condition
Replace the parts
concerned
1
Go to step [2]
Toner cartridge switch ASSY (C)
connector replacing condition
Checking toner cartridge switch ASSY
Does toner cartridge switch ASSY function
normally?
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
2
Go to step [3]
Using diagnostic tool, check by digital
input test.
Checking drive PWB for signal
Is P/J51-29PIN<=>P/J51-30PIN 0VDC?
Checking toner cartridge switch ASSY (C)
for signal
3
4
Go to step [4]
Go to step [5]
Go to step [7]
Go to step [6]
Is P/J433-2PIN<=>P/J433-1PIN 0VDC?
Checking toner cartridge switch ASSY (C)
for continuity
Is P433-2PIN<=>P433-1PIN of toner
cartridge switch ASSY (C) continuous
normally?
Replace toner
cartridge
switch
5
Go to step [6]
ASSY (C)
Checking harness ASSY TNR for
continuity
Is J51<=>J433 continuous normally?
Checking drive PWB for signal
Is P/J42-6PIN<=>P/J42-14PIN 0VDC?
Replace
harness ASSY
TNR
Replace drive
PWB
6
7
Go to step [7]
Go to step [8]
Checking MCU
and HVPS PWB
for signal
Replace MCU
and HVPS
PWB go to
step
Is P/J12-
8
9
25PIN<=>P/12-
17PIN of MCU
and HVPS PWB
0VDC?
[9]
Checking harness ASSY DRV2 for
continuity
Is J12<=>J42 continuous normally?
Replace
harness ASSY
DRV2
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
V-27
Black Toner Cartridge Detached FIP
Step Check
Remedy
Yes
No
Initial setting
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Cartridge replacing condition
Toner cartridge switch ASSY (K) replacing
condition
Toner cartridge switch ASSY (K) actuator
replacing condition
Replace the parts
concerned
1
Go to step [2]
Toner cartridge switch ASSY (K)
connector replacing condition
Checking toner cartridge switch ASSY
Does toner cartridge switch ASSY
function normally?
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
2
Go to step [3]
Using diagnostic tool, check by digital
input test.
Checking drive PWB for signal
Is P/J51-31PIN<=>P/J51-32PIN 0VDC?
Checking toner cartridge switch ASSY (K)
for signal
3
4
Go to step [4]
Go to step [5]
Go to step [7]
Go to step [6]
Is P/J434-2PIN<=>P/J434-1PIN 0VDC?
Checking toner cartridge switch ASSY (K)
for continuity
Is P434-2PIN<=>P434-1PIN of toner
cartridge switch ASSY (K) continuous
normally?
Replace toner
cartridge
switch
5
Go to step [6]
ASSY (K)
Checking harness ASSY TNR for
continuity
Replace
harness ASSY
TNR
Replace drive
PWB
6
7
8
Go to step [7]
Go to step [8]
Is J51<=>J434 continuous normally?
Checking drive PWB for signal
Is P/J42-3PIN<=>P/J42-14PIN 0VDC?
Checking MCU and HVPS PWB for signal
Is P/J12-28PIN<=>P/12-17PIN of MCU
and HVPS PWB 0VDC?
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
Go to step [9]
Checking harness ASSY DRV2 for
continuity
Is J12<=>J42 continuous normally?
Replace
harness ASSY
DRV2
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
9
V-28
Transfer Roll Cartridge Detached FIP
Remedy
Step
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Transfer roll cartridge ASSY replacing
condition
Replace the parts
concerned
1
Go to step [2]
ADC sensor ASSY replacing condition
Checking harness ASSY CTD for
connection
Is the harness ASSY CTD connected to
the ADC sensor ASSY normally?
Checking harness ASSY CTD for
continuity
Is J136<=>J1361 continuous normally?
Checking harness ASSY front 1A for
continuity
Is P1361<=>J13 continuous normally?
Checking harness ASSY front 1A for
signal
Replace the
parts
concerned
2
Go to step [3]
Replace
harness ASSY
CTD
Replace
harness ASSY
front 1A
3
4
5
Go to step [4]
Go to step [5]
Replace ADC
sensor ASSY
Go to step [6]
Is P/J136-5PIN<=>P/J136-3PIN 0VDC?
Checking transfer roll cartridge ASSY
Check if an error occurs though the
transfer roll cartridge ASSY was replaced
with a new one.
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
6
End of work
Print Head Cartridge Detached FIP
Remedy
Step
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Print head cartridge ASSY replacing
condition
PWBA CRUM in print head cartridge
ASSY replacing
Replace the parts
concerned
1
Go to step [2]
condition
Checking PWBA CRUM for connection
Is PWBA CRUM connector connected to
the harness connector normally?
Replace
2
3
4
Go to step [3]
harness ASSY
CRUM
Checking harness ASSY CRUM for
continuity
Is J170<=>J71 continuous normally?
Replace
Go to step [4]
Go to step [5]
harness ASSY
CRUM
Checking harness ASSY EEPROM for
continuity
Is P71<=>J140 continuous normally?
Replace
harness ASSY
EEPROM
Checking print head cartridge ASSY
Check if an error occurs though the print
head cartridge ASSY was replaced with a
new one.
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
5
End of work
V-29
Yellow Toner Empty FIP
Remedy
Step
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Low toner sensor replacing condition
Toner cartridge replacing condition
Toner motor replacing condition
Checking toner cartridge
Replace the parts
concerned
1
Go to step [2]
2
3
4
5
6
Check if an error occurs though the
cartridge was replaced with a new one.
Checking drive PWB for signal
Is P/J51-16<=>P/J51-15 less than
+0.2VDC?
Go to step [3]
End of work
Go to step [4]
Go to step [6]
Go to step [5]
Go to step [6]
Go to step [7]
Checking harness ASSY TNR for
continuity
Replace
harness ASSY
TNR
Is J441<=>J51 continuous normally?
Checking low toner sensor
Check if an error occurs though the low
toner sensor was replaced with a new one.
Checking harness ASSY DRV2 for
continuity
End of work
Replace
harness ASSY
DRV2
Is J12-23<=>J42-8 continuous normally?
Checking toner motor
Does toner motor function normally?
Using toner motor, check by digital output
test.
Check the toner
stirring auger or
gear for damage
7
Go to step [8]
In the test, close the interlock SW.
Checking drive PWB for signal
Is P/J51-1<=>P/J60-2 +24VDC?
Checking harness ASSY TNR for
continuity
Replace drive
PWB
Replace
harness ASSY
TNR
8
9
Go to step [9]
Go to step [10]
Is J511<=>J51 continuous normally?
Checking toner motor
10
11
Check if an error occurs though the toner
motor was replaced with a new one.
Checking harness ASSY DRV1 for
continuity
Check the following for continuity.
J11-25<=>J41-16
Go to step [11]
End of work
Replace drive
PWB, and if still
faulty, replace
MCU and HVPS
PWB
Replace
harness ASSY
DRV1
J11-26<=>J41-15
J11-27<=>J41-14
J11-28<=>J41-13
V-30
Magenta Toner Empty FIP
Remedy
Step
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Low toner sensor replacing condition
Toner cartridge replacing condition
Toner motor replacing condition
Checking toner cartridge
Replace the parts
concerned
1
Go to step [2]
2
3
4
5
6
Check if an error occurs though the
cartridge was replaced with a new one.
Checking drive PWB for signal
Is P/J51-18<=>P/J51-17 less than
+0.2VDC?
Go to step [3]
End of work
Go to step [4]
Go to step [6]
Go to step [5]
Go to step [6]
Go to step [7]
Checking harness ASSY TNR for
continuity
Replace
harness ASSY
TNR
Is J442<=>J51 continuous normally?
Checking low toner sensor
Check if an error occurs though the low
toner sensor was replaced with a new one.
Checking harness ASSY DRV2 for
continuity
End of work
Replace
harness ASSY
DRV2
Is J12-22<=>J42-9 continuous normally?
Checking toner motor
Does toner motor function normally?
Using toner motor, check by digital output
test.
Check the toner
stirring auger or
gear for damage
7
Go to step [8]
In the test, close the interlock SW.
Checking drive PWB for signal
Is P/J51-6<=>P/J60-2 +24VDC?
Checking harness ASSY TNR for
continuity
Replace drive
PWB
Replace
harness ASSY
TNR
8
9
Go to step [9]
Go to step [10]
Is J512<=>J51 continuous normally?
Checking toner motor
10
11
Check if an error occurs though the toner
motor was replaced with a new one.
Checking harness ASSY DRV1 for
continuity
Check the following for continuity.
J11-29<=>J41-12
Go to step [11]
End of work
Replace drive
PWB, and if still
faulty, replace
MCU and HVPS
PWB
Replace
harness ASSY
DRV1
J11-30<=>J41-11
J11-31<=>J41-10
J11-32<=>J41-9
V-31
Cyan Toner Empty FIP
Remedy
Step
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Low toner sensor replacing condition
Toner cartridge replacing condition
Toner motor replacing condition
Checking toner cartridge
Replace the parts
concerned
1
Go to step [2]
2
3
4
5
6
Check if an error occurs though the
cartridge was replaced with a new one.
Checking drive PWB for signal
Is P/J51-34<=>P/J51-33 less than
+0.2VDC?
Go to step [3]
End of work
Go to step [4]
Go to step [6]
Go to step [5]
Go to step [6]
Go to step [7]
Checking harness ASSY TNR for
continuity
Replace
harness ASSY
TNR
Is J443<=>J51 continuous normally?
Checking low toner sensor
Check if an error occurs though the low
toner sensor was replaced with a new one.
Checking harness ASSY DRV2 for
continuity
End of work
Replace
harness ASSY
DRV2
Is J12-21<=>J42-10 continuous normally?
Checking toner motor
Does toner motor function normally?
Using toner motor, check by digital output
test.
Check the toner
stirring auger or
gear for damage
7
Go to step [8]
In the test, close the interlock SW.
Checking drive PWB for signal
Is P/J51-19<=>P/J60-2 +24VDC?
Checking harness ASSY TNR for
continuity
Replace drive
PWB
Replace
harness ASSY
TNR
8
9
Go to step [9]
Go to step [10]
Is J513<=>J51 continuous normally?
Checking toner motor
10
11
Check if an error occurs though the toner
motor was replaced with a new one.
Checking harness ASSY DRV1 for
continuity
Check the following for continuity.
J11-33<=>J41-8
Go to step [11]
End of work
Replace drive
PWB, and if still
faulty, replace
MCU and HVPS
PWB
Replace
harness ASSY
DRV1
J11-34<=>J41-7
J11-35<=>J41-6
J11-36<=>J41-5
V-32
Black Toner Empty FIP
Remedy
Step
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Low toner sensor replacing condition
Toner cartridge replacing condition
Toner motor replacing condition
Checking toner cartridge
Replace the parts
concerned
1
Go to step [2]
2
3
4
5
Check if an error occurs though the
cartridge was replaced with a new one.
Checking drive PWB for signal
Is P/J51-36<=>P/J51-35 less than
+0.2VDC?
Checking harness ASSY TNR for
continuity
Is J441<=>J51 continuous normally?
Go to step [3]
End of work
Go to step [4]
Go to step [6]
Go to step [5]
Go to step [6]
Replace
harness ASSY
TNR
Checking low toner sensor
Check if an error occurs though the low
toner sensor was replaced with a new one.
Checking harness ASSY DRV2 for
continuity
End of work
With tool go to
step [7]
Without tool go to
step [8]
Replace
harness ASSY
DRV2
6
7
Is J12-24<=>J42-7 continuous normally?
Checking toner motor
Does toner motor function normally?
Using toner motor, check by digital output
test.
Check the toner
stirring auger or
gear for damage
Go to step [8]
In the test, close the interlock SW.
Checking PWBA DRV3 for signal
Is P/J51-24<=>P/J60-2 +24VDC?
Checking harness ASSY TNR for
continuity
Replace drive
PWB
Replace
harness ASSY
TNR
8
9
Go to step [9]
Go to step [10]
Is J514<=>J51 continuous normally?
Checking toner motor
10
11
Check if an error occurs though the toner
motor was replaced with a new one.
Checking harness ASSY DRV1 for
continuity
Check the following for continuity.
J11-37<=>J41-4
Go to step [11]
End of work
Replace drive
PWB, and if still
faulty, replace
MCU and HVPS
PWB
Replace
harness ASSY
DRV1
J11-38<=>J41-3
J11-39<=>J41-2
J11-40<=>J41-1
V-33
Transfer Roll Cartridge Life Over FIP
Remedy
Step
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Transfer roll cartridge ASSY replacing
condition
Replace the parts
concerned
1
Go to step [2]
Waste toner sensor replacing condition
Checking waste toner sensor
Does waste toner sensor function
normally?
Waste toner sensor using diagnostic tool,
check by Digital Input Test.
Checking harness ASSY TFLSNS for
signal
Remove the transfer roll cartridge ASSY
Is P/J141-2PIN<=>P/J141-1PIN 0VDC?
Checking harness ASSY TFLSNS for
signal
Is P/J141-3PIN<=>P/J141-1PIN +5VDC?
Checking harness ASSY TFLSNS for
continuity
Is J142<=>J142 continuous normally?
Checking transfer roll cartridge ASSY
Check if an error occurs though the
transfer roll cartridge ASSY was replaced
with a new one.
2
3
Go to step [6]
Go to step [3]
Go to step [4]
Go to step [6]
Go to step [5]
Replace
4
5
harness ASSY
EEPROM
Replace
harness ASSY
TFLSNS
Replace waste
toner sensor
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
6
End of work
Print Head Cartridge Life Over FIP
Remedy
Step
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Print head cartridge ASSY replacing
condition
Replace the parts
concerned
1
Go to step [2]
PWBA CRUM in print head cartridge
ASSY replacing condition
Checking PWBA CRUM for connection
Is PWBA CRUM connector connected to
the harness connector normally?
Checking harness ASSY CRUM for
continuity
Is J170<=>J71 continuous normally?
Checking harness ASSY EEPROM for
continuity
Is P71<=>J140 continuous normally?
Checking print head cartridge ASSY
Check if an error occurs though the print
head cartridge ASSY was replaced with a
new one.
Replace
harness ASSY
CRUM
Replace
harness ASSY
FSR2
Replace
harness ASSY
EEPROM
2
3
4
Go to step [3]
Go to step [4]
Go to step [5]
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
5
End of work
V-34
CRUM ID Error FIP
Remedy
Step
Check
Yes
No
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Print head cartridge ASSY replacing
condition
PWBA CRUM in print head cartridge
ASSY replacing condition
Replace the parts
concerned
1
Go to step [2]
Checking PWBA CRUM for connection
Is PWBA CRUM connector connected to
the harness connector normally?
Checking harness ASSY CRUM for
continuity
Is J170<=>J71 continuous normally?
Checking harness ASSY EEPROM for
continuity
Is P71<=>J140 continuous normally?
Checking print head cartridge ASSY
Check if an error occurs though the print
head cartridge ASSY was replaced with a
new one.
Replace
harness ASSY
CRUM
Replace
harness ASSY
CRUM
Replace
harness ASSY
EEPROM
2
3
4
Go to step [3]
Go to step [4]
Go to step [5]
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
5
End of work
CTD Sensor Dustiness FIP
Remedy
Step
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Transfer roll cartridge ASSY replacing
condition
Replace the parts
concerned
1
Go to step [2]
ADC sensor ASSY replacing condition
Checking harness ASSY CTD for
connection
Is the harness ASSY CTD connected to
the ADC sensor ASSY normally?
Checking harness ASSY CTD for
continuity
Is J136<=>J1361 continuous normally?
Checking harness ASSY front 1A for
continuity
Is P1361<=>J13 continuous normally?
Checking harness ASSY CTD for signal
Is P/J1361-1PIN<=>P/J1361-3PIN 0VDC?
Replace the
parts
concerned
2
Go to step [3]
Replace
harness ASSY
CTD
Replace
harness ASSY
front 1A
Replace MCU
and HVPS
PWB
3
4
5
Go to step [4]
Go to step [5]
Replace ADC
sensor ASSY
V-35
Front Cover FIP
Remedy
Step
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Drive PWB replacing condition
Front cover replacing condition
Interlock SW actuator replacing condition
Checking interlock SW
Replace the parts
concerned
1
Go to step [2]
Does interlock SW function normally?
Using interlock SW, check by digital
output test.
Checking drive PWB for signal
Close front cover
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
2
3
Go to step [3]
Replace MCU and Replace drive
HVPS PWB PWB
Is P/J41-35PIN<=>P/J41-22 0VDC?
Full Stack FIP
Remedy
Step
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Full stack sensor replacing condition
actuator replacing condition
Replace the parts
concerned
1
Go to step [2]
Checking full stack sensor
Does full stack sensor function normally?
Full stack sensor using diagnostic tool,
check by Digital Input Test.
Checking harness ASSY front 2 for signal
Is P/J139-6PIN<=>P/J139-5PIN
+3.3VDC?
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
2
3
Go to step [3]
Go to step [4]
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
Checking harness ASSY front 2 for signal
Is P/J139-4PIN<=>P/J139-5PIN
+3.3VDC?
Replace
harness ASSY
front 1A
Replace MCU
and HVPS
PWB
Replace full stack
sensor
4
V-36
Upper Cassette Detached FIP
Remedy
Step
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Size switch ASSY replacing condition
actuator replacing condition
Replace the parts
concerned
1
Go to step [2]
Paper cassette replacing condition
Checking size switch ASSY
Does size switch ASSY function normally? Replace MCU and
2
3
Go to step [3]
Size switch ASSY using diagnostic tool,
check by digital input test.
HVPS PWB
Checking drive PWB for signal
Check the following, and does the result
meet the combination table?
P/J47-1PIN<=>P/J47-3PIN
Replace size
switch ASSY
Go to step [4]
P/J47-2PIN<=>P/J47-3PIN
P/J47-4PIN<=>P/J47-3PIN
Refer to paper size control of operation
principle
Checking drive PWB for signal
Check the following, and does the result
meet the combination table?
P/J42-16PIN<=>P/J42-15PIN
P/J42-17PIN<=>P/J42-15PIN
P/J42-18PIN<=>P/J42-15PIN
Replace MCU and Replace drive
HVPS PWB PWB
4
Tray1 Paper Near Empty FIP
Remedy
Step
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Tray1 low paper sensor replacing
condition
Sensor actuator replacing condition
Does the error occur even if the paper is
added?
Checking tray1 low paper sensor
Does tray1 low paper sensor function
normally?
Tray1 low paper sensor using diagnostic
tool, check by digital input test.
Checking drive PWB for signal
Is P/J47-10<=>P/J47-9 +3.3VDC?
Checking drive PWB for signal
Is P/J42-20<=>P/J42-15 +3.3VDC?
Replace the parts
concerned
v
2
3
Go to step [2]
End of work
Go to step [3]
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
Go to step [4]
Go to step [5]
4
5
6
Go to step [6]
Replace MCU
and HVPS
PWB
Replace drive
PWB
Checking drive PWB for signal
Is P/J47-8<=>P/J47-9 +3.3VDC?
Replace tray1 low Replace drive
paper sensor PWB
V-37
Tray2 Paper Near Empty FIP
Remedy
Step
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Tray2 low paper sensor replacing
condition
Sensor actuator replacing condition
Does the error occur even if the paper is
added?
Checking tray2 low paper sensor
Does tray2 low paper sensor function
normally?
Tray2 low paper sensor using diagnostic
tool, check by digital input test.
Checking feeder PWB for signal
Is P/J82-10 PIN <=>P/J82-9 +3.3VDC?
Checking feeder PWB for signal
Is P/J81-18 PIN <=>P/J81-23 +3.3VDC?
Harness ASSY OPFPLG/ harness ASSY
Checking OPFREC/ harness ASSY
OPFMAIN for continuity
Check the following for continuity.
J81-18PIN<=>J810-A9PIN<=>J210-
B9PIN<=>J21-9PIN
Checking feeder PWB for signal
Is P/J82-8PIN<=>P/J82-9 +5VDC?
Replace the parts
concerned
1
2
3
Go to step [2]
Go to step [3]
End of work
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
Go to step [4]
4
5
Go to step [7]
Go to step [5]
Go to step [6]
Replace feeder
PWB
Replace MCU and Replace
HVPS PWB
Replace feeder
PWB
harness ASSY
which is not
continuous
6
7
Replace tray2
low paper sensor
Replace feeder
PWB
Tray3 Paper Near Empty FIP
Remedy
Step
Check
Yes
No
Initial setting
Check the following for evidence of fault.
Tray3 low paper sensor replacing
condition
Sensor actuator replacing condition
Does the error occur even if the paper is
added?
Checking tray3 low paper sensor
Does tray3 low paper sensor function
normally?
Tray3 low paper sensor using diagnostic
tool, check by digital input test.
Checking feeder PWB for signal
Is P/J83-10 PIN <=>P/J83-9 +3.3VDC?
Checking feeder PWB for signal
Is P/J81-17 PIN <=>P/J81-23 +3.3VDC?
Harness ASSY OPFPLG/ harness ASSY
Checking OPFREC/ harness ASSY
OPFMAIN for continuity
Check the following for continuity.
J81-17PIN<=>J810-A10PIN<=>J210-
B10PIN<=>J21-10PIN
Checking feeder PWB for signal
Is P/J83-8PIN<=>P/J83-9 +5VDC?
Replace the parts
concerned
1
2
3
Go to step [2]
Go to step [3]
End of work
Replace MCU and
HVPS PWB
Go to step [4]
4
5
Go to step [7]
Go to step [5]
Go to step [6]
Replace feeder
PWB
Replace MCU and Replace
HVPS PWB
Replace feeder
PWB
harness ASSY
which is not
continuous
6
7
Replace tray3
low paper sensor
Replace feeder
PWB
V-38
4.
HOW TO USE DIAG. (C/E) MODE
4.1
Roles of the Control Panel in Diag. (C/E) Mode
(Note: Control panel display may differ depending upon the machine configuration.)
5.Menu
1. LCD
4. Job Cancel/Back button
Job
Menu
Form Feed
Set
Cancel
Ready
Alarm
Back
2.Up/Down button
3.Form Feed/Set button
Fig.5-2
1. LCD panel: Displaying a diagnostic item and its result.
2. Up/Down buttons: Selecting a diagnostic item.
Selecting data at parameter setting.
3. Form Feed/Set button: Determining a diagnostic item.
Executing a diagnosis.
Determining a parameter at parameter setting.
4. Job Cancel/Back button: Resetting a diagnostic item.
(Returning to the menu one level higher)
Terminating each digital input/output test.
5. Menu button: Exiting digital input/output test mode.
6. Right button: Printing registration adjustment data at parameter setting for
determination.
4.2
4.3
Entering Diag. (C/E) Mode
1. Turn the power on while pressing the
2. Enter the password.
and
buttons together.
(Password: Press the
button twice and the Form Feed/Set button.)
Exiting Diag. (C/E) Mode
1. Stop the current diagnosis.
2. Press the Job Cancel/Back button to return to the top of the diagnostic menu.
3. Select [CE Maintenance Complete] with the and buttons.
4. Press the Form Feed/Set button to determine the selection.
5. Select [Complete] with the and buttons.
6. Press the Form Feed/Set button to determine the selection.
7. Exit Diag. (C/E) mode. (Reboot in Normal mode.)
4.4
Diag. (C/E) Mode Functions
In Diag. (C/E) mode, the printer provides the following six functions:
1. ESS diagnosis
2. Test print
3. IOT diagnosis
4. Parameter setting
5. Installation setting
6. Information print
V-39
4.5
Operation Procedure
After entering Diag. (C/E) mode, select a diagnostic item with the
or
button and
press the Form Feed/Set button to determine the selection. If there is a lower menu,
select a diagnostic item with the or button and press the Form Feed/Set button to
determine the selection. Once a diagnostic item has been selected, press the Form
Feed/Set button to execute the processing. To exit the diagnosis and return to the upper
menu, press the Job Cancel/Back button.
ꢀ
Example of operation for Digital Input Test (DI-31 REGI. SENSOR)
CE Maintenance
ESS Diag
S
C
S
Digital Input
DI-1 OFF
CE Maintenance
IOT Diag
IOT Diag
Digital Input
M
S
C
CE Maintenance
Print info
IOT Diag
Digital Output
Digital Input
DI-2 OFF
Digital Input
DI-13 H 1
CE Maintenance
Complete
IOT Diag
NVM Settings
CE Maintenance
Installation Set
Digital Input
DI-31 OFF
CE Maintenance
Test Print
Digital Input
DI-32 OFF
CE Maintenance
Parameter
Digital Input
DI-55 OFF
Form Feed/Set button
Job Cance/Back button
Menu button
S
C
M
Fig.5-3
V-40
4.6
Diag. Mode Menu Tree
CE Maintenance
ESS Diag
Normal Diag
CodeROM Test
FontROM Test
EEPROM Test
DRAM Test
Centro Test
USB Test
REMORA Test
Cont Panel Test
IOT Test
HD Test
IOT Diag
Digital Input
Digital Output
Power Save Mode
NVM Settings
NVM Edit
NVM Save
NVM Load
NVM Print Info
Print Info
Config Page
Print Settings
Complete
Error
Complete
Dip Switch 0
Dip Switch 1
Dip Switch 2
Dip Switch 3
Serial No.
Installation Set
Count Display
Configuration
Print Counter
Col Print Count
B/W Print Count
Prn Counter Reset
Tot Print Count
Count copy M to B
Count copy B to M
NVM Init
Backup Col Count
Backup B/W Count
Backup Tot Count
Col Error Count
B/W Error Count
JOB LOG Init
No Image [IOT]
H Patt 600 [IOT]
Grid 2 [ESS]
Test print
Cyan 20% [ESS]
Magenta 20% [ESS]
Yellow 20% [ESS]
Black 20% [ESS]
Continued the down page
Fig.5-4
V-41
Continued from the up page
Test Print
CMY 20% [ESS]
Gradation [ESS]
NIP adjust [ESS]
PF Regi adj
Parameter
P Regi K to Paper
P Regi 600 K to M
P Regi 600 K to Y
P Regi 600 K to C
P Regi 1200 K to M
P Regi 1200 K to Y
P Regi 1200 K to C
Scan Regi K to M
Scan Regi K to Y
Scan Regi K to C
Scan Regi MP
Scan Regi Tray 1
Scan Regi Tray 2
Scan Regi Tray 3
Scan Regi Duplex
Life Y Toner
Life M Toner
Life C Toner
Life K Toner
Life BTR 1
(Life Transfer Roll Cartridge 1)
Life BTR 2
(Life Transfer Roll Cartridge 2)
Life Fuser
Life Printer
Life Head Sheet
Life Head Time
Life Head Y Disp
Life Head M Disp
Life Head C Disp
Life Head K Disp
Print
Fig.5-5
V-42
4.7
ESS Diagnosis
Function: Executing an ESS related diagnosis.
Operation procedure:
1. Enter the Diag. (C/E) mode.
2. Select [CE Maintenance ESS Diag] with the
and
buttons.
3. Press the Form Feed/Set button to advance to diagnostic menu selection in [CE
Maintenance ESS Diag].
4. Select a diagnostic item with the
or
button. (For the contents of the
diagnostic items, refer to the table below.)
5. Press the Form Feed/Set button to determine the selection.
Example: Code ROM test display screen
CodeROM Test
Start
6. Press the Form Feed/Set button again to execute the diagnosis. The LCD panel displays
the result ([No Problem]/[Error]).
Example: Code ROM test
CodeROM Test
Processing
CodeROM Test
No Problem
7. Press the Job Cancel/Back button to return to the previous screen.
Diagnostic items
Item
Description
Normal Diag
CodeROM Test
FontROM Test
Executes a diagnosis in Normal mode.
Calculates the ROM checksum and compares it with the stored value.
Calculates the font ROM checksum and compares it with the
stored value.
EEPROM Test
DRAM Test
Writes, reads, and verifies the EEPROM diagnostic area.
Performs a OPEN/SHORT test on the DRAM address line.
Writes, reads, and verifies the DRAM front.
Performs a register check test.
Centro Test
USB Test
Performs a register check test.
REMORA Test
Cont Panel Test
IOT Test
Performs a register check test.
Tests the LED, LCD, and buttons on the control panel.
Tests IOT communications.
HD Test
Tests the hard disk.
V-43
ꢀ
Details of the control panel test
For a control panel check, each button is pressed to see whether the three LED
indicator lights go on or off and how the LCD panel display changes.
The table below lists the relationships between the buttons and the LED indicator
lights and LCD panel display.
Button
LED
Error
LCD
"UP" display
Ready
Ready
Ready
Ready
Error
Error
Error
“DOWN” display
“LEFT” display
“RIGHT” display
Form Feed/Set
Menu
Ready
Ready
Ready
Error
Error
Error
“SET” display
“MENU” display
“STOP” display
(End of test)
Job Cancel/Back
(End of test)
and
(together)
: Not lit
: Lit
4.8
IOT Diagnosis
Function: Executing an IOT-related diagnosis
Diagnostic items
Item
Description
Digital Input test
Digital Output test
Power save mode
NVM setting
NVM Edit
Performs a digital input component test.
Performs a digital output component test.
Performs Power save mode
Reads or writes NVM values.
NVM setting
NVM Save
Saves IOT NVM information into ESS.
Loads IOT NVM information into ESS.
Prints IOT NVM information.
NVM setting
NVM Load
NVM setting
NVM Print Info
V-44
4.8.1 Digital input test
Function: Displaying a sensor or switch signal level on the LCD panel as "H" or "L" and
also the number of changes from "H" to "L" or "L" to "H"
Operation procedure:
1. Enter the Diag. (C/E) mode.
2. Select [CE Maintenance IOT Diag] with the
and
buttons.
3. Press the Form Feed/Set button to advance to diagnostic menu selection in [CE
Maintenance IOT Diag].
4. Select [IOT Diag Digital Input] with the
and
buttons.
5. Press the Form Feed/Set button to advance to diagnostic menu selection in [IOT
Diag Digital Input].
6. Select the menu No. of a digital input test with the
and
buttons.
(For the contents of the diagnostic items, refer to the table at right.)
7. Press the Form Feed/Set button to execute the diagnosis.
8. The LCD panel displays the sensor status (H: Sensor OFF, L: Sensor ON) and the
number of sensor ON/OFF changes.
9. Press the Job Cancel/Back button to terminate the diagnosis.
10. Press the Menu button to terminate the diagnosis if in progress and return to the
[IOT Diag Digital Input] display.
Digital input test code table
Menu
No.
Reference
BSD
Part/signal name
Test method
FULL STACK SENSOR
Block and unblock the sensor
with an actuator.
Block and unblock the sensor
with an actuator.
Block and unblock the sensor
with an actuator.
Block and unblock the sensor
with an actuator.
DI-0
DI-1
DI-2
DI-3
2.9.4
2.9.4
2.9.1
2.7.6
DUP JAM SENSOR
Exit Sensor
(FUSER ASSY)
REGI. SENSOR
SCANNER RDY
FUSER RDY
DI-4
DI-5
DI-6
DI-7
2.5.1
2.9.1
2.8.7
2.1.1
CTD RDY
INTERLOCK OPEN
Open and close the front cover.
TONER CARTRIDGE SWITCH Replace and remove the toner
ASSY (Y) cartridge.
TONER CARTRIDGE SWITCH Replace and remove the toner
ASSY (M) cartridge.
TONER CARTRIDGE SWITCH Replace and remove the toner
ASSY (C) cartridge.
TONER CARTRIDGE SWITCH Replace and remove the toner
DI-8
DI-9
DI-a
DI-b
2.8.3
2.8.3
2.8.3
2.8.3
ASSY (K)
cartridge.
LOW TONER SENSOR (Y)
DI-c
DI-d
DI-e
DI-f
2.8.5
2.8.5
2.8.5
2.8.5
LOW TONER SENSOR (M)
LOW TONER SENSOR (C)
LOW TONER SENSOR (K)
MSI NO PAPER SENSOR
Block and unblock the sensor
with an actuator.
Block and unblock the sensor
with an actuator.
DI-10
DI-11
2.7.2
2.6.1
TRAY1 NO PAPER SENSOR
V-45
Menu
No.
Reference
BSD
Part/signal name
Test method
TRAY2 NO PAPER SENSOR
Block and unblock the sensor
with an actuator.
Block and unblock the sensor
with an actuator.
DI-12
DI-13
2.6.2
2.6.3
TRAY3 NO PAPER SENSOR
TRAY1 LOW PAPER SENSOR Increase and decrease paper on
Tray1 for sensor detection and
DI-15
DI-16
DI-17
2.6.1
2.6.2
2.6.3
no detection.
TRAY2 LOW PAPER SENSOR Increase and decrease paper on
Tray2 for sensor detection and
no detection.
TRAY3 LOW PAPER SENSOR Increase and decrease paper on
Tray3 for sensor detection and
no detection.
TRAY1 SIZE SWITCH ASSY
DI-18
DI-20
DI-28
DI-30
DI-31
2.6.1
2.6.2
2.6.3
2.9.3
2.9.3
TRAY2 SIZE SWITCH ASSY
TRAY3 SIZE SWITCH ASSY
FUSER FAN ALARM
REAR FAN ALARM
Hold and release fuser fan.
Hold and release rear fan.
NO PRINT HEAD CARTRIDGE Mount and remove print head
DI-32
DI-33
DI-34
2.3.2
2.8.6
2.7
ASSY
cartridge ASSY.
WASTE TONER SENSOR
Block and unblock the sensor
with paper.
NO Tray Module
Connect and disconnect the tray
module.
4.8.2 Digital output test
Function: Activating a solenoid, clutch, motor, or other parts.
Capable of activating two or more parts simultaneously. (Parallel execution)
Operation procedure:
1. Enter the Diag. (C/E) mode.
2. Select [CE Maintenance IOT Diag] with the
and
buttons.
3. Press the Form Feed/Set button to advance to diagnostic menu selection in [CE
Maintenance IOT Diag].
4. Select [IOT Diag Digital Output] with the
and
buttons.
5. Press the Form Feed/Set button to advance to diagnostic menu selection in [IOT
Diag Digital Output].
6. Select the menu No. of a digital output test with the
and
buttons.
7. (For the contents of the diagnostic items, refer to the table below.)
8. Press the Form Feed/Set button to execute the diagnosis.
9. The part is activated and the LCD panel displays [EXEC].
(The display is [READY] when the part is not in operation.)
10. Press the Job Cancel/Back button to terminate the diagnosis.
11. Press the Menu button to terminate all parts in operation and return to the
[IOT Diag Digital Output] display.
V-46
Digital output test code table
Menu
Reference
BSD
Part/signal name
No.
Test method
MAIN DRIVE ASSY
(NORMAL SPEED)
＜WARNING!＞ <CAUTION!>
Check by hearing and visually that
the motor rotates in normal mode.
＜WARNING!＞ <CAUTION!>
Check by hearing and visually that
the motor rotates in half-speed
mode.
DO-0
DO-1
DO-3
2.4.1
2.4.1
2.9.5
MAIN DRIVE ASSY
(HALF SPEED)
DUP MOTOR ASSY
(FORWARD NORMAL
SPEED)
＜WARNING!＞ <CAUTION!>
Check by hearing and visually that
the motor rotates in normal mode.
＜WARNING!＞ <CAUTION!>
DUP MOTOR ASSY
(FORWARD HALF SPEED)
Check by hearing and visually that
the motor rotates clockwise in half-
speed mode.
DO-4
DO-5
DO-6
2.9.5
2.9.5
2.9.5
2.9.5
DUP MOTOR ASSY
(FORWARD DOUBLE
SPEED)
＜WARNING!＞ <CAUTION!>
Check by hearing and visually that
the motor rotates clockwise in
double-speed mode.
DUP MOTOR ASSY
(REVERSE NORMAL
SPEED)
<WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
Check by hearing and visually that
the motor rotates counterclockwise
in normal mode.
DUP MOTOR ASSY
(REVERSE HALF SPEED)
<WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
Check by hearing and visually that
the motor rotates counterclockwise
in half-speed mode.
DO-7
DO-8
DUP MOTOR ASSY
(REVERSE DOUBLE
SPEED)
<WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
Check by hearing and visually that
the motor rotates counterclockwise
in double-speed mode.
<WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
Check by hearing and visually that
the motor rotates in normal mode.
<WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
Check by hearing and visually that
the motor rotates in half-speed
mode.
2.9.5
2.8.2
2.8.2
DEVE DRIVE ASSY
DO-a (NORMAL SPEED)
DEVE DRIVE ASSY
(HALF SPEED)
DO-b
FUSER DRIVE ASSY
<WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
(NORMAL SPEED)
DO-d
DO-e
Check by hearing and visually that
the motor rotates in normal mode.
2.9.2
2.9.2
FUSER DRIVE ASSY
(HALF SPEED)
<WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
Check by hearing and visually that
the motor rotates in half-speed
mode.
FEEDER DRIVE ASSY
DO-10 (NORMAL SPEED)
<WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
Check by hearing and visually that
the motor rotates in normal mode.
<WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
Check by hearing and visually that
the motor rotates in half-speed
mode.
2.7.5
2.7.5
FEEDER DRIVE ASSY
(HALF SPEED)
DO-11
V-47
Menu
No.
Reference
BSD
Part/signal name
Test method
FAN
(HIGH SPEED)
FAN
(LOW SPEED)
TONER MOTOR (Y)
Check by hearing and visually that
the fan rotates in high-speed mode.
Check by hearing and visually that
the fan rotates in low-speed mode.
Check by hearing and visually that
the motor rotates.
DO-13
DO-14
DO-18
DO-1a
2.9.3
2.9.3
2.8.4
2.8.4
TONER MOTOR (M)
TONER MOTOR (C)
TONER MOTOR (K)
REGI CLUTCH
Check by hearing and visually that
the motor rotates.
Check by hearing and visually that
the motor rotates.
DO-1c
DO-1e
DO-20
DO-22
DO-24
DO-26
DO-28
2.8.4
2.8.4
2.7.6
2.7.2
2.7.2
2.7.1
2.7.1
Check by hearing and visually that
the motor rotates.
Check by hearing that the clutch
operates.
MSI TURN CLUTCH
MSI FEED SOLENOID
Check by hearing that the clutch
operates.
Check by hearing that the solenoid
operates.
TRAY1 TURN CLUTCH
ASSY
Check by hearing that the clutch
operates.
TRAY1 FEED SOLENOID
Check by hearing that the solenoid
operates.
DO-30 HTC ON
<WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
<WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
<WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
<WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
<WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
<WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
<WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
<WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
<WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
<WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
<WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
<WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
<WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
2.8.1
2.8.2
2.8.2
2.8.2
2.8.2
2.8.2
2.8.6
2.8.6
2.8.6
2.8.6
2.8.6
2.8.6
DO-32 DEVE BIAS AC ON
DO-34 DEVE BIAS DC Y ON
DO-36 DEVE BIAS DC M ON
DO-38 DEVE BIAS DC C ON
DO-3a DEVE BIAS DC K ON
DO-3c IDT1 PLUS ON
DO-3e IDT1 MINUS ON
DO-40 IDT2 PLUS ON
DO-42 IDT2 MINUS ON
DO-44 IDT1 CLEANER ON
DO-46 IDT2 CLEANER ON
TRANSFER ROLL
DO-48
2.8.6
CARTRIDGE PLUS ON
TRANSFER ROLL
DO-4a
<WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
2.8.6
2.8.6
2.7.3
CARTRIDGE MINUS ON
DO-4c DTS ON
<WARNING!> <CAUTION!>
TRAY2 TURN CLUTCH
Check by hearing that the clutch
operates.
DO-50
ASSY
TRAY2 FEED SOLENOID
DO-52
Check by hearing that the solenoid
operates.
2.7.3
2.7.4
2.7.4
TRAY3 TURN CLUTCH
Check by hearing that the clutch
operates.
DO-54
ASSY
TRAY3 FEED SOLENOID
DO-56
Check by hearing that the solenoid
operates.
V-48
WARNING
Never touch a high-voltage or live section during high-voltage output.
Never touch a drive section during driving.
Output a laser beam with all the covers attached.
CAUTION
To avoid damage, do not keep the laser ON for a long time.
(Turn it to OFF within several seconds.)
4.8.3 NVM Edit
Refer to Section 6. NVM LIST.
Function: Reading or writing NVM
Operation procedure:
1. Enter the Diag. (C/E) mode.
2. Select [IOT Diag] with the
and
buttons and press the Form Feed/Set button.
and buttons and press the Form Feed/Set
3. Go advance to [NVM Edit] with
button.
4. Select a necessary item for the address section (Ad) with the
and
buttons.
The NWM data is read and two to four items are displayed from the input address.
Edit NVM
Ad0001=00000000*
Cursor
Press the
or
button to moves the cursor to the left or right.
5. Change the numeric value at the desired data section with the
buttons.
Edit NVM
Ad0001=c6d0d6d0
If the data section is changed, the * mark disappears to indicate that the current
NVM value has changed.
6. Press the Form Feed/Set button to write the NVM value.
Reference:
Display example of address 01fa
Edit NVM
Ad01fa 14 1e fc 21
V-49
4.8.4 NVM Save
Function: Saving information from the MCU NVM evacuate list into ESS NVM
Operation procedure:
1. Enter the Diag. (C/E) mode.
2. Select [IOT Diag] with the
and
buttons and press the Form Feed/Set button.
and buttons and press the Feed/Set
Go advance to [NVM Save] with the
button to display the Confirm Initialize screen.
NVM Save
OK?
Press the Job Cancel/Back button to cancel.
3. When the Form Feed/Set button is pressed, the NVM information is saved and the
following screen is displayed:
NVM Save
Saved
4.8.5 NVM Load
Function: Loading ESS-saved MCU NVM information into MCU
Operation procedure:
1. Enter the Diag. (C/E) mode.
2. Select [IOT Diag] with the
and
buttons and press the Form Feed/Set button.
and buttons and press the Form
Go advance to [NVM Load] with the
Feed/Set button to display the Confirm Initialize screen.
NVM Load
OK?
Press the Job Cancel/Back button to cancel.
3. When the Form Feed/Set button is pressed, the NVM information is loaded and the
following screen is displayed:
NVM Load
Loaded
4.8.6 NVM Print Info
Function: Printing MCU NVM information saved in ESS
Operation procedure:
1. Enter the Diag. (C/E) mode.
2. Select [IOT Diag] with the
and
buttons and press the Form Feed/Set button.
and buttons and press the Form
3. Go acvance to [NVM Print Info] with the
Feed/Set button.
V-50
4.9
Installation Setting
Function: Setting parameters at printer installation and displaying various counter values
Operation procedure:
1. Enter the Diag. (C/E) mode.
2. Select [CE Maintenance Installation Set] with the
and
buttons.
3. Press the Form Feed/Set button to advance to setting/display item selection in [CE
Maintenance Installation Set].
4. Select a setting/display item with the
items, refer to the table below.)
and
buttons. (For the setting/display
5. Press the Form Feed/Set button to display the setting/display item.
Setting/display items
Item
Serial No.
Range
10 digits
ON, OFF
Description
Sets a serial number.
Count Display
Sets whether to display the billing counter.
Change the Dip Switch setting on NVM.
Configuration (*1)
Col print Count
B/W Print Count
Displays the current value of the color print counter.
Displays the current value of the monochrome print
counter.
Tot Print Count
Displays the current value of the total print counter.
Displays the current value of the backup color counter.
Backup Col Count
Backup B/W Count
Displays the current value of the backup monochrome
counter.
Backup Tot Count
Col Error Count
Displays the current value of the backup total counter.
Displays the current value of the color print error
counter.
B/W Error Count
Displays the current value of the monochrome print
error counter.
PrnCounter Reset
Count copy M to B
NVM Init
Initializes three counter values (clears to zero).
Copies from a normal meter to a backup file.
Initializes NVM
Job Log Init
Initializes Job Log
*1 Dip Switch 0
For service engineer
Bit
Function
Description
0=OFF
1=ON
0
Hex Dump mode
0=OFF
1
2
EEPROM Clear
Not Used
1=ON
Clear all history except Network.
7
Dip Switch 1: For debug
Dip Switch 2: For debug
Dip Switch 3: Not Used
V-51
*Electronic billing meter (count) function and backup
The monochrome and color meters have backup meters.
The printer compares the main and backup meters when the power is turned ON.
If there is a discrepancy between the main and backup meters, the hardware of both
meters is diagnosed by read/write tests.
1. If either or both meters are abnormal, a fatal error (C/E call) is assumed.
The C/E replaces ESS-PWB.
2. If both diagnostic results are correct, the main meter is believed.
The main meter is copied to the backup meter for matching.
Then the mismatching is counted as an abnormality recovered automatically as a
non-critical error.
ESS PWB
U8
U9
Fig.5-6
4.10 Test Print
Function: Printing an internal test pattern of the printer
Operation procedure:
1. Enter the Diag. (C/E) mode.
2. Select [CE Maintenance Test Print] with the
and
buttons.
3. Press the Form Feed/Set button to advance to diagnostic item selection in [CE
Maintenance Test Print].
4. Select a test print pattern with the
and
buttons.
(For the test print patterns, refer to the table below.)
5. Press the Form Feed/Set button to determine the test print pattern.
6. Press the Form Feed/Set button again to execute test printing.
(The LCD panel displays [Processing].)
7. After outputting the test print, the printer becomes Ready to Print state.
(The LCD panel displays [Ready].)
Test print patterns
Item
Description
Feeds and outputs paper with no image.
Outputs an ESS internal grid pattern.
Outputs an IOT internal 600-dpi pattern.
Blank paper (MCU: No Support)
No Image [IOT]
Grid2 [ESS]
H Patt 600 [IOT]
H Patt 1200 [IOT]
Cyan 20% [ESS]
Magenta20% [ESS]
Yellow 20% [ESS]
Black 20% [ESS]
CMY 20% [ESS]
Gradation [ESS]
Outputs an A4 solid pattern of 20% cyan.
Outputs an A4 solid pattern of 20% magenta.
Outputs an A4 solid pattern of 20% yellow.
Outputs an A4 solid pattern of 20% black.
Outputs an A4 solid pattern of 20% C.M.Y each.
Outputs 100% to 2% gradation patterns to A4 sheets in four
colors.
NIP adjust [ESS]
PF REGI Adj
Outputs the NIP adjustment pattern to A4LEF.
Outputs the Paper feed registration correction chart to A4
sheets.
V-52
4.11 Parameter Setting
4.11.1 Parameter setting/display
Function: Setting and displaying parameters held by IOT in NVM
Operation procedure:
1. Enter the Diag. (C/E) mode.
2. Select [CE Maintenance Parameter] with the
and
buttons.
3. Press the Form Feed/Set button to advance to setting/display parameter selection in
[CE Maintenance Parameter].
4. Select a setting/display parameter with the
and
buttons.
(For the setting/display parameters, refer to the table below.)
5. Press the Form Feed/Set button to display the setting/display parameter.
Example: Scan Regi Tray1 display screen
Scan Regi Tray1
4*
6. Select setting data from the setting range with the
and
buttons.
7. Press the Form Feed/Set button to write the setting data into NVM.
Example: Post-change screen
Scan Regi Tray1
6
8. When displaying and setting each life, have the life item displayed and press the
Form Feed/Set button.
Example: Life Fuser display screen
Life Fuser
Reading
9. Press the Form Feed/Set button to display data (decimal).
Life Fuser
6666
Setting/display parameters
Item
Range
Description
Paper feed direction
registration adjustment
Sets the paper feed direction
registration
-128～127
Scan direction registration
adjustment
Sets the scan direction registration of
Main, Aux 1, Aux 2, MSI, and Dup.
-128～127
Life counter
Reads and initializes the fuser and
printer life counters.
V-53
4.11.2 Parameter list print
Function: Outputting a list of setting and displaying parameters held by IOT in NVM
Operation procedure:
1. Enter the Diag. (C/E) mode.
2. Select [CE Maintenance Parameter] with the
and
buttons.
3. Press the Form Feed/Set button to advance to setting/display parameter selection in
[CE Maintenance Parameter].
4. Select [Parameter Print] with the
and
buttons.
5. Press the Form Feed/Set button to determine the selection.
6. Press the Form Feed/Set button again to print the parameters.
HL-4000CN
MCU Parameter List
Serial No. 00000
Registration Adjust Slow Scan Paper from Black :
0
Registration Adjust Slow Scan, 600dpi, Magenta from Black
:
6
Yellow from Black :
Cyan from Black
4
1
:
Registration Adjust Slow Scan, 1200dpi,
Magenta from Black
:
11
Yellow from Black :
Cyan from Black
9
1
:
Registration Adjust Fast Scan,
Magenta from Black
:
1
Yellow from Black
Cyan from Black
:
:
3
3
Life Counters Yellow Toner Dispense Time
Magenta Toner Dispense Time
Cyan Toner Dispense Time
:
:
:
:
645
700
802
648
:
Black Toner Dispense Time
TRANSFER ROLL CARTRIDGE1 Sheets
373
:
TRANSFER ROLL CARTRIDGE2 Dispense Time
3041
Printer Sheets
Printer Head Sheets
Printer Head Time
Printer Head Yellow Dispense
Printer Head Magenta Dispense
:
:
:
:
:
373
369
8183
645
782
V-54
4.12 Information Print
Function: Printing printer information
Operation procedure:
1. Enter the Diag. (C/E) mode.
2. Select [CE Maintenance Print info] with the
and
buttons.
3. Press the Form Feed/Set button to advance to print item selection in [CE
Maintenance Print info].
4. Select a print item with the
and
buttons.
5. Press the Form Feed/Set button to determine the selection.
6. Press the Form Feed/Set button again to print the parameters.
Print items
Item
Config page
Print Settings
Description
Outputs printer configuration information.
Outputs setting information from the control panel.
HL-4000CN
MCU Config page
Serial No. 00000
Optional Products Status
:
Auxiliary Cassette
ROM Revision NO
Machine Revision
:
:
V 0.75.0
V 0.75.19
<Setting print sample>
HL-4000CN
DIAG Settings Page
Serial No. 00000
Serial No.
Counter Display Switch
Color Print Counter
B/W Print Counter
Total Print Counter
Backup Color Print Counter
Backup B/W Print Counter
Backup Total Print Counter
Color Print Error Counter
B/W Print Error Counter
: 000000
:
OFF
: 246
: 111
: 357
: 246
: 111
: 357
: 0
: 0
V-55
5.
DIAGNOSIS FOR STANDALONE PRINTER
5.1
General
The test print can be taken place on the standalone printer for operation check.
For this purpose, the test print pattern stored in the printer is printed continuously at the
continuous printing speed.
5.2
Printing Method
1. Load paper, and turn the power ON.
WARNING
In the following steps, never touch the live parts and driving parts.
2. Short two pins of the test print connector (P31) on the MCU AND HVPS PWB.
Reference:
To short two pins, make the screwdriver tip touch the two pins.
3. The printer transits to the READY mode, and starts the printing. (Printing is carried
out continuously in the Duplex mode).
4. To stop the printing, remove the screwdriver to release the short of two pins.
Note:
The paper is fed from the tray 1, and if no paper is loaded in the tray 1, printing is
not carried out.
Reference:
Printing will not start, if the printer is in an error status.
P14
P31
2Pin
1Pin
Fig.5-7
V-56
5.3
Test Print Pattern
The test print pattern is lattice patterns composed of black (K), cyan (C), magenta (M),
and yellow (Y) patterns in this order every 128 dots in vertical and horizontal directions.
Black
K
Yellow
Cyan
Y
C
Magenta
M
128dot
Approx.2mm
128dot
Approx.2mm
Fig.5-8
V-57
6.
NVM LIST
CAUTION
Never write the data to the NVM numbers not listed below, as they are for the system
areas of the printer.
CAUTION
Never write the data to the items which address field is hatched, as they are read only.
12. System, Paper
Address
Set value
Description
Higher Lower
Hex
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
Dec
0
Word/Long
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Lead regi. between paper and K(0.17mm)
Lead regi. 600dpi between M and K (line)
Lead regi. 600dpi between Y and K (line)
Lead regi. 600dpi between C and K (line)
Lead regi. 1200dpi between M and K (line)
Lead regi. 1200dpi between Y and K (line)
Lead regi. 1200dpi between C and K (line)
Side regi. between M and K
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Side regi. between Y and K
0
Side regi. between C and K
Side regi. between paper and K MSI
(0.17mm)
12
12
12
12
12
A
B
C
D
E
00
FB
FB
FB
00
0
Side regi. between paper and K TRAY1
(0.17mm)
251
251
251
0
Side regi. between paper and K TRAY2
(0.17mm)
Side regi. between paper and K TRAY3
(0.17mm)
Side regi. between paper and K Duplex
(0.17mm)
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
1A
1B
1C
1D
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Dispensed time Y (L)
Dispensed time Y (H)
Dispensed time M (L)
Dispensed time M (H)
Dispensed time C (L)
Dispensed time C (H)
Dispensed time K (L)
Dispensed time K (H)
Transfer roll cartridge PV (L)
Transfer roll cartridge PV (M)
Transfer roll cartridge PV (H)
Transfer roll cartridge rotate time (L)
Transfer roll cartridge rotate time (M)
Transfer roll cartridge rotate time (H)
0
V-58
Address
Set value
Description
Higher Lower
Hex
00
00
00
00
00
00
Dec
0
Word/Long
12
12
12
12
12
12
1E
1F
20
21
22
23
0
Fuser PV (L)
Fuser PV (M)
Fuser PV (H)
M/C PV (L)
0
0
0
0
0
M/C PV (M)
M/C PV (H)
0
Environmental temperature at the previous
regi. control
12
24
00
0
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
2A
2D
2E
2F
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
3F
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
4A
4C
4D
4E
4F
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
80
38
01
D4
17
D4
17
D4
17
C2
1A
50
46
00
FF
FF
FF
A0
86
01
30
75
00
5D
0
0
Number of impressions after regi. control
Total impressions (for pro. control)
Counter for long cleaning (L)
0
0
Counter for long cleaning (H)
0
Transfer roll cartridge full detected PV1 (L)
Transfer roll cartridge full detected PV1 (H)
Transfer roll cartridge full detected PV2 (L)
Transfer roll cartridge full detected PV2 (H)
Transfer roll cartridge full detected DISP (L)
Transfer roll cartridge full detected DISP (H)
FUSER final print temperature
Fuser PV WARNING (L)
0
0
0
0
0
0
128
56
1
80000
Fuser PV WARNING (M)
Fuser PV WARNING (H)
212
23
212
23
212
23
194
26
80
70
0
6100
6100
6100
6850
18000
Dispensed time Y LIMIT (L)
Dispensed time Y LIMIT (H)
Dispensed time M LIMIT (L)
Dispensed time M LIMIT (H)
Dispensed time C LIMIT (L)
Dispensed time C LIMIT (H)
Dispensed time K LIMIT (L)
Dispensed time K LIMIT (H)
Transfer roll cartridge PV LIMIT (L)
Transfer roll cartridge PV LIMIT (M)
Transfer roll cartridge PV LIMIT (H)
255
255
255
160
134
1
16777215 Transfer roll cartridge rotate time LIMIT (L)
Transfer roll cartridge rotate time LIMIT (M)
Transfer roll cartridge rotate time LIMIT (H)
100000
Fuser PV LIMIT (L)
Fuser PV LIMIT (M)
Fuser PV LIMIT (H)
48
117
0
30000
PV CRUM LIMIT (L)
PV CRUM LIMIT (M)
PV CRUM LIMIT (H)
Motor rotate time CRUM LIMIT (L)
93
361821
V-59
Address
Set value
Description
Higher Lower
Hex
85
05
50
40
01
50
40
01
50
40
01
40
7D
01
C0
5D
00
B1
6A
04
40
00
01
40
00
01
40
00
01
00
31
01
00
00
Dec
133
5
Word/Long
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5F
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
6A
6B
6C
6D
6E
6F
FA
FB
Motor rotate time CRUM LIMIT (M)
Motor rotate time CRUM LIMIT (H)
Dispensed time Y CRUM LIMIT (L)
Dispensed time Y CRUM LIMIT (M)
Dispensed time Y CRUM LIMIT (H)
Dispensed time M CRUM LIMIT (L)
Dispensed time M CRUM LIMIT (M)
Dispensed time M CRUM LIMIT (H
Dispensed time C CRUM LIMIT (L)
Dispensed time C CRUM LIMIT (M)
Dispensed time C CRUM LIMIT (H)
Dispensed time K CRUM LIMIT (L)
Dispensed time K CRUM LIMIT (M)
Dispensed time K CRUM LIMIT (H)
PV CRUM WARNING (L)
80
64
1
82000
82000
82000
97600
24000
289457
65600
65600
65600
78080
80
64
1
80
64
1
64
125
1
192
93
0
PV CRUM WARNING (M)
PV CRUM WARNING (H)
177
106
4
Motor rotate time CRUM WARNING (L)
Motor rotate time CRUM WARNING (M)
Motor rotate time CRUM WARNING (H)
Dispensed time Y CRUM WARNING (L)
Dispensed time Y CRUM WARNING (M)
Dispensed time Y CRUM WARNING (H)
Dispensed time M CRUM WARNING (L)
Dispensed time M CRUM WARNING (M)
Dispensed time M CRUM WARNING (H)
Dispensed time C CRUM WARNING (L)
Dispensed time C CRUM WARNING (M)
Dispensed time C CRUM WARNING (M)
Dispensed time K CRUM WARNING (L)
Dispensed time K CRUM WARNING (M)
Dispensed time K CRUM WARNING (H)
U2 details
64
0
1
64
0
1
64
0
1
0
49
1
0
0
U6 details
V-60
14. Marking Adjust
Address
Set value
Hex Dec
00
Description
Higher Lower
Plain paper-L
Thick paper-L
Heavier paper-L
Heavier paper-H
Envelope
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
0
1
0
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
05
05
05
05
05
F9
FA
FB
FC
FE
00
02
04
05
06
07
F1
F4
0
0
4
5
0
6
0
Postcard
7
0
Transparency
Label-H
8
0
9
0
Plain paper-L High Gloss
Thick paper-L High Gloss
Label-L
A
0
B
0
C
0
Heavier paper-L BackFace
Heavier paper-H BackFace
Envelope BackFace
E
0
F
0
10
11
12
13
14
15
1B
1C
1D
1E
1F
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
2A
2B
2C
0
Postcard BackFace
0
Plain paper-H
0
Thick paper-H
0
Plain paper-H High Gloss
Thick paper-H High Gloss
Color balance adjustment
Color balance adjustment
Color balance adjustment
Color balance adjustment
Density adjustment
0
0
5
Y
5
M
5
C
5
K
5
YMCK
Color balance adjustment
Color balance adjustment
Color balance adjustment
Color balance adjustment
Color balance adjustment
Color balance adjustment
Color balance adjustment
Color balance adjustment
Color balance adjustment
Color balance adjustment
Color balance adjustment
Density adjustment (Vdc)
Density adjustment (Vdc)
249
250
251
252
254
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
2
6
4
7
5
8
6
9
7
10
0
241
244
1
V-61
Address
Set value
Hex Dec
Description
Density adjustment (Vdc)
Higher Lower
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
2D
2E
2F
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
3F
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
4A
4B
4C
4D
4E
4F
50
51
F7
FA
FD
00
03
06
09
0C
0F
FB
FC
FD
FE
FF
00
01
02
03
04
05
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
247
250
253
0
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0
1
2
3
4
5
Density adjustment (Vdc)
Density adjustment (Vdc)
Density adjustment (Vdc)
Density adjustment (Vdc)
3
Density adjustment (Vdc)
6
Density adjustment (Vdc)
9
Density adjustment (Vdc)
12
15
251
252
253
254
255
0
Density adjustment (Vdc)
Density adjustment (Vcf)
Density adjustment (Vcf)
Density adjustment (Vcf)
Density adjustment (Vcf)
Density adjustment (Vcf)
Density adjustment (Vcf)
Density adjustment (Vcf)
1
Density adjustment (Vcf)
2
Density adjustment (Vcf)
3
Density adjustment (Vcf)
4
Density adjustment (Vcf)
5
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th Y)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th Y)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th Y)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th Y)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th Y)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th Y)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th Y)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th Y)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th Y)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th Y)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th Y)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th M)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th M)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th M)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th M)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th M)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th M)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
V-62
Address
Set value
Hex Dec
00
Description
Higher Lower
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th M)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th M)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th M)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th M)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th M)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th C)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th C)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th C)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th C)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th C)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th C)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th C)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th C)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th C)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th C)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th C)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th K)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th K)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th K)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th K)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th K)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th K)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th K)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th K)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th K)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th K)
Density adjustment (PCDC_Th K)
Plain paper-L
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5F
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
6A
6B
6C
80
81
84
85
86
87
88
89
8A
8B
0
6
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
8
9
10
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Coated
Coated
Coated
Coated
Coated
Coated
Coated
Coated
Coated
Coated
Thick paper-L
Heavier paper-L
Heavier paper-H
Envelope
Postcard
Transparency
Label-H
Plain paper-L High Gloss
Thick paper-L High Gloss
V-63
Address
Set value
Hex Dec
00
Description
Higher Lower
Label-L
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
8C
8E
8F
90
91
92
93
94
95
0
Coated
Coated
Coated
Coated
Coated
Coated
Coated
Coated
Coated
Heavier paper-L BackFace
Heavier paper-H BackFace
Envelope BackFace
Postcard BackFace
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Plain paper-H
Thick paper-H
Plain paper-H High Gloss
Thick paper-H High Gloss
15. User
Address
Higher Lower
Set value
Hex Dec
00
Description
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
0
UserData1
UserData2
UserData3
UserData4
UserData5
UserData6
UserData7
UserData8
UserData9
UserData10
UserData11
UserData12
UserData13
UserData14
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
18. Cleaner (1)
Address
Set value
Hex Dec
30 48
Description
Higher Lower
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Cleaning interval 0
Cleaning interval 1
Cleaning interval 2
Cleaning interval 3
Cleaning interval 4
Cleaning interval 5
Cleaning interval 6
0
4095
20
20
20
14
10
10
32
32
32
20
16
16
4096
8192
12288
16384
20480
24576
8191
12287
16383
20479
24575
V-64
25. Fuser (1)
Address
Set value
Description
Higher
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
Lower
2A
2B
2C
2D
2E
2F
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
3F
40
41
Hex Dec
Temperature table Plain Paper Low Large (00)
Temperature table Plain Paper Low Middle (01)
Temperature table Plain Paper Low Small (10)
Temperature table Plain Paper High Large (00)
Temperature table Plain Paper High Middle (01)
Temperature table Plain Paper High Small (10)
Temperature table Bond Paper Low Large (00)
Temperature table Bond Paper Low Middle (01)
Temperature table Bond Paper Low Small (10)
16
1E
26
18
20
28
1A
22
2A
1C
24
2C
2E
36
3E
30
38
40
32
3A
42
34
3C
44
22
30
38
24
32
40
26
34
42
28
36
44
46
54
62
48
56
64
50
58
66
52
60
68
Full speed
Full speed
Full speed
Full speed
Full speed
Full speed
Full speed
Full speed
Full speed
Full speed
Full speed
Full speed
Half speed
Half speed
Half speed
Half speed
Half speed
Half speed
Half speed
Half speed
Half speed
Half speed
Half speed
Half speed
Bond Paper High
Bond Paper High
Bond Paper High
Temperature table
Temperature table
Temperature table
Large (00)
Middle (01)
Small (10)
Temperature table Plain Paper Low Large (00)
Temperature table Plain Paper Low Middle (01)
Temperature table Plain Paper Low Small (10)
Temperature table Plain Paper High Large (00)
Temperature table Plain Paper High Middle (01)
Temperature table Plain Paper High Small (10)
Temperature table Bond Paper Low Large (00)
Temperature table Bond Paper Low Middle (01)
Temperature table Bond Paper Low Small (10)
Bond Paper High
Bond Paper High
Bond Paper High
Temperature table
Temperature table
Temperature table
Large (00)
Middle (01)
Small (10)
Large (00)
Temperature table Labels 1
(domestic)
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
46
5C
5E
48
3A
42
4A
4C
70
92
94
72
58
66
74
76
Half speed
Half speed
Half speed
Half speed
Half speed
Half speed
Half speed
Half speed
Temperature table Labels 1
(domestic)
Middle (01)
Small (10)
Large (00)
Middle (01)
Small (10)
Large (00)
Middle (01)
Temperature table Labels 1
(domestic)
Temperature table Labels 2
(foreign)
Temperature table Labels 2
(foreign)
Temperature table Labels 2
(foreign)
Temperature table Thick paper 1
(Low weight)
Temperature table Thick paper 1
(Low weight)
V-65
Address
Set value
Description
Temperature table Thick paper 1
Higher
Lower
Hex Dec
Small (10)
Large (00)
Middle (01)
Small (10)
25
25
25
25
4A
4E
50
52
54
78
80
82
84
Half speed
Half speed
Half speed
Half speed
(Low weight)
Temperature table Thick paper 2
(Heavy weight)
4B
4C
4D
Temperature table Thick paper 2
(Heavy weight)
Temperature table Thick paper 2
(Heavy weight)
Temperature table Transparencies
Temperature table Envelope
Temperature table Postcards
25
25
25
4E
4F
50
56
58
5A
86
88
90
00
00
00
Half speed
Half speed
Half speed
25. Fuser (3)
Address
Set value
Description
Higher
Lower
Hex Dec
U4 previous U4
27
49
00
00
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
U4 one more previous U4
27
4A
V-66
7.
HEX/DEC CONVERSION TABLE
Decimal
1
Decimal
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
Decimal
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
Decimal
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
Decimal
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
HEX
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
0A
0B
0C
0D
0E
0F
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
1A
1B
1C
1D
1E
1F
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
2A
2B
2C
2D
2E
2F
30
31
32
33
34
HEX
35
36
37
38
39
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
3F
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
4A
4B
4C
4D
4E
4F
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5F
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
HEX
69
6A
6B
6C
6D
6E
6F
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
7A
7B
7C
7D
7E
7F
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
8A
8B
8C
8D
8E
8F
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
9A
9B
9C
HEX
9D
9E
9F
HEX
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
DA
DB
DC
DD
DE
DF
E0
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
E6
E7
E8
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
BA
BB
BC
BD
BE
BF
C0
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
C9
CA
CB
CC
CD
CE
CF
D0
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
E9
EA
EB
EC
ED
EE
EF
F0
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
FA
FB
FC
FD
FE
FF
0100
0101
0102
0103
0104
V-67
Decimal
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
Decimal
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
Decimal
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
Decimal
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
Decimal
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
HEX
HEX
HEX
HEX
HEX
0105
0106
0107
0108
0109
010A
010B
010C
010D
010E
010F
0110
0111
0112
0113
0114
0115
0116
0117
0118
0119
011A
011B
011C
011D
011E
011F
0120
0121
0122
0123
0124
0125
0126
0127
0128
0129
012A
012B
012C
012D
012E
012F
0130
0131
0132
0133
0134
0135
0136
0137
0138
0139
013A
013B
013C
013D
013E
013F
0140
0141
0142
0143
0144
0145
0146
0147
0148
0149
014A
014B
014C
014D
014E
014F
0150
0151
0152
0153
0154
0155
0156
0157
0158
0159
015A
015B
015C
015D
015E
015F
0160
0161
0162
0163
0164
0165
0166
0167
0168
0169
016A
016B
016C
016D
016E
016F
0170
0171
0172
0173
0174
0175
0176
0177
0178
0179
017A
017B
017C
017D
017E
017F
0180
0181
0182
0183
0184
0185
0186
0187
0188
0189
018A
018B
018C
018D
018E
018F
0190
0191
0192
0193
0194
0195
0196
0197
0198
0199
019A
019B
019C
019D
019E
019F
01A0
01A1
01A2
01A3
01A4
01A5
01A6
01A7
01A8
01A9
01AA
01AB
01AC
01AD
01AE
01AF
01B0
01B1
01B2
01B3
01B4
01B5
01B6
01B7
01B8
V-68
8.
IMAGE QUALITY TROUBLE ENTRY CHART
Ask the operator about trouble
status.
Print internal test pattern.
Image quality trouble recurred?
Check print instructions
Are print instructions correct?
Y
N
Y
N
Is trouble more than performance
when compared with standard
sample?
Instruct how to submit
print job.
Acknowledged by operator?
Y
N
Explain to customer.
Print from another client/application
for host check.
Image quality trouble reccurred?
Y
N
Troubleshoot according
to image quality trouble
sample.
Troubleshoot according
to image quality trouble
sample if available
from customer.
Any corresponding
contents in FIP by
trouble phenomena?
Y
N
Repair according to
the FIP concerned.
Repair according to
BSD.
Fig.5-9
V-69
9.
IMAGE QUALITY SPECIFICATIONS
9.1
Parallelism
Fig.5-10
9.2
Diagonal
Fig.5-11
9.3
Skew
Fig.5-12
V-70
9.4
Straightness
Fig.5-13
9.5
Magnification Error
Fig.5-14
9.6
Registration
Fig.5-15
V-71
9.7
Guaranteed Printing Area
Fig.5-16
V-72
10.
TEST PRINT
10.1 Test Print
Function: Printing an internal test pattern of the printer
Operation procedure:
1. While pressing the
mode.
and
buttons together, turn the power on to enter the Diag.
2. Enter the password.
(Password: Press the
button twice and the Form Feed/Set button.)
and buttons.
3. Go advance to [Test Print] with the
4. Press the Form Feed/Set button to advance to diagnostic menu selection in [Test
Print].
5. Select a test pattern with the
and
buttons.
(For the contents of the test print patterns, refer to the table below.)
6. Press the Form Feed/Set button to determine the selection.
7. Press the Form Feed/Set button again to execute test printing.
(The LCD panel displays [Processing].)
8. After outputting the test print, the printer becomes Ready to Print state.
(The LCD panel displays [Ready to Print].)
Test Print
No.
1
2
Pattern
No Image [IOT]
Grid
Description
Feeds and outputs paper with no image.
Blank paper (MCU: No Support)
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Grid2 [ESS]
Outputs an ESS internal grid pattern.
Outputs an IOT internal 600-dpi pattern.
Blank paper (MCU: No Support)
Outputs an A4 solid pattern of 20% cyan.
Outputs an A4 solid pattern of 20% magenta.
Outputs an A4 solid pattern of 20% yellow.
Outputs an A4 solid pattern of 20% black.
Outputs an A4 solid pattern of 20% C.M.Y each.
Outputs 100% to 2% gradation patterns to A4
sheets in four colors.
H Patt 600[IOT]
H Patt 1200[IOT]
Cyan 20% [ESS]
Magenta20% [ESS]
Yellow 20% [ESS]
Black 20% [ESS]
CMY 20% [ESS]
Gradation [ESS]
12
13
NIP adjust [A4L]
P Regi Adj Chart [ESS]
Outputs the NIP adjustment pattern to A4LEF.
Outputs the Paper feed registration correction
chart to A4 sheets.
V-73
11.
IMAGE QUALITY FIP
11.1 Notes on Image Quality Trouble Check
Image quality troubles are checked and processed according to the troubleshooting table
by trouble phenomena. In case of a continuous or abnormal image defect, check the
installation environment at the customer, the document, and the consumables.
1. Installation environment
• Prepare a power supply of 100/120/220±10 VAC.
• Do not install the printer at a place of high temperature or humidity (near a water
tap, water heater, humidifier, heater, air conditioner, or fire) or at a very dusty
place.
• Do not install the printer where an ammonia gas is generated.
• Do not install the printer under direct sunlight.
• Install the printer at a well-ventilated place.
• Keep the printer horizontal.
2. Host check for an image quality trouble
• Check whether the trouble depends on the application.
1) Printing from another client
2) Printing from another application
3) Printing from another file
4) Changing the driver
5) Changing the application
6) Checking the client system
3. Consumables check
• Check the lives of the following consumables:
1) Print head cartridge
30K print
2) Transfer roll cartridge 25K print
3) Y toner cartridge
4) M toner cartridge
5) C toner cartridge
6) K toner cartridge
6K print
6K print
6K print
8.5K print
11.2 Basic Rule of Image Quality Adjustment
The basic rule of image quality adjustment is to clean each mechanical section.
Clean the ADC sensor ASSY, paper path, fuser, and transfer roll. Remarkable or quick
fouling of a mechanical section is often attributable to the installation environment. An
appropriate remedy is necessary.
V-74
11.3 Toubleshooting Table by Trouble Phenomena
<Fogging>
Fig.5-17
Condition:
Fogging over print. Toner attaches to margin of print.
Initial check:
Parts of different specifications, improper installation, damage, deformation, dirt, foreign
substance attached, etc.
Major parts to be checked:
Print head cartridge ASSY, Fuser ASSY, Transfer roll cartridge ASSY, Scanner ASSY,
MCU and HVPS PWB, SUB HVPS
Item Check
Faulty print head cartridge ASSY
Remedy
Replace the print head
cartridge ASSY
1
2
3
4
Is the image quality improved if print head cartridge
ASSY is replaced?
Faulty scanner ASSY
Is the image quality improved if scanner ASSY is
replaced?
Faulty fuser ASSY
Check the heat roll and NIP belt for evidence of
damage, dirt, or foreign substances.
Faulty transfer roll cartridge ASSY
Is the image quality improved if transfer roll
cartridge ASSY is replaced?
Replace the scanner
ASSY
Replace the fuser ASSY
Replace the transfer roll
cartridge ASSY
V-75
<Streak in the process direction>
Fig.5-18
Fig.5-19
Condition:
Black or white streaks in the process direction.
Initial check:
Parts of different specifications, improper installation, damage, deformation, dirt, foreign
substance attached, etc.
Major parts to be checked:
Print head cartridge ASSY, Fuser ASSY, Transfer roll cartridge ASSY, Scanner ASSY,
MCU and HVPS PWB, SUB HVPS
Item Check
Faulty print head cartridge ASSY
Remedy
Replace the print head
cartridge ASSY
1
2
3
4
Is the image quality improved if print head cartridge
ASSY is replaced?
Faulty scanner ASSY
Is the image quality improved if scanner ASSY is
replaced?
Faulty fuser ASSY
Check the heat roll and NIP belt for evidence of
damage, dirt, or foreign substances.
Faulty transfer roll cartridge ASSY
Is the image quality improved if transfer roll
cartridge ASSY is replaced?
Replace the scanner
ASSY
Replace the fuser ASSY
Replace the transfer roll
cartridge ASSY
V-76
<Streak in the shaft direction>
Fig.5-20
Fig.5-21
Condition:
Black or white streaks in the shaft direction.
Initial check:
Parts of different specifications, improper installation, damage, deformation, dirt, foreign
substance attached, etc.
Major parts to be checked:
Print head cartridge ASSY, Fuser ASSY, Transfer roll cartridge ASSY, Scanner ASSY,
MCU and HVPS PWB, SUB HVPS
Item Check
Faulty print head cartridge ASSY
Remedy
Replace the print head
cartridge ASSY
1
2
3
4
5
6
Is the image quality improved if print head cartridge
ASSY is replaced?
Faulty scanner ASSY
Is the image quality improved if scanner ASSY is
replaced?
Faulty fuser ASSY
Check the heat roll and NIP belt for evidence of
damage, dirt, or foreign substances.
Faulty transfer roll cartridge ASSY
Is the image quality improved if transfer roll
cartridge ASSY is replaced?
Check periodicity
Replace the scanner
ASSY
Replace the fuser ASSY
Replace the transfer roll
cartridge ASSY
Replace the parts
concerned.
（See the table below）
Replace the ESS PWB
Periodicity found？
Faulty ESS PWB
Is the image quality improved if ESS PWB is
replaced?
V-77
Rolls related with image quality troubles and interval appearing on prints are shown in the
table below.
Roll
Parts
Cycle
Magnet roll
Padolle
Drum
HTC
IDT 1
29 mm
7.5 mm
63 mm
23 mm
132 mm
132 mm
Print head cartridge ASSY
IDT 2
Transfer roll cartridge
Heat roll
Transfer roll cartridge ASSY 65 mm
Fuser ASSY 82 mm
V-78
<All black>
Fig.5-22
Condition:
Print is wholly black.
Initial check:
Parts of different specifications, improper installation, damage, deformation, dirt, foreign
substance attached, etc.
Major parts to be checked:
Print head cartridge ASSY, Fuser ASSY, Transfer roll cartridge ASSY, Scanner ASSY,
MCU and HVPS PWB
Item Check
Faulty transfer
Remedy
Replace the MCU and
HVPS PWB
1
2
3
Is the image quality improved if the laser beam exit
window of scanner ASSY is shielded with a sheet?
Faulty scanner ASSY
Is the image quality improved if scanner ASSY is
replaced?
Faulty print head cartridge ASSY
Is the image quality improved if print head cartridge
ASSY is replaced?
Replace the scanner
ASSY
Replace the print head
cartridge ASSY
V-79
<All blank>
Fig.5-23
Condition:
Print is wholly white.
Initial check:
Parts of different specifications, improper installation, damage, deformation, dirt, foreign
substance attached, etc.
Major parts to be checked:
Print head cartridge ASSY, Fuser ASSY, Transfer roll cartridge ASSY, Scanner ASSY,
MCU and HVPS PWB, Toner cartridge
Item Check
Remedy
Toner empty
Check if the toner cartridge is full with toner.
Replace the toner
cartridge
1
Laser beam path interrupted
Clean dirt or foreign
Check the laser beam path between scanner ASSY substances
and the drum in print head cartridge ASSY for
evidence of dirt or foreign substances.
2
Faulty scanner ASSY
Replace the scanner
3
4
5
6
Is the image quality improved if scanner ASSY is
replaced?
Faulty charging or developing
Is the image quality improved if print head cartridge
ASSY is replaced?
Faulty transfer
Is the image quality improved if transfer roll
cartridge is replaced?
ASSY
Replace the print head
cartridge ASSY
Replace the transfer roll
cartridge ASSY
Faulty MCU and HVPS PWB
Is the image quality improved if MCU and HVPS PW HVPS PWB
is replaced?
Replace the MCU and
V-80
<Too light image>
Fig.5-24
Condition:
Print is wholly light.
Initial check:
Parts of different specifications, improper installation, damage, deformation, dirt, foreign
substance attached, etc.
Major parts to be checked:
Print head cartridge ASSY, Fuser ASSY, Transfer roll cartridge ASSY, Scanner ASSY,
MCU and HVPS PWB, SUB HVPS
Item Check
Faulty print head cartridge ASSY
Remedy
Replace the print head
cartridge ASSY
1
2
3
4
Is the image quality improved if print head cartridge
ASSY is replaced?
Faulty scanner ASSY
Is the image quality improved if scanner ASSY is
replaced?
Faulty fuser ASSY
Check the heat roll and NIP belt for evidence of
damage, dirt, or foreign substances.
Faulty transfer roll cartridge ASSY
Is the image quality improved if transfer roll
cartridge ASSY is replaced?
Replace the scanner
ASSY
Replace the fuser ASSY
Replace the transfer roll
cartridge ASSY
V-81
<Black (color) points>
Fig.5-25
Condition:
Black (color) circles remain on the print.
Initial check:
Parts of different specifications, improper installation, damage, deformation, dirt, foreign
substance attached, etc.
Major parts to be checked:
Print head cartridge ASSY, Fuser ASSY, Transfer roll cartridge ASSY, Scanner ASSY,
MCU and HVPS PWB, SUB HVPS
Item Check
Faulty print head cartridge ASSY
Remedy
Replace the print head
cartridge ASSY
1
2
3
4
Is the image quality improved if print head cartridge
ASSY is replaced?
Faulty scanner ASSY
Is the image quality improved if scanner ASSY is
replaced?
Faulty fuser ASSY
Check the heat roll and NIP belt for evidence of
damage, dirt, or foreign substances.
Faulty transfer roll cartridge ASSY
Is the image quality improved if transfer roll
cartridge ASSY is replaced?
Replace the scanner
ASSY
Replace the fuser ASSY
Replace the transfer roll
cartridge ASSY
V-82
<Paper skew>
Fig.5-26
Condition:
Image is printed in skewed position.
Initial check:
Parts of different specifications, improper installation, damage, deformation, dirt, foreign
substance attached, etc.
Major parts to be checked:
Paper feeder, Chute ASSY REGI, Chute ASSY out, Transfer roll cartridge ASSY, Print
head cartridge ASSY, Fuser ASSY, Scanner ASSY
Item Check
Faulty paper loading
Remedy
Load paper/Set paper
cassette correctly.
1
2
3
Check if paper is loaded or paper cassette is set
correctly.
Faulty paper transfer path
Check the paper transfer path for presence of burrs, parts concerned.
foreign substances or dirt.
Faulty paper feed rolls
Clean or replace the
Clean or replace the
parts concerned.
Check if the paper feed rolls feed the paper
normally.
Faulty paper transfer rolls
Clean or replace the
parts concerned.
Check the paper transfer rolls for evidence of
foreign substances, dirt, deformation, or
malfunction.
4
Checking scanner ASSY for mounting
Check if scanner ASSY for mounting
Faulty print head cartridge ASSY
Is the image quality improved if print head cartridge
ASSY is replaced?
Replace the scanner
ASSY
Replace the print head
cartridge ASSY
5
6
V-83
<Crease>
Condition:
Print on creased paper.
Initial check:
Parts of different specifications, improper installation, damage, deformation, dirt, foreign
substance attached, etc.
Major parts to be checked:
Paper feeder, Chute ASSY REGI, Chute ASSY out, Transfer roll cartridge ASSY, Print
head cartridge ASSY, Fuser ASSY
Item Check
Wet paper
Remedy
Replace paper
Do the wrinkles disappear if the paper is replaced
with newly unpacked paper?
(Ask the customer for
storing the paper in a dry
place)
1
Faulty fuser ASSY
Replace the fuser ASSY
2
3
4
Check the heat roll and NIP belt for evidence of
damage, dirt, or foreign substances.
Paper skew feed
Check if the paper is fed on the skew
Faulty paper transfer path
Go to Paper skew.
Clean or replace the
Check the paper transfer path for presence of burrs, parts concerned.
foreign substances or dirt.
Faulty paper transfer rolls
Clean or replace the
parts concerned.
Check the paper transfer rolls for evidence of
foreign substances, dirt, deformation, or
malfunction.
5
<Poor fusing>
Condition:
Image is easily peeled off when scrubbed by hand.
Initial check:
Parts of different specifications, improper installation, damage, deformation, dirt, foreign
substance attached, etc.
Major parts to be checked:
Fuser ASSY
Item Check
Wet paper
Remedy
Replace paper
Do the wrinkles disappear if the paper is replaced
with newly unpacked paper?
(Ask the customer for
storing the paper in a dry
place)
1
Faulty fuser ASSY
Replace the fuser ASSY
2
Is the image quality improved if print head cartridge
ASSY is replaced?
V-84
CHAPTER VIꢀ
',$*5$06ꢀ
&217(176ꢀ
CHAPTER VI DIAGRAMS..............................................................VI-1
1.PREFACE ......................................................................................................VI-1ꢀ
1.1 How to Use the BSD............................................................................................................ VI-1
1.2 Explanations of Symbols ..................................................................................................... VI-1
1.3 Signal Name........................................................................................................................ VI-4
1.4 DC Voltage .......................................................................................................................... VI-4
1.5 Input/Output Test................................................................................................................. VI-4
2. BSD (BLOCK SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM)ꢀ
2.1 Standby Power
2.1.1 AC power on and DC distribution.............................................................................. VI-5
2.1.2 Monitoring.................................................................................................................. VI-6
2.2 Mode Selection
2.2.1 Control panel............................................................................................................. VI-7
2.3 Machine Run Control
2.3.1 Machine self test ....................................................................................................... VI-8
2.3.2 CRUM and billing ...................................................................................................... VI-9
2.3.3 Monitoring................................................................................................................ VI-10
2.4 Start Print Power
2.4.1 Main drive control.................................................................................................... VI-11
2.5 OPTICS (Scanner)
2.5.1 Laser scanning image and control .......................................................................... VI-12
2.5.2 Monitoring................................................................................................................ VI-13
2.6 Paper Supplying
2.6.1 Tray1 paper stacking............................................................................................... VI-14
2.6.2 Tray2 paper stacking............................................................................................... VI-15
2.6.3 Tray3 paper stacking............................................................................................... VI-16
2.6.4 Monitoring................................................................................................................ VI-17
2.7 Paper Transportation
2.7.1 Tray1 paper feeding................................................................................................ VI-18
2.7.2 MSI paper feeding................................................................................................... VI-19
2.7.3 Tray2 paper feeding................................................................................................ VI-20
2.7.4 Tray3 paper feeding................................................................................................ VI-21
2.7.5 Feeder drive control ................................................................................................ VI-22
2.7.6 Registration............................................................................................................. VI-23
2.7.7 Monitoring................................................................................................................ VI-24
2.8 XEROGRAPHICS
2.8.1 Charging and exposure........................................................................................... VI-25
2.8.2 Development........................................................................................................... VI-26
2.8.3 Toner cartridge set.................................................................................................. VI-27
2.8.4 Toner dispense control............................................................................................ VI-28
2.8.5 Low toner sensing................................................................................................... VI-29
2.8.6 Transfer and cleaning ............................................................................................. VI-30
2.8.7 ADC and environment sensing ............................................................................... VI-31
2.8.8 Monitoring................................................................................................................ VI-32
2.9 Fusing and Transportation
2.9.1 Fusing and fuser heat control.................................................................................. VI-33
2.9.2 Fuser drive control .................................................................................................. VI-34
2.9.3 Fan control .............................................................................................................. VI-35
2.9.4 Exit and invert transportation .................................................................................. VI-36
2.9.5 Exit and invert mechanism...................................................................................... VI-37
2.9.6 Monitoring................................................................................................................ VI-38
CHAPTER VI DIAGRAMS
1. PREFACE
1.1 How to Use the BSD
1. Enter the chain specified in the chapter of troubleshooting.
2. Or enter the corresponding chain by referencing the table of contents.
3. Analyze the fault in the chain.
4. Once the fault has been located, advance to the parts index or corresponding
adjustment by referencing the Parts List number or adjustment number.
WARNING
Be sure to main power switch off and unplug the machine before replacing and
removing parts. Access to a live machine's interior can cause electric shocks.
1.2 Explanations of Symbols
This symbol references a note usually on the same
page.
1
This symbol references the parts list. PL represents
Parts List and "7.7" indicates a plate where the
corresponding part is described. Every replaceable
PL7.7
part on the BSD has this symbol.
References an adjustment in the chapter of Repairs
and Adjustments. In this example, 7.7.1 means that
the adjustment method is described in 7.7.1 in the
7.7.1
chapter of adjustment.
Indicates the variable resistor that can be adjusted in
field.
VR3
TP
Represents a signal test point.
Represents the source of input to the function. In
This example, the input source is the group function
1.3
of chain 1-3.
Represents the destination of output from the
function. In this example, the output destination is
the group function of chain 6-1.
6.1
VI-1
A
B
Represents a signal line connected vertically.
Represents a signal line connected horizontally.
B
A
Indicates that the signal line is connected in the
same function. In this example, the destination of the
signal line is described in the zone of E-3.
ZONE
E3
Indicates that the signal line is connected in the
same function. In this example, the source of the
signal line is described in the zone of A-4
ZONE
E4
Indicates that the signal line is connected in another
sheet (described at the lower right of BSD). In this
example, the destination of the signal line is
described in the CH8.5 zone of A-2.
SHEET 5
ZN A2
Indicates that the signal line is connected in another
sheet (described at the lower right of BSD). In this
example, the source of the signal line is described in
the CH8.5 zone of H-4.
SHEET 2
ZN H4
Represents the output power line of chain 1.
+5VDC
(1.2 J2)
Indicates that the signal flow is from right to left,
opposite to the ordinary direction.
Represents a feedback signal.
Represents a mechanical link to a part.
Represents a mechanical drive signal and its flow
direction.
VI-2
Represents a document or paper and its flow
direction.
Represents a thermal, optical, or pneumatic signal
and its flow direction.
Means that the information indicated by the arrow is
after 1V.
1
1
Means that the information indicated by the arrow is
before 1V.
Means that the information in the entire figure or
frame is after 1V.
1
1
Means that the information in the entire figure or
frame is before 1V.
VI-3
1.3 Signal Name
Signal Name
Signal name configuration
REGI SENSOR
Part name
SENSED
Status
(L)
+5VDC
Logical value
Voltage at signal level H
This signal is L when paper is detected at the registration sensor but H (+5 VDC)
when not.
1.4 DC Voltage
Unless otherwise specified in a note or other, the DC voltage is measured between
each test point and the frame and its value is within the following ranges:
+5VDC
(H) +4.5 to +5.3VDC
(L)
0.0 to +1.0VDC
+12VDC (H)
(L)
+10.0 to +13.2VDC
0.0 to +1.5VDC
+24VDC (H)
(L)
+22.0 to +25.7VDC
0.0 to +3.0VDC
1.5 Input/Output Test
DI: Digital input test
DO: Digital output test
The DI/DO diagnosis can be executed from the control panel.
VI-4
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.1.1 AC power on and DC distribution
DRIVE PWB
PL15.1
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
DI-7
INTERLOCK OPEN
I/L
SWITCH
2.1.2
INTERLOCK OPEN
SIGNAL
CONTROL
LOGIC
(L)+3.3VDC
J41
J11
LVPS
35
6
PL15.1
HARNESS ASSY AC SW
PL15.1
DC COM
MAIN
SWITCH
LOW VOLTAGE
GENERATION
DOUBLE
PLUG
CONNECTOR
FEEDER PWB
PL17.4
ALL
ALL
J161
BLK
J163 J60
J21 P210
YEL YEL
J210 P810
J810 J81
+24VDC
1
2
1
2
1
17
18
19
20
24
23
22
21
2
B12
B2
A12
B1
A13
B2
A2
B12
A1
25
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
ALL
ALL
25
1
A2
B13
A1
2
26
1
WHT
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
2
A14
B1
RETURN
ALL
ALL
ALL
26
A13
B13
ALL
ALL
ESS PWB
PL16.1
MCU AND
HVPS PWB
PL15.1
+5VDC
RETURN
J165 J61
1
2
8
7
24
17
P/J 14
CONTROL
LOGIC
ZN
A5
J23
2
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
1
+3.3VDC
RETURN
3
4
6
5
23
22
21
14
15
18
19
20
17
16
3
4
B11
B10
B3
B4
A12
A11
A3
A4
24
23
+3.3VDC
ALL
J167
J42
J12
1
2
1
Imaginary Line
ZN SLEEP MODE
B3
DC COM
2.3.1
2.3.1
2.3.1
2.3.1
J164
BRN
+3.3VDC
DC COM
+5VDC
J311
BRN
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
VIO
GRY
VIO
VIO
GRY
VIO
DC COM
2.1 Standby Power
VI-5
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.1.2 Monitoring
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
CONTROL PANEL
PL1.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
2.1.1
INTERLOCK OPEN
SIGNAL
CONTROL
LOGIC
1
Close Front Cover
1
Imaginary Line
2.1 Standby Power
VI-6
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.2.1 Control panel
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
CONTROL PANEL
PL1.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
CONTROL
LOGIC
J22
J221
J2211
1 - 20
1 - 20
1 - 20
SHILD
CABLE
SHILD
CABLE
brother
NETWORK READY
HL-4000CN
Job
Menu
Form Feed
Set
Cancel
Ready
Alarm
Back
2.2 Mode Selection
VI-7
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.3.1 Machine self test
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
2
2.3.3
IOT ERROR
CONTROL
LOGIC
ESS PWB
PL16.1
S1
EEPROM
(U8)
EEPROM
(U9)
1
1
P/J 14
P/J 1
RAM slot
PL16.1
CONTROL
LOGIC
RAM 128MB 50 DIMM
When replacing ESS
PWB,remove EEPROM(U8,U9)
from ESS PWB and install
them on new ESS PWB.
P/J 10
P/J 12
Pararell
USB
P/J 14
P/J 33
Font Card
2.1.1
2.1.1
2.1.1
2.1.1
+3.3VDC
J311
BRN
1
2
3
4
HDD ASSY
NIC EXP ASSY
PL16.1
PL16.1
+3.3DC
DC COM
+5VDC
DC COM
+5VDC
VIO
GRY
VIO
P/J 34
P/J 45
DC COM
Ethenet 100Base TX / 10BaseT
DC COM
2
2.3.3
ESS ERROR
2
Imaginary Line
2.3 Machine Run Control
VI-8
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.3.2 CRUM and billing
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2.3.3
CRUM DATA
CONTROL
LOGIC
BRACKET CONN ASSY
CONN ASSY BRACKET
Print head
cartridge ASSY
CRUM
PL12.3
CRUM MC
PL12.3
CRUM MC
PL12.3
CRUM
PL12.3
DOUBLE
PLUG
DI-32
PL11.1
CRUM DATA
J140
YEL
P71
J71
J710
YEL
2
5
4
3
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
5
4
3
2
1
YEL
YEL
CRUM CLOCK
3
4
5
6
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
MCU AND HVPS
PWB
PL15.1
+3.3VDC
(CH1.1)
DC COM
(CH1.1)
DOUBLE
PLUG
2.5.1
LD +5VDC
J710
YEL
J71
YEL
P71
YEL
J140
YEL
6
1
6
1
+5VDC
(CH1.1)
EEPROM PWB
PL12.1
CONTROL
LOGIC
EEPROM DATA
J144
YEL
7
8
4
3
2
1
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
EEPROM CLOCK
YEL
YEL
YEL
9
+3.3VDC
(CH1.1)
1
Imaginary Line
10
DC COM
(CH1.1)
2.3 Machine Run Control
VI-9
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.3.3 Monitoring
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
CONTROL PANEL
PL1.1
NIC Flash ROM Boot Module Checksum
Error
NIC RAM R/W Test Error
IOT Firmware Error
IOT NVRAM Error
03-340
03-356
10-351
16-300
16-301
16-302
16-317
16-310
16-315
16-316
16-323
16-324
16-325
16-326
16-327
16-328
16-330
16-331
16-332
16-333
16-334
16-335
16-336
16-340
16-344
16-345
16-346
16-312
16-313
16-360
16-361
16-314
16-350
16-370
1
2
3
4
5
6
2.3.1
2.3.1
CONTROL
LOGIC
1
IOT ERROR
ESS ERROR
03-340
03-356
10-351
16-300
16-302
16-310
16-316
16-324
16-326
16-328
16-331
16-333
16-335
16-340
16-345
16-312
16-360
16-314
16-370
NIC Flash ROM Application Module
Checksum Error
IOT Fuser Life Over
NIC MAC Address Checksum Error
NIC Ethernet BIST parity/RAM R/W Error
NIC Internal Loopback Error
ESS Data Cache Error
ESS Instruction Cache Error
ESS Illegal Exception
1
16-301
16-317
16-315
16-323
16-325
16-327
16-330
16-332
16-334
16-336
16-344
16-346
16-313
16-361
16-350
On Board Network Communication Fail
ESS ROM Check(Main) Fail
ESS FontROM Error(Main)
On Board Network MAC Address Checksum
Error
On Board Network Ethernet BIST
parity/RAM R/W Error
On Board Network Internal Loopback
Error
ESS HD Fail
ESS On-Board RAM W/R Check Fail
ESS RAM DIMM W/R Check Fail
ESS NVRAM1 W/R Check Fail
ESS NVRAM2 W/R Check Fail
ESS NVRAM3 W/R Check Fail
ESS NVRAM4 W/R Check Fail
ESS NVRAM1 ID Check Fail
ESS NVRAM2 ID Check Fail
NIC-ESS Communication Fail
ASIC Fail
PCI Option#0 Fail>PCI Option 0
Detection Error
PCI Option#1 Fail
Video Sync Fail
IEEE1284 Data Error
IOT-ESS Communication Fail
Sys Data cleared. Press Set
2.3.1
1
CRUM DATA
Set Print Head Cartridge
Replace Print Head Cartridge
Print Head Cartridge ID Error
2.3 Machine Run Control
1
Imaginary Line
VI-10
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.4.1 Main drive control
MAIN DRIVE ASSY
PL14.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
DRIVE PWB
PL15.1
DO-0
DO-1
(NORMAL SPEED)
(HALF SPEED)
CONTROL
LOGIC
MOTOR
DRIVE
J48
CLOCK A
J11
YEL
J41
YEL
34
7
3
4
5
6
1
2
CLOCK B
CLOCK XB
CLOCK A
CLOCK XA
DC COM
DC COM
DC COM
DC COM
33
32
31
30
8
CLOCK B
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
9
CLOCK XA
CLOCK XB
10
11
MOT
D/A MAIN MOTOR
YEL
YEL
+24VDC
SWITCHED
(CH1.1)
DRIVE MECHANISM
2.8.7
IDT2 DRIVE
REGI
ROLL DRIVE
2.7.6
MSI
2.7.2
2.7.2
FEED DRIVE
MSI TRANSPORT
ROLL DRIVE
TRAY1
FEED DRIVE
2.7.1
2.4 Start Print Power
VI-11
2.5 OPTICS(Scanner)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.5.1 Laser scanning image and control
SCANNER ASSY
PL11.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
QBLD PWB
SOS PWB
QBLD PWB
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
VIDEO DATA Y
J15
VIO
J151
CONTROL
LOGIC
LASER
CONTROL
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
VIO
VIO
VIO
VIO
VIO
VIO
VIO
VIO
VIO
VIO
VIO
VIO
VIO
VIO
J153
1
3
VIDEO DATA M
VIDEO DATA C
VIDEO DATA K
+3.3VDC
1
VIO
VIO
VIO
VIO
VIO
VIO
VIO
VIO
VIO
VIO
VIO
VIO
VIO
+5VDC
CONTROL
LOGIC
2.5.2
SOS SENSED
SIGNAL
J153
J151 SOS SENSED(L)+3.3VDC J15
2
16
5
VIO
VIO
DC COM
DC COM
LASER SCANNER
Drum(Y)
Quad Beam
Laser Diode
10
9
Polygon Mirror
Drum(M)
Drum(C)
Drum(K)
8
2.8.1
LASER SCAN
IMAGE
K
C
M
Y
8
13
20
1
DC COM
(CH1.1)
7
14
15
VIO
VIO
VIO
VIO
DC COM
+5VDC
(CH1.1)
2.3.2
LD +5VDC
6
SCANNER
MOTOR
J152
4
3
17
18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
VIO
VIO
VIO
VIO
+24VDC
SWITCHED
(CH1.1)
DC COM
(CH1.1)
MOT
CONTROL
LOGIC
SCANNER MOTOR ON(L) +5VDC
VIO VIO
2
19
DC COM
TP
1
Imaginary Line
VI-12
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.5.2 Monitoring
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
CONTROL PANEL
PL1.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
IOT Scanner Failure
2.5.1
CONTROL
LOGIC
6-370
1
SOS SENSED SIGNAL
6-370
1
Imaginary Line
2.5 OPTICS(Scanner)
VI-13
2.6 Paper Supplying
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.6.1 Tray1 paper stacking
TRAY1
2.7.1
PAPER STACK
POSITIONED
TRAY1 SENSOR AND SWITCHES
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
OPERATOR
LOADED PAPER
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
+3.3VDC
1
TRAY1 SIZE SWITCH
ASSY
PL4.2
2
DI-18
TRAY1 SIZE SWITCH1
ON(L) +3.3VDC
DRIVE PWB
PL15.1
TRAY1
SIZE SWITCH1
SIGNEL
2.6.4
2.6.4
2.6.4
SW1
SW2
SW3
CONTROL
J471
YEL
J47
YEL
J42
YEL
J12
YEL
LOGIC
4
3
1
1
2
4
16
17
18
15
2
+3.3VDC
TRAY1
SIZE SWITCH2
SIGNEL
TRAY1 SIZE SWITCH2
ON(L) +3.3VDC
14
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
B
2
+3.3VDC
TRAY1
SIZE SWITCH3
SIGNEL
TRAY1 SIZE SWITCH3
ON(L) +3.3VDC
J471
YEL
2
13
YEL
2
+3.3VDC
DI-11
TRAY1 NO PAPER
SENSED(H) +3.3VDC
TRAY1 NO PAPER
SENSOR
PL4.3
TRAY1
NO PAPAR
SENSED SIGNEL
2.6.4
J472
BLU
1
7
19
12
DRIVE PWB
PL15.1
BLU
YEL
YEL
J47
YEL
3
DC COM
(CH1.1)
A
J472
YEL
3
2
5
6
YEL
BLU
+3.3VDC
(CH1.1)
2
Imaginary Line
BLU
DC COM
(CH1.1)
+3.3VDC
TRAY1 LOW PAPER
SENSOR
PL4.3
DI-15
TRAY1 LOW PAPER
SENSED(H) +3.3VDC
J473
BLU
11
1
10
20
BLU
YEL
YEL
B
J473
YEL
8
9
3
2
YEL
YEL
SW3 Display
Paper Size
LEGAL14"
LEGAL13"
EXECUTIVE
B5
SW1 SW2
ON ON
ON ON
ON OFF
ON OFF
OFF ON
OFF OFF
OFF ON
Refer the relationship
1
between the status of TRAY1
SIZE SWITCH ASSY and display
of Diagnostic code "DI-18".
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
00
01
02
03
04
06
+3.3VDC
(CH1.1)
YEL
DC COM
(CH1.1)
A4
LETTER
A5
ON
ON
07
No Cassette
OFF OFF OFF
VI-14
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.6.2 Tray2 paper stacking
TRAY2
PAPER STACK
POSITIONED
2.7.3
TRAY2 SENSOR AND SWITCHES
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
OPERATOR
LOADED PAPER
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
1
TRAY2 SIZE SWITCH
ASSY
PL17.2
2
DI-20
TRAY2
SIZE SWITCH1
ON(L) +3.3VDC
+3.3VDC
DRIVE
CONNE
CTOR
DOUBLE
PLUG
PWB
TRAY2
SIZE SWITCH1
SIGNEL
PL15.1
SW1
CONTROL
LOGIC
2.6.4
2.6.4
2.6.4
J821
GRY
J82
J81 J810
YEL YEL
P810 J210
YEL YEL
P210 J21
YEL YEL
1
2
4
11
12
13
B3
B11
B12
B13
A3
A11
A12
A13
16
+3.3VDC
4
3
1
GRY
2
TRAY2
SIZE SWITCH2
ON(L) +3.3VDC
TRAY2
SIZE SWITCH2
SIGNEL
SW2
B2
B1
A2
A1
15
GRY
B
GRY
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
2
+3.3VDC
TRAY2
SIZE SWITCH3
ON(L) +3.3VDC
TRAY2
SIZE SWITCH3
SIGNEL
SW3
J821
GRY
14
2
GRY
GRY
2
+3.3VDC
TRAY2
DI-12
TRAY2 NO PAPER
SENSED(H) +3.3VDC
TRAY2 NO PAPER
SENSOR
NO PAPAR
SENSED
SIGNEL
DOUBLE
PLUG
DRIVE PWB
PL15.1
2.6.4
PL17.3
J822 P8220
J8220
GRY
1
3
1
7
16
A11
A4
B11
B3
11
GRY
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
J82
3
GRY
DC COM
(CH1.1)
DI-34
TRAY
MODULE
SET(H)
+3.3VDC
DOUBLE
PLUG
+3.3VDC
A
J8220
GRY GRY
P8220J822
5
6
3
1
3
2
3
B11
A9
1
B3
A6
A11
A3
B5
24
+3.3VDC
(CH1.1)
YEL YEL
Imaginary Line
2
DC COM
2
2
GRY GRY
DC COM
(CH1.1)
+3.3VDC
TRAY2 LOW PAPER
SENSOR
DI-16
TRAY2 LOW PAPER
SENSED(H) +3.3VDC
PL17.3
J823
GRY
10
GRY
18
B9
9
1
YEL YEL
B
J823
GRY
8
9
3
2
Paper Size
LEGAL14"
LEGAL13"
EXECUTIVE
B5
Display
00
GRY
GRY
Refer the relationship
SW1 SW2 SW3
ON ON ON
ON ON OFF
ON OFF ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF ON ON
OFF OFF ON
OFF ON ON
OFF OFF OFF
between the status of TRAY2
SIZE SWITCH ASSY and display
of Diagnostic code "DI-20".
+3.3VDC
(CH1.1)
01
02
03
04
GRY
DC COM
(CH1.1)
A4
06
LETTER
A5
No Cassette
2.6 Paper Supplying
07
VI-15
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.6.3 Tray3 paper stacking
TRAY3
PAPER STACK 2.7.4
POSITIONED
TRAY3 SENSOR AND SWITCHES
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
OPERATOR
LOADED PAPER
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
1
TRAY3 SIZE SWITCH
ASSY
PL17.2
2
DRIVE
PWB
PL15.1
DI-28
TRAY3
SIZE SWITCH1
ON(L) +3.3VDC
+3.3VDC
CONNE
CTOR
DOUBLE
PLUG
TRAY3
CONTROL
LOGIC
SIZE SWITCH1
SIGNEL
2.6.4
SW1
SW2
SW3
J831
BLU
J83
BLU
J81 J810
YEL YEL
P810 J210
YEL YEL
P210 J21
YEL YEL
1
2
4
8
9
B6
B8
A6
A8
19
+3.3VDC
4
3
1
2
TRAY3
SIZE SWITCH2
ON(L) +3.3VDC
TRAY3
SIZE SWITCH2 2.6.4
SIGNEL
B5
B4
B9
A5
A4
A9
18
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
BLU
BLU
BLU
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
B
2
+3.3VDC
TRAY3
SIZE SWITCH3
ON(L) +3.3VDC
TRAY3
SIZE SWITCH3
SIGNEL
2.6.4
2.6.4
J831
BLU
10
B10
A10
B1
17
2
BLU
2
+3.3VDC
TRAY3
DI-13
TRAY3 NO PAPER
SENSED(H) +3.3VDC
DOUBLE
PLUG
TRAY3 NO PAPER
SENSOR
NO PAPAR
SENSED
SIGNEL
DRIVE PWB
PL15.1
J832 P8220
J8220
BLU
PL17.3
1
3
1
7
15
A12
A3
B12
12
YEL YEL
BLU
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
J83
3
BLU
DC COM
(CH1.1)
DOUBLE
PLUG
A
J8220
P8220J832
5
6
3
1
3
2
BLU BLU
+3.3VDC
(CH1.1)
2
Imaginary Line
2
2
BLU BLU
DC COM
(CH1.1)
TRAY3 LOW PAPER
SENSOR
+3.3VDC
DI-17
TRAY3 LOW PAPER
SENSED(H) +3.3VDC
PL17.3
J833
GRY
1
10
18
A19
A5
B10
B4
10
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
GRY
YEL YEL
B
J833
BLU
8
9
3
2
Paper Size
LEGAL14"
LEGAL13"
EXECUTIVE
B5
BLU
BLU
Refer the relationship
SW1 SW2 SW3 Display
between the status of TRAY3
1
ON ON ON
ON ON OFF
ON OFF ON
ON OFF OFF
OFF ON ON
OFF OFF ON
OFF ON ON
OFF OFF OFF
00
01
02
03
04
06
+3.3VDC
(CH1.1)
SIZE SWITCH ASSY and display
of Diagnostic code "DI-28".
BLU
DC COM
(CH1.1)
A4
LETTER
A5
No Cassette
2.6 Paper Supplying
07
VI-16
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.6.4 Monitoring
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
CONTROL PANEL
PL1.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
2.6.1
2.6.1
2.6.1
TRAY1
CONTROL
LOGIC
1
SIZE SWITCH1 SIGNEL
Push in Tray 1
TRAY1
SIZE SWITCH2 SIGNEL
1
1
Check Paper in Tray 1
TRAY1
SIZE SWITCH3 SIGNEL
2.6.2
2.6.2
2.6.2
TRAY2
SIZE SWITCH1 SIGNEL
1
1
1
Push in Tray 2
TRAY2
SIZE SWITCH2 SIGNEL
Check Paper in Tray 2
TRAY2
SIZE SWITCH3 SIGNEL
2.6.3
2.6.3
2.6.3
TRAY3
SIZE SWITCH1 SIGNEL
1
1
1
Push in Tray 3
TRAY3
SIZE SWITCH2 SIGNEL
Check Paper in Tray 3
Push in The Tray
Push in All Trays
TRAY3
SIZE SWITCH3 SIGNEL
No Paper in Tray 1
2.6.1
2.6.2
2.6.3
TRAY1 NO PAPAR
SENSED SIGNEL
1
Load
Load
Load
Load
in Tray 1
in Tray 2
in Tray 3
in Tray
TRAY2 NO PAPAR
SENSED SIGNEL
1
TRAY3 NO PAPAR
SENSED SIGNEL
1
stands for paper size
No Paper in All Trays
1
Imaginary Line
2.6 Paper Supplying
VI-17
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.7.1 Tray1 paper feeding
TRAY1 PAPER FEED MECHANISM
2.4.1
2.6.1
2.7.6
1
2
3
4
5
6
TRAY1
TRAY1
FEED PAPER
FEED DRIVE
TRAY1
PAPER STACK
POSITIONED
A
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
DRIVE PWB
TRAY1 FEED
SORENOID
PL4.3
DO-28
TRAY1 FEED SOLENOID
PL15.1
DOUBLE
PLUG
CONTROL
LOGIC
J12
YEL
J47
YEL
ON(L) +24VDC
J42
YEL
P474
YEL
J474
10
21
12
11
1
2
2
1
DC COM
YEL
YEL
+24VDC
SWITCHED
(CH1.1)
TRAY1 TURN
CLUTCH ASSY
PL4.3
DO-26
TRAY1 TURN CLUTCH
DOUBLE
PLUG
A
ON(L) +24VDC
P475
YEL
J475
22
14
13
9
1
2
2
1
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
DC COM
YEL
+24VDC
SWITCHED
(CH1.1)
2.7 Paper Transportation
VI-18
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.7.2 MSI paper feeding
MSI PAPER DEEF MECHANISM
2.4.1
MSI
1
2
3
4
5
6
FEED DRIVE
2.7.6
MSI
FEED PAPER
A
OPERATOR
LOADED PAPER
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
MSI FEED
SOLENOID
PL7.2
DO-24
DOUBLE
PLUG
DOUBLE
PLUG
MSI FEED SOLENOID
CONTROL
LOGIC
ON(L) +24VDC
J13
YEL
P139
YEL
J139
YEL
P132
YEL
J132
11
10
1
2
11
1
2
2
1
DC COM
10
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
+24VDC
SWITCHED
(CH1.1)
CONTROL
LOGIC
+3.3VDC
1
DOUBLE
PLUG
DI-10
MSI NO PAPER
SENSOR
PL7.2
2.7.7
MSI NO PAPER
MSI NO PAPER
SENSED SIGNAL
J135
YEL
J139
YEL
P139
YEL
J13
SENSED(H) +3.3VDC
1
9
3
9
YEL
A
DOUBLE
PLUG
P139
J139
YEL
J135
YEL
5
4
7
3
2
7
8
YEL YEL
+3.3VDC
(CH1.1)
8
YEL YEL
YEL
YEL
DC COM
(CH1.1)
1
Imaginary Line
2.7 Paper Transportation
VI-19
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.7.3 Tray2 paper feeding
TRAY2 PAPER FEED MECHANISM
2.7.5
2.6.2
2.7.6
1
2
3
4
5
6
TRAY2
TRAY2
FEED PAPER
FEED DRIVE
TRAY2
PAPER STACK
POSITIONED
A
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
TRAY2 FEED
SORENOID
PL17.3
FEEDER PWB
DO-52
TRAY2 FEED SOLENOID
ON(L) +24VDC
DOUBLE
PLUG
CONNECTOR
PL17.4
DOUBLE
PLUG
CONTROL
LOGIC
J21 P210
YEL YEL
J210 P810
YEL YEL
J810 J81
YEL YEL
J82
GRY
P824
GRY
J824
A8
A7
12
11
7
B7
B7
20
1
2
2
1
DC COM
GRY
GRY
+24VDC
SWITCHED
(CH1.1)
TRAY2 TURN
CLUTCH ASSY
PL17.3
DO-50
DOUBLE
PLUG
A
TRAY2 TURN CLUTCH
ON(L) +24VDC
P825
GRY
J825
A10
A5
14
13
5
B9
B5
22
1
2
2
1
GRY
GRY
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
DC COM
GRY
+24VDC
SWITCHED
(CH1.1)
2.7 Paper Transportation
VI-20
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.7.4 Tray3 paper feeding
TRAY3 PAPER FEED MECHANISM
2.7.5
2.6.3
TRAY3
2.7.6
1
2
3
4
5
6
TRAY3
FEED PAPER
FEED DRIVE
TRAY3
PAPER STACK
POSITIONED
A
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
TRAY3 FEED
SORENOID
PL17.3
FEEDER PWB
DO-56
PL17.4
DOUBLE
PLUG
CONNECTOR
DOUBLE
PLUG
CONTROL
LOGIC
TRAY3 FEED SOLENOID
ON(L) +24VDC
J21 P210
YEL YEL
J210 P810
YEL YEL
J810 J81
YEL YEL
J83
P834
BLU
J834
19
DC COM
12
11
8
B6
B7
A7
A8
1
2
2
1
BLU
BLU
BLU
+24VDC
SWITCHED
(CH1.1)
TRAY3 TURN
CLUTCH ASSY
PL17.3
DO-54
TRAY3 TURN CLUTCH
ON(L) +24VDC
A
DOUBLE
PLUG
P835
BLU
J835
21
14
13
6
B8
B6
A9
A6
1
2
2
1
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
BLU
BLU
DC COM
BLU
+24VDC
SWITCHED
(CH1.1)
2.7 Paper Transportation
VI-21
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.7.5 Feeder drive control
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
FEEDER PWB
PL17.4
(NORTMAL SPEED) FEEDER DRIVE
DO-10
DO-11
ASSY
(HALF SPEED)
CONNECTOR
DOUBLE
PLUG
PL17.4
CONTROL
LOGIC
MOTOR
DRIVE
J21
YEL
P210
YEL
J810
YEL
J81
J84
CLOCK A
CLOCK A
CLOCK B
CLOCK XA
CLOCK XB
J210 P810
YEL YEL
20
21
22
23
13
A7
A7
B7
B7
B8
7
6
1
2
5
6
3
4
YEL
DC COM
DC COM
DC COM
DC COM
A6
A5
A4
B1
A8
B6
B5
B4
A2
CLOCK B
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
A9
B9
5
CLOCK XA
CLOCK XB
A10
B13
B10
A13
4
MOT
D/A FEEDER MOTOR
YEL
14
+24VDC
SWITCHED
(CH1.1)
DRIVE MECHANISM
2.7.3
TRAY2
FEED DRIVE
TRAY3
FEED DRIVE
2.7.4
2.7 Paper Transportation
VI-22
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.7.6 Registration
2.8.6
REGISTRATED
PAPER
2.4.1
REGI
1
2
3
4
5
6
ROLL DRIVE
REGISTRATION
C
2.4.1
2.9.4
MSI TRANSPORT
ROLL DRIVE
B
A
A
DUPLEX
FEED PAPER
2.7.2
MST
FEED PAPER
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
DO-20
REGI CLUTCH
ON(L) +24VDC
REGI CLUTCH
PL10.1
J18
CONTROL
LOGIC
5
4
2.7.1
2.7.1
TRAY1 PAPER
ROLL DRIVE
DC COM
+24VDC
SWITCHED
(CH1.1)
TRAY1
FEED PAPER
MSI TURN
CLUTCH
PL5.1
DO-22
MSI TURN CLUTCH
ON(L) +24VDC
2.7.3
2.7.3
TRAY2 PAPER
ROLL DRIVE
J19
2
1
DC COM
TRAY2
FEED PAPER
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
+24VDC
SWITCHED
(CH1.1)
+3.3VDC
1
DI-3
REGI SENSOR
PL10.1
2.7.4
2.7.4
TRAY3 PAPER
ROLL DRIVE
2.7.7
REGI PAPER
SENSED(L) +3.3VDC
CONTROL
LOGIC
REGI PAPER
SENSED SIGNAL
J181
1
J18
3
TRAY3
FEED PAPER
B
J181
3
1
2
+3.3VDC
(CH1.1)
2
OHP SENSOR
PL10.1
C
DC COM
(CH1.1)
+3.3VDC
1
2.7.7
OHP PAPER
SENSED SIGNAL
J321
BLU
J32
BLU
OHP PAPER
SENSED(L) +3.3VDC
3
1
1
3
J321
BLU
J32
BLU
2
2
+5VDC
(CH1.1)
BLU
BLU
DC COM
(CH1.1)
Imaginary Line
1
2.7 Paper Transportation
VI-23
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.7.7 Monitoring
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
CONTROL PANEL
PL1.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
2.7.2
MSI NO PAPER
CONTROL
LOGIC
1
SENSED SIGNAL
Load
in MP Tray
stands for paper size
Check Paper in MP Tray
2.7.6
2.7.6
REGI PAPER
SENSED SIGNAL
1
1
Feed Jam Open A-Cover
Feed Jam Check Tray
OHP PAPER
SENSED SIGNAL
Trans. Error Open A-Cover
1
Imaginary Line
2.7 Paper Transportation
VI-24
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.8.1 Charging and exposure
CHARGING
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
Print head cartridge ASSY
PL11.1
DO-30
HVPS
HTC(Y)
HTC POWER
J804
J805
1
1
REFRESHER(Y)
HTC(M)
REFRESHER POWER
REFRESHER(M)
HTC(C)
REFRESHER(C)
HTC(K)
Print head cartridge ASSY
REFRESHER(K)
EXPOSURE
2.8.2
2.8.2
2.8.2
2.8.2
LATENT IMAGE(Y)
LATENT IMAGE(M)
LATENT IMAGE(C)
LATENT IMAGE(K)
2.5.1
2.5.1
2.5.1
2.5.1
LASER SCAN
IMAGE(Y)
LASER SCAN
IMAGE(M)
LASER SCAN
IMAGE(C)
LASER SCAN
IMAGE(K)
2.8 XEROGRAPHICS
VI-25
2.8 XEROGRAPHICS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.8.2 Development
DRIVE MECHANISM
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
DRIVE PWB
PL15.1
DEVE DRIVE ASSY
PL14.1
DO-a
DO-b
(NORMAL SPEED)
(HARF SPEED)
1
2
3
4
5
6
ZN
ZN
CONTROL
LOGIC
MOTOR
DRIVE
CLOCK A
J11
YEL
CLOCK B
J41
YEL
J49
3
4
5
6
1
1
40
DC COM
CLOCK XB
CLOCK A
2
3
4
5
39
38
37
36
CLOCK B
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
DC COM
DC COM
DC COM
ZN
ZN
CLOCK XA
CLOCK XB
CLOCK XA
D/A MAIN MOTOR
MOT
2
+24VDC
SWITCHED
(CH1.1)
2.8.1
2.8.5
2.8.1
2.8.5
2.8.1
2.8.5
2.8.1
2.8.5
DEVELOPMENT
LATENT IMAGE(Y)
DISPENSED
TONER(Y)
PRINT HEAD
CARTRIDGE ASSY
PL11.1
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
DO-32
DO-34
ZN
2.8.6
2.8.6
DEVELOPED
IMAGE(Y)
CONTROL
LOGIC
LATENT IMAGE(M)
DEVELOPER(Y)
DEVELOPER(M)
DEVELOPER(C)
DEVELOPER(K)
DEVE BIAS(Y)
J601
J602
J603
J604
1
1
1
1
DISPENSED
TONER(M)
ZN
ZN
ZN
DO-36
DEVELOPED
IMAGE(M)
DEVE BIAS(M)
LATENT IMAGE(C)
DO-38
DEVE BIAS(C)
2.8.6
2.8.6
DEVELOPED
IMAGE(C)
DISPENSED
TONER(C)
DO-3a
DEVELOPED
IMAGE(K)
DEVE BIAS(K)
LATENT IMAGE(K)
DISPENSED
TONER(K)
VI-26
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.8.3 Toner cartridge set
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
DRIVE PWB
PL15.1
TONER
+3.3VDC
1
DRIVE PWB
PL15.1
A
B
CARTRIDGE
SWITCH ASSY (Y)
DI-8
CONTROL
LOGIC
TONER CARTRIDGE(Y)
SET SIGNAL
2.8.8
TONER CARTRIDGE(Y)
SET(L) +3.3VDC
PL12.2
J51
12
J431
YEL
J431
GRY
J12
J51
J42
27
1
1
2
11
4
YEL
YEL
GRY
YEL
DC COM
(CH1.1)
TONER
CARTRIDGE
SWITCH ASSY (M)
PL12.2
+3.3VDC
+3.3VDC
+3.3VDC
1
DI-9
TONER CARTRIDGE(M)
SET SIGNAL
2.8.8
2.8.8
TONER CARTRIDGE(M)
SET(L) +3.3VDC
J432
YEL
J432
GRY
J12
VIO
14
2
27
27
27
13
29
5
6
YEL
GRY
VIO
DC COM
(CH1.1)
TONER
CARTRIDGE
SWITCH ASSY (C)
1
C
DI-a
TONER CARTRIDGE(C)
SET SIGNAL
TONER CARTRIDGE(C)
SET(L) +3.3VDC
PL12.2
J433
YEL
J433
GRY
J12
BLU
30
1
1
2
GRY
BLU
YEL
DC COM
(CH1.1)
TONER
CARTRIDGE
SWITCH ASSY (K)
1
DI-b
TONER CARTRIDGE(K)
SET SIGNAL
TONER CARTRIDGE(K)
SET(L) +3.3VDC
PL12.2
2.8.8
J434
YEL
J434
GRY
J12
GRY
32
2
31
3
YEL
GRY
GRY
DC COM
(CH1.1)
TONER CARTRIDGE SET
1
C
Imaginary Line
B
A
2.8 XEROGRAPHICS
VI-27
2.8 XEROGRAPHICS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.8.4 Toner dispense control
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
TONER MOTOR
ASSY(K)
DRIVE PWB
PL15.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
DRIVE PWB
PL15.1
TONER MOTOR
ASSY(Y)
DO-1e
PL12.2
CONTROL
LOGIC
DO-18
J51
CLOCK A J511
PL12.2
CONTROL
CLOCK A
CLOCK B
J11
J41
YEL
J51 CLOCK A J514
37
38
39
40
4
3
2
1
25
26
27
28
24
4
3
2
1
1
LOGIC
CLOCK A
CLOCK B
J11
YEL
J41
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
GRY
GRY
25
26
27
28
16
2
3
4
5
1
4
3
2
1
1
GRY
GRY
DC COM
CLOCK B
DC COM
DC COM
DC COM
DC COM
CLOCK B
YEL
GRY
GRY
GRY
15
14
13
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
GRY
GRY
GRY
DC COM
DC COM
DC COM
+24VDC
CLOCK XA
YEL
CLOCK XA
MOT
CLOCK XA
YEL
CLOCK XA
GRY
GRY
GRY
MOT
GRY
GRY
YEL
CLOCK XB
YEL
CLOCK XB
CLOCK XB
YEL
CLOCK XB
GRY
GRY
YEL
GRY
SWITCHED
(CH1.1)
+24VDC
SWITCHED
(CH1.1)
TONER MOTOR
ASSY(M)
DO-1a
CLOCK A J512
PL12.2
CLOCK A
CLOCK B
12
11
10
9
7
8
4
3
2
1
1
29
30
31
32
TONER DISPENSE CONTROL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
GRY
GRY
DC COM
DC COM
DC COM
DC COM
CLOCK B
GRY
GRY
CLOCK XA
YEL
CLOCK XA
GRY GRY
MOT
9
CLOCK XB
YEL
CLOCK XB
GRY
10
6
GRY
VIO
VIO
+24VDC
SWITCHED
(CH1.1)
TONER MOTOR
ASSY(C)
PL12.2
DESPENSED
TONER(Y)
2.8.2
2.8.2
DO-1c
CLOCK A J513
CLOCK A
CLOCK B
33
34
35
36
8
7
6
5
20
21
22
23
19
4
3
2
1
1
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
GRY
GRY
DC COM
DC COM
DC COM
DC COM
DESPENSED
TONER(M)
CLOCK B
YEL
GRY
GRY
GRY
CLOCK XA
YEL
CLOCK XA
DESPENSED
TONER(C)
2.8.2
2.8.2
MOT
GRY
GRY
BLU
CLOCK XB
YEL
CLOCK XB
GRY
BLU
DESPENSED
TONER(K)
+24VDC
SWITCHED
(CH1.1)
VI-28
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.8.5 Low toner sensing
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
DI-c
DI-d
DI-e
DI-f
(Y)
(M)
(C)
(K)
DRIVE PWB
PL15.1
LOW TONER
SENSOR(Y)
PL12.2
DRIVE PWB
PL15.1
A
1
+3.3VDC
CONTROL
LOGIC
NO TONER
CHECK
CONTROL
NO TONER(Y)
J51
15
J441
GRY
J441
YEL
J51
16
3
1
2
2.8.8
GRY
YEL
NO TONER
SENSED(L) +3.3VDC
NO TONER
SENSED SIGNAL
J42
J12
DC COM
(CH1.1)
28
3
N.C.
YEL
YEL
LOW TONER
SENSOR(M)
PL12.2
B
J442
GRY
NO TONER(M)
NO TONER CHECK(C)
YEL
J442
VIO
10
9
21
22
23
17
3
1
2
2
18
34
36
GRY
VIO
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
DC COM
(CH1.1)
N.C.
NO TONER CHECK(M)
YEL
C
LOW TONER
SENSOR(C)
PL12.2
NO TONER CHECK(Y)
8
YEL
YEL
NO TONER(C)
J443
GRY
J443
BLU
33
3
1
NO TONER CHECK(K)
GRY
BLU
7
24
DC COM
(CH1.1)
N.C.
D
LOW TONER
SENSOR(K)
PL12.2
NO TONER(K)
J444
GRY
J444
GRY
35
3
1
2
GRY
GRY
DC COM
(CH1.1)
N.C.
TONER DISPENSE MECHANISM
C
D
1
Imaginary Line
A
B
2.8 XEROGRAPHICS
VI-29
2.8 XEROGRAPHICS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.8.6 Transfer and cleaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
SUB HVPS
PL12.1
DO-4c
DTS
ON(L) +24VDC
Transfer roll cartridge
UNIT ASSY
PL9.1
2.9.1
UNFUSED
PRINT
J13
J5011
YEL
CONTROL
LOGIC
DTS
CONTROL
31
28
2
5
YEL
Transfer roll
cartridge
Transfer roll cartridge
J5030
J5020
1
1
1
DTS REF
DO-48
YEL
YEL
Transfer roll cartridge PLUS
ON(L) +24VDC
YEL
Transfer roll cartridge
DTS
Transfer
roll
cartridge
control
29
26
4
7
YEL
DTS
PLUS REF
YEL
YEL
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
DO-4a
Transfer roll cartridge MINUS
ON(L) +24VDC
Transfer roll
cartridge
monitor
TRANSFER AND CLEANING
Print head cartridge
ASSY
PL11.1
J5011
YEL
J13
32
CONTROL
LOGIC
30
27
24
22
23
25
3
6
DO-40
DO-42
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
Transfer roll cartridge
MINUS REF
3.0V REF
IDT2
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
J702 IDT2
HVPS
1
1
1
1
DO-46
IDT2
9
IDT2 CLEANER
IDT1
CLEANER
J802
11
10
8
DO-3c
DO-3e
J701 IDT1
+24VDC
SWITCHED
(CH1.1)
DO-44
IDT1
IDT1 CLEANER
CLEANER
J801
DC COM
(CH1.1)
2.8.2
2.8.2
2.8.2
DEVELOPED
IMAGE(Y)
DEVELOPED
IMAGE(M)
DEVELOPED
IMAGE(C)
DEVELOPED
IMAGE(K)
2.8.2
2.7.6
REGISTRATED
PAPER
VI-30
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.8.7 ADC and environment sensing
HUM TEMP
SENSOR
PL4.2
1
2
3
4
5
6
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
DOUBLE
PLUG
DOUBLE
PLUG
2.8.8
1
1
HUMI SIGNAL
TEMP SIGNAL
HUMI
TEMP
J24
YEL
P2361
YEL
J2361
YEL
J231
YEL
J231
YEL
J2361
YEL
P2361
YEL
J24
CONTROL
LOGIC
4
2
1
3
4
2
1
3
2
4
3
1
2
4
3
1
YEL
+5VDC
(CH1.1)
2.8.8
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
DC COM
(CH1.1)
ADC SENSOR
ASSY
PL5.1
DOUBLE
PLUG
DOUBLE
PLUG
CONTROL
LOGIC
P1361 ADC VOUT J13
LED ON
J13
YEL
P1361
YEL
J1361
YEL
J136
YEL
J136
YEL
J1361
YEL
16
1
4
3
5
2
3
1
4
3
5
1
4
5
2
12
15
YEL
YEL
ADC SENSOR
SENSED SIGNEL
2.8.8
DC COM
1
1
ADC MONITOR
13
14
2
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
A
YEL
YEL
+5VDC
(CH1.1)
DC COM
(CH1.1)
+3.3VDC
WASTE TONER
SENSOR
DOUBLE
PLUG
WASTE TONER FULL
SENSED SIGNAL
WASTE TONER FULL
SENSED(H) +3.3VDC
2.8.8
PL5.1
J140
YEL
J142
YEL
J141
P141
YEL
2
2
2
12
YEL
DOUBLE
PLUG
B
J140 P141
YEL YEL
J141
YEL
J142
YEL
13
11
1
3
3
1
1
3
ADC
+5VDC
(CH1.1)
A
B
YEL YEL
YEL
YEL
DC COM
(CH1.1)
1
Imaginary Line
2.8 XEROGRAPHICS
VI-31
2.8 XEROGRAPHICS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.8.8 Monitoring
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
CONTROL PANEL
PL1.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
IOT Envirnment Sensor Error
IOT CTD Sensor Error
IOT Low Density Error
2.8.3
2.8.3
2.8.3
10-354
9-340
9-342
TONER CARTRIDGE(Y)
SET SIGNAL
CONTROL
LOGIC
1
Reinsert Yellow Toner (Y)
Reinsert Magenta Toner (M)
Reinsert Cyan Toner (C)
Reinsert Black Toner (B)
TONER CARTRIDGE(M)
SET SIGNAL
1
1
TONER CARTRIDGE(C)
SET SIGNAL
2.8.3
2.8.5
TONER CARTRIDGE(K)
SET SIGNAL
1
1
NO TONER
SENSED SIGNAL
Replace Yellow Toner (Y)
Replace Magenta Toner (M)
Replace Cyan Toner (C)
Replace Black Toner (B)
2.8.7
2.8.7
2.8.7
1
1
1
HUMI SIGNAL
TEMP SIGNAL
10-354
ADC SENSOR
SENSED SIGNEL
9-340
9-342
Clean Up CTD Sensor
Reinsert Transfer Roll
2.8.7
WASTE TONER FULL
SENSED SIGNAL
1
1
Replace Transfer Roll
Imaginary Line
VI-32
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.9.1 Fusing and fuser heat control
FUSING
D
1
2
3
4
5
6
A
2.8.6 UNFUSED
PRINT
2.9.3
2.9.4
HEAT
AIR
B
C
FUSED
PRINT
2.9.2
FUSER
DRIVE
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
1
CONTROL
+3.3VDC
FUSER ASSY
PL9.1
EXIT
LOGIC
DI-2
EXIT PAPER
EXIT SENSOR
CONN-
ECTOR
DOUBLE
PLUG
PAPER
SENSED 2.9.6
SIGNEL
SENSED(L) +3.3VDC
P323 P321
J232 P138
J138
YEL
J13
19
1
A3
A3
3
3
YEL
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
A
DOUBLE
PLUG
CONN-
ECTOR
J13
YEL YEL
J138
P138
J232
P321 P323
A5
A1
3
2
17
5
4
1
2
+3.3VDC
(CH1.1)
A4
A2
18
21
YEL YEL
1
DC COM
(CH1.1)
TEMP SENSOR
TEMP
SENSOR 2.9.6
SIGNAL
FUSER TEMP SENSOR
YEL YEL
J322
J322
A1
A5
1
2
1
5
A4
A2
4
2
20
YEL YEL
DC COM
(CH1.1)
B
DRIVE
PWB
PL15.1
LVPS
PL15.1
CONTROL
LOGIC
C
HEATER
HEATER
CONTROL
HEATER ON
J12 J42
J61
J165
J162
J325
20
11
4
5
2
3
3
1
DC COM
AC RETURN
(CH1.1)
THERMOSTAT
N.C.
2
1
2
1
1
Imaginary Line
D
AC POWER
(CH1.1)
2.9 Fusing and Transportation
VI-33
2.9 Fusing and Transportation
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.9.2 Fuser drive control
1
2
3
4
5
6
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
DRIVE PWB
PL15.1
FUSER DRIVE
ASSY
DO-d (NORMAL SPEED)
PL6.2
(HALF SPEED)
DO-e
CONTROL
LOGIC
MOTOR
DRIVE
J11
CLOCK B
J41
CLOCK A
12
29
3
4
5
6
1
2
J52
YEL
YEL
DC COM
DC COM
DC COM
DC COM
CLOCK XB
CLOCK A
13
14
15
16
28
27
26
25
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
CLOCK B
CLOCK XA
CLOCK XB
CLOCK XA
MOT
D/A FUSER MOTOR
YEL
+24VDC
SWITCHED
(CH1.1)
DRIVE MECHANISM
2.9.1
FUSER DRIVE
VI-34
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.9.3 Fan control
COOLING FANS
1
2
3
4
5
6
AIR
2.9.1
HEAT AIR
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
MCU AND HVPS
PWB
PL15.1
DO-13 (HIGH SPEED)
DRIVE PWB
PL15.1
DO-14 (LOW SPEED)
FUSER FAN
DOUBLE
PLUG
FUSER FAN
PL1.1
DRIVE
PWB
PL15.1
CONTROL
+3.3VDC
FUSER FAN
1
DI-30
FUSER FAN FAIL
(H) +3.3VDC
CONTROL
LOGIC
STOP
FAN
ON(H) +24VDC
LOGIC
J12
YEL
J42
J50
YEL
J137
YEL
DOUBLE
PLUG
P137
1
30
1
7
9
3
1
1
3
CONTROL
2.9.6
YEL
FUSER FAN
LOW
FUSER FAN
FAIL SIGNAL
P137
J137
YEL
J50
YEL
J42 J12
YEL YEL
DC COM
MOT
2
2
8
27
4
30
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
DC COM
(CH1.1)
DO-13 (HIGH SPEED)
DO-14 (LOW SPEED)
LVPS
PL15.1
REAR FAN
PL15.1
REAR FAN
STOP
YEL
REAR FAN
LOW
REAR FAN
+3.3VDC
1
DI-31
REAR FAN FAIL
ON(H) +24VDC
J166
J61 J165
YEL YEL
FAN
CONTROL
LVPS
PL15.1
1
3
8
1
18
19
13
12
YEL
YEL
REAR FAN
FAIL SIGNAL
2.9.6
J166
J165
YEL
(H) +3.3VDC
J61
DC COM
MOT
2
7
2
29
2
YEL
YEL YEL
6
YEL
YEL YEL
3
DC COM
1
Imaginary Line
2.9 Fusing and Transportation
VI-35
2.9 Fusing and Transportation
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.9.4 Exit and invert transpotation
2.9.1
PRINT TO
FACE DOWN TRAY
A
FUSED PRINT
1
2
3
4
5
6
2.9.5
2.9.5
2.9.5
ROLL MID
DRIVE
ROLL DUP
DRIVE
ROLL EXIT
DRIVE
2.7.6
DUPLEX
FEED PAPER
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
+3.3VDC
1
DUP JAM SENSOR
PL7.1
DOUBLE
PLUG
DI-1
CONTROL
LOGIC
DUP JAM PAPER
SENSED SIGNAL
2.9.6
DUP JAM PAPER
SENSED(H) +3.3VDC
J133
YEL
J139
YEL
P139
YEL
J13
3
1
3
9
YEL
MCU AND HVPS
PWB
PL15.1
DOUBLE
PLUG
J13
P139
J139
YEL
J133
YEL
1
2
11
1
2
3
2
YEL YEL
+3.3VDC
(CH1.1)
10
YEL YEL
YEL
YEL
DC COM
(CH1.1)
+3.3VDC
1
FULL STACK
SENSOR
PL7.1
DI-0
A
2.9.6
PAPER FULL STACK
SENSED(H) +3.3VDC
PAPER FULL STACK
SENSED SIGNAL
J134
YEL
1
6
6
6
YEL
YEL
YEL
J134
YEL
4
5
8
7
4
5
3
2
YEL YEL
YEL YEL
YEL
YEL
+3.3VDC
(CH1.1)
YEL
DC COM
(CH1.1)
1
Imaginary Line
VI-36
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
DO-3 (FORWARD NORMAL SPEED)
DO-4 (FORWARD HALF SPEED)
DO-5 (FORWARD DOUBLE SPEED)
DO-3 (REVERSE NORMAL SPEED)
DO-4 (REVERSE HALF SPEED)
DO-5 (REVERSE DOUBLE SPEED)
2.9.5 Exit and invert mechanism
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
DRIVE PWB
PL15.1
DUP MOTOR ASSY
PL8.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
DOUBLE
PLUG
CONTROL
MOTOR
DRIVE
LOGIC
CLOCK A
CLOCK B
CLOCK XA
CLOCK XB
J12
YEL
CLOCK A
J42
YEL
J50
YEL
J131
YEL
P131
5
6
26
4
3
2
1
6
5
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
DC COM
DC COM
DC COM
DC COM
CLOCK B
25
24
23
2
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
CLOCK XA
CLOCK XB
D/A DUP MOTOR
7
8
MOT
29
+24VDC
SWITCHED
(CH1.1)
DRIVE MECHANISM
2.9.4
2.9.4
ROLL EXIT
DRIVE
ROLL MID
DRIVE
2.9.4
ROLL DUP
DRIVE
2.9 Fusing and Transportation
VI-37
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2.9.6 Monitoring
MCU AND HVPS PWB
PL15.1
CONTROL PANEL
PL1.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
IOT Fuser Detached
IOT Fuser Failure
2.9.1
2.9.1
10-317
10-350
1-360
EXIT PAPER
CONTROL
LOGIC
1
SENSED SIGNEL
Feed Jam Open A/B-Cover
TEMP SENSOR
SIGNAL
1
10-317
10-350
IOT Fan Motor Failure
2.9.3
2.9.3
2.9.4
2.9.4
FUSER FAN
FAIL SIGNAL
1
1
1-360
REAR FAN
FAIL SIGNAL
DUP JAM PAPER
SENSED SIGNAL
1
1
Feed Jam Open B-Cover
Empty Exit Tray
PAPER FULL STACK
SENSED SIGNAL
1
Imaginary Line
2.9 Fusing and Transportation
VI-38
CHAPTER VII
3/8*ꢀ-$&.ꢁꢂ3ꢀ-ꢃꢁ
&211(&725ꢁ/2&$7,216ꢁ
&217(176ꢁ
CHAPTER VII PLUG/JACK (P/J) CONNECTOR LOCATIONS ....VII-1
1. LIST OF P/J...............................................................................................VII-1ꢀ
1.1 Base Engine ................................................................................................................... VII-1
1.2 2 Tray Module................................................................................................................. VII-3
2. P/J LAYOUT DIAGRAM ............................................................................VII-4ꢀ
2.1 IOT Top........................................................................................................................... VII-4
2.2 IOT Front/RH .................................................................................................................. VII-5
2.3 MCU and HVPS PWB/ESS PWB ................................................................................... VII-6
2.4 Tray 1.............................................................................................................................. VII-7
2.5 2 Tray Module................................................................................................................. VII-8
CHAPTER VII PLUG/JACK (P/J) CONNECTOR LOCATIONS
1.
LIST OF P/J
The following tables list the connector (P/J) coordiates corresponding to 7.2 P/J Layout
Diagram.
1.1
Base Engine
P/J
1
Coordiates Remarks
H-32
J-32
J-43
I-43
Connector for ESS PWB memory
10
11
12
12
13
14
14
15
18
19
21
22
23
24
26
27
30
31
32
32
33
34
41
42
45
47
48
49
50
50
51
52
60
61
64
Connector for ESS PWB parallel interface
Connects MCU and HVPS PWB and harness ASSY DRV1
Connects MCU and HVPS PWB and harness ASSY DRV2
Connector for USB interface on ESS PWB
Connects MCU and HVPS PWB and harness ASSY front 1A
Connects MCU and HVPS PWB and ESS PWB
Connector for font card on ESS PWB
J-32
H-43
J-43
J-32
H-43
H-44
H-44
I-43
Connects MCU and HVPS PWB and harness ASSY scanner KA
Connects MCU and HVPS PWB and REGI clutch
Connects MCU and HVPS PWB and MSI turn clutch
Connects MCU and HVPS PWB and harness ASSY OPF main
Connects MCU and HVPS PWB and harness ASSY OPEPANE AS
Connects MCU and HVPS PWB and harness ASSY LVRMT
Connects MCU and HVPS PWB and harness ASSY TMPB
--
J-43
I-43
H-43
H-43
I-33
Connects ESS PWB and MCU and HVPS PWB
Flash-write
H-43
J-43
H-43
J-33
I-32
For test print
Connects MCU and HVPS PWB and harness ASSY OHP
-- (ESS PWB)
Connector for connecting to ESS PWB hard disk
Connector for connecting to ESS PWB network card
Connects drive PWB and harness ASSY DRV1
Connects drive PWB and harness ASSY DRV2
Connector for ESS PWB Ethernet
J-32
I-18
J-18
K-32
J-18
I-18
Connects drive PWB and harness ASSY feeder
Connects drive PWB and main motor ASSY
Connects drive PWB and DEVE motor ASSY
Connects drive PWB and harness ASSY DUP
-- (ESS PWB)
I-17
J-18
I-32
J-16
I-18
Connects drive PWB and harness ASSY TNR
Connects drive PWB and fuser motor ASSY
Connects drive PWB and harness ASSY 24V
Connects drive PWB and harness ASSY LVNC
-- (ESS PWB)
I-17
J-18
I-32
VII-1
P/J
66
Coordiates Remarks
I-32
B-32
J-32
H-32
B-7
Connector for connecting to EEPROM on ESS PWB
71
Connects harness ASSY EEPROM and harness ASSY CRUM
-- (ESS PWB)
80
120
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
144
151
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
181
210
220
Jamper pin on ESS PWB
Connects harness ASSY DUP and DUP motor ASSY
Connects harness ASSY front 2 and MSI feed solenoid
Connects harness ASSY front 2 and DUP JAM sensor
Connects harness ASSY front 2 and full stack sensor
Connects harness ASSY front 2 and MSI no paper sensor
Connects harness ASSY CTD and ADC sensor ASSY
Connects harness ASSY DUP and fuser fan
B-9
D-8
D-6
C-9
C-23
F-8
B-32
B-33
H-43
B-32
D-23
E-35
F-22
H-29
H-29
H-27
H-28
H-28
H-27
H-28
E-38
H-23
E-7
Connects harness ASSY front 1A and harness ASSY FSR2
Connects harness ASSY front 1A and harness ASSY front 2
Connects MCU and HVPS PWB and harness ASSY EEPROM
Connects harness ASSY EEPROM and harness ASSY TFLSNR
Connects harness ASSY TFLSNR and waste toner sensor
Connects harness ASSY EEPROM and EEPRON PWB
Connects harness ASSY scanner KA and scanner ASSY
Connects LVPS and harness ASSY AC SW
Connects LVPS and harness ASSY FSR2
Connects LVPS and harness ASSY 24V
Connects LVPS and harness ASSY LVRPG
Connects LVPS and harness ASSY LVNC
Connects LVPS and rear fan
Connects LVPS and harness ASSY LVRMT
Connects REGI sensor and REGI clutch (harness section)
Connects harness ASSY OPF main and harness ASSY OPFREC
Connects harness ASSY OPEPANE B and control panel HANABI
Connects harness ASSY OPEPANE A and harness ASSY
OPEPANE B
221
B-33
231
232
311
321
431
432
433
434
441
442
443
444
C-49
F-23
I-42
Connects harness ASSY TMPA and HUM TEMP sensor
Connects harness ASSY FSR2 and furser ASSY
Connects MCU and HVPS PWB and harness ASSY LVRPG
Connects harness ASSY OHP and OHP sensor
E-6
E-6
E-5
F-5
G-7
G-6
H-6
H-6
Connects harness ASSY OHP and OHP sensor (Y)
Connects harness ASSY OHP and OHP sensor (M)
Connects harness ASSY OHP and OHP sensor (C)
Connects harness ASSY OHP and OHP sensor (K)
Connects harness ASSY TNR and low toner sensor (Y)
Connects harness ASSY TNR and low toner sensor (M)
Connects harness ASSY TNR and low toner sensor (C)
Connects harness ASSY TNR and low toner sensor (K)
VII-2
P/J
471
472
473
474
475
511
512
513
514
710
810
960
1361
2361
5011
5020
5030
Coordiates Remarks
J-49
E-4
Connects harness ASSY feeder and tray1 size switch ASSY
Connects harness ASSY feeder and tray 1 no paper sensor
Connects harness ASSY feeder and tray 1 low paper sensor
Connects harness ASSY feeder and tray1 feed clutch
Connects harness ASSY feeder and tray 1 turn clutch ASSY
Connects harness ASSY TNR and toner motor ASSY (Y)
Connects harness ASSY TNR and toner motor ASSY (M)
Connects harness ASSY TNR and toner motor ASSY (C)
Connects harness ASSY TNR and toner motor ASSY (K)
Connects harness ASSY CRUM and bracket CRUM
Connects harness ASSY OPFREC and harness ASSY PLG
Connector for connecting to EEPROM on ESS PWB
Connects harness ASSY front 1A and harness ASSY CTD
Connects harness ASSY TMPB and harness ASSY TMPA
Connects harness ASSY front 1A and SUB HVPS
H-57
G-49
H-49
I-7
I-6
J-6
J-6
D-6
J-57
I-33
B-32
E-36
F-35
E-35
E-35
Connects SUB HVPS and wire ASSY transfer roll cartridge
Connects SUB HVPS and wire ASSY DTS
1.2
2 Tray Module
P/J
832
822
824
834
825
835
8220
8220
810
81
Coordiates Remarks
C-3
E-3
Connects tray3 no paper sensor and harness ASSY NPRSJ
Connects tray2 no paper sensor and harness ASSY NPRSJ
Connects tray2 feed solenoid and harness ASSY FDR2T
Connects tray3 feed solenoid and harness ASSY FDR3T
Connects tray2 turn clutch ASSY and harness ASSY FDR2T
Connects tray3 turn clutch ASSY and harness ASSY FDR3T
Connects harness ASSY NPRSJ and harness ASSY FDR2T
Connects harness ASSY NPRSJ and harness ASSY FDR3T
Connects harness ASSY OPFREC and harness ASSY PLG
Connects feeder PWB and harness ASSY PLG
F-3
K-12
I-13
H-13
G-3
K-11
H-3
J-3
83
K-6
Connects feeder PWB and harness ASSY FDR3T
82
K-8
Connects feeder PWB and harness ASSY FDR2T
84
K-9
Connects feeder PWB and feeder motor ASSY
821
831
823
833
K-7
Connects harness ASSY FDR2T and tray2 size switch ASSY
Connects harness ASSY FDR3T and tray3 size switch ASSY
Connects harness ASSY FDR2T and tray2 low paper sensor
Connects harness ASSY FDR3T and tray3 low paper sensor
K-10
F-13
E-13
VII-3
ꢄ.
P/J LAYOUT DIAGRAM
2.1
IOT Top
VII-4
2.2
IOT Front/RH
VII-5
2.3
MCU and HVPS PWB/ESS PWB
VII-6
2.4
Tray1
VII-7
2.5
2 Tray Module
VII-8
|